31051
BK
Out of print
Electric Power
Yearbook of World Electronics Data 1996- Volume 1 West Europe
1995
ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY
Out of print
Paperback
1-85617-284-8
060600
504840
BK
Out of print
Mathematics (General)
World Directory of Mathematicians 1982
Seventh Edition
1982
In the USA/Canada: The International Mathematical Union
NORTH-HOLLAND
Out of print
Hardbound
0-444-86570-5
050500
522208
BK
Out of print
Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Systems Software
1986
ELSEVIER
Out of print
x + 748 pages
Hardbound
0-444-01013-0
050504
502211
BK
Out of print
Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Science and Engineering
Fourth Edition
1987
ELSEVIER
No matter how simple or sophisticated a project might be, this specialized edition of The Software Catalog: Science and Engineering,
Fourth Edition, will help science professionals find the best software package to suit their needs. This guide provides the most
comprehensive and up-to-date information about the availability, applications, price and compatibility of over 4,800 specially chosen
software units. Each program entry gives users full details on: - the capabilities of the program - how and where it can be used -
the language or languages the program is written in - the types of hardware and operating systems that will support the program -
the source or sources from which the program can be obtained. The Software Catalog features seven fully cross-referenced indexes
that allow users to locate programs quickly and conveniently. The subject categories range from computer-aided design, and mechanical
engineering, to chemistry, nuclear science, agriculture, and operations research. Programs from a wide selection of vendors are
provided, including packages from COSMIC, COSMIC/NASA, SYSTEK, Molecular Design, ECOM, Dynacomp, MC2 Engineering, and hundreds more.
Subject and Applications Categories. How to Use The Software Catalog: An Overview. Learning about Each Program: A Buyer's Guide.
Software Section: Detailed Program Descriptions Arranged by Vendor and ISPNR. Systems Indexes: Computer System Index.
Operating System Index. Programming Language Index. Microprocessor Index. Subject and Applications Index. Keyword and Program Name
Index. Glossary. How to Order Software Form.
Out of print
x + 706 pages
Paperback
0-444-01228-1
050504
502213
BK
Out of print
Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Minicomputers
1987
ELSEVIER
Subject Categories. Notes to Software Users and Software Houses. How to Use The Software Catalog: An Overview. Learning About Each
Program: A Buyer's Guide. The Software Catalog Publications. Software Section. Detailed Program Descriptions Arranged by
Vendor and by ISPN®. Systems Indexes: Computer System Index. Operating System Index. Programming Language Index. Subject and
Applications Index. Keyword and Program Name Index. Glossary. How to Order Software Form.
Out of print
xii + 792 pages
Paperback
0-444-01270-2
050504
502238
BK
Out of print
Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Microcomputers
Winter 1990
1990
ELSEVIER
This top-rated guide provides the most comprehensive and up-to-date information about the availability, application, price, and
compatibility of more than 36,000 software programs from 5,900 vendors. THE SOFTWARE CATALOG: Microcomputers is the
convenient way to find software for microcomputers quickly and easily. It provides fast, ready access to all the important facts.
Each program entry listed in the catalog gives readers the full details on the capabilities of the program; the language(s) the
program is written in; the types of hardware and operating systems that will support the program; and the source(s) from which the
program can be obtained. Subject categories cover just about every application. THE SOFTWARE CATALOG: Microcomputers includes
three indexes: product, publisher and publisher directory.
Out of print
3544 pages (in 2 vols.)
Paperback
0-444-01554-X
050504
522207
BK
Out of print
Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Health Professions
1985
ELSEVIER
Out of print
xl + 188 pages
Hardbound
0-444-00952-3
050504
502212
BK
Out of print
Software (General)
The Software Catalog: Business Software
Second Edition
1985
ELSEVIER
The Software Catalog: Business Software, 2nd Edition, contains comprehensive program descriptions of over 7,000 programs designed for
most minicomputers. A unique indexing system enables users to trace software by utilizing any of the following reference points:
vendor; computer system; operating system; programming language; application; keyword. For business professionals, this book is the
up-to-date source on availability, price, applications, and compatibility of minicomputer software packages and the systems on which
they run.
Decision Support Systems and Other Seductive Software (W. Burkan). How to Choose the Right Statistics Program (J. Siegel). Moving
Data Between PCs and Mainframes (J. Siegel). A Sampling of Remote Computer Services (J. Siegel). How to Use The Software Catalog: An
Overview; Learning about each Program: A Buyers Guide. Software Section. Systems Indexes: Computer System Index; Operating System
Index; Programming Language Index; Microprocessor Index. Subject and Application Index. Keyword and Program Name Index. Glossary.
Vendor Information Form.
Out of print
xxviii + 1164 pages
Paperback
0-444-00986-8
050504
525033
HB
Out of print
Hazardous / Toxic Waste,
Chemical Health and Safety,
Environmental Bioscience and Technology,
Groundwater Pollution and Remediation,
Pollution Control,
Soil Pollution
SARA Title III Regulations and Keyword Index, 1993 Edition
ELSEVIER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
SARA Title III Regulations and Keyword Index is designed to make the emergency planning and community right-to-know regulations (Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 -- SARA) more understandable and usable. Topics covered include notification and release reporting requirements for facilities handling hazardous substances, inventory reporting, trade secrecy claims, and reporting requirements for emissions of hazardous substances.
The complete text is included for 40 CFR Part 350 (Trade Secrecy Provisions and Information Disclosure Requirements); Part 355 (Facility Notification and Release Reporting Requirements); Part 370 (Hazardous Chemical Inventory Reporting Requirements); and Part 372 (Toxic Release Reporting Requirements).
Also included are the following key features:
Multiple copy discounts are available for this publication. For more information, please call +1-303-470-1900 or FAX +1-303-470-5119. Out of print 366 pages Paperback 070712
525029
BK
Out of print
Hazardous / Toxic Waste,
Environmental Bioscience and Technology,
Groundwater Pollution and Remediation,
Pollution Control,
Soil Pollution
RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions, 1993 Edition
A Guide to Compliance
ELSEVIER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
RCRA Land Disposal Restrictions provides the most comprehensive, up-to-date, and accessible coverage of EPA's complicated and continually evolving land disposal restrictions. Current through August 31, 1993, it is designed to make these regulations easier to understand and to offer professionals practical guidance on finding solutions to specific compliance problems.
The complete text of the land disposal regulations is included, as well as:
Subscribers to The Hazardous Waste Consultant receive RCRA Land Disposal
Restrictions as part of their annual subscription. For further details, please contact the publisher.
Out of print
320 pages
Paperback
0-930469-18-6
070712
620601
MV
isbn/0762303204
Financial Institutions and Services,
Business
The Quest for Exchange Rate Stability in the Next Millennium
JAI
RIBFResearch in International Business and Finance13
3
Supplement 1
International Stock Market Interactions and Financial Issues in Emerging Markets
1996
I. International Capital Market Interactions. Dynamic linkages among Latin American and other major world stock markets (Y.
Shachmurove). International transmission of innovation among EC stock markets (J. Friedman, Y. Shachmurove). Stock market linkages
between the United States and Southern European countries (M.S. Kulkarni). Integration and anomalies in the emerging markets of Asia
and Latin America (R. Aggarwal, R. Leal). Pacific-Basin stock market linkages (B. Arshanapalli, J. Doukas). The heteroskedastic
behavior of stock prices in an integrated global market: evidence from Taiwan and Korea (Bang Nam Jeon, Kap-Soo Oh and T.C. Chiang).
Oil and world stock markets reaction to the Gulf crisis (A.G. Malliaris, G.L. Urrutia). Why stock valuation ratios differ
internationally (Jongmoo Jay Choi, M.G. Papaioannou). II. Financial Issues in Emerging Markets. Financial liberalization and
bank solvency: a multi-country study (J. Chavez, K.P. Fischer and E. Ortiz). The effect of deposit variable on the portfolio behavior
of commercial banks in an emerging financial market (I.A. Moosa, N.E. Al-Loughani). The Korean Stock Market: the road to
globalization and liberalization (Young-Kwon Cho, S.R. Cunningham). Capital market integration and emerging markets (A. Alford, J.
Lussier). Price effects of stock ownership restrictions for foreigners in emerging markets (C. Sherman Cheung, C.C.Y. Kwan and H.A.
Thomas). Non-normality of returns in emerging markets: a comparison of mean-variance versus mean-lower partial moment asset pricing
models (B. Eftekhari, S.E. Satchell). Risk aversion and the efficient markets model for stock prices: evidence from the Athens Stock
Exchange (D.G. Kirikos). Liquidity, stock returns, and ownership structure: an empirical study of the Bombay Stock Exchange (V.R.
Eleswarapu, C. Krishnamurthi). Do we expect more latent variables in a structurally different market: the case of Hong Kong (Wai Lee,
Hung-Gay Fung and Wai-Chung Lo). The Philippines Call Market for interest rate futures: mean reversion and volatility structure (Moon
Hoe Lee, O.L.C. Ranit). The effects of environmental regulation on stock prices on the Mexican Stock Exchange (D.W. French, M.J.
Herrera and J.M. Tanski). The robustness of the day-of-the-week effect: evidence from the Taiwan Stock Exchange (Che-Peng Lin, M.M.
Walker). Capital structures in middle-income countries: a study of Indonesia and Malaysia (Q. Hussain).
Supplement edited by L.Lang,
J.Doukas
0-7623-0110-4
Out of print
400 pages
Hardbound
080850
424133
BK
Out of print
Electric Power
Profile of the Worldwide Capacitor Industry
1990
ELSEVIER
Out of print
Hardbound
1-85617-023-3
060601
424134
BK
Out of print
Electric Power
Profile of the European Controllers & Control Systems Process Industry
1989
ELSEVIER
Out of print
Hardbound
0-948577-22-3
060601
522414
BK
Out of print
General Psychology
Proceedings of the XXII International Congress of Psychology, Leipzig, 1980
in 10 volumes
1982
NORTH-HOLLAND
Out of print
.
080803
522413
BK
Out of print
General Psychology
Proceedings of the XXIII International Congress of Psychology, Acapulco, 1984
in 9 volumes
1985
NORTH-HOLLAND
Out of print
.
080805
601518
MV
PMSE
Polymer Science and Technology
PMSE Preprints
Twice-yearly publication, coinciding with biannual American Chemical Society National Meetings (Spring and Fall)
Proceedings of the American Chemical Society Division of Polymeric Materials: Science and Engineering
ELSEVIER
Published twice a year in conjunction with the Spring and Fall National Meetings of the American Chemical Society, PMSE
Preprints are recognized as one of the leading sources of the information on the latest advances in adhesives, biomedical
polymers, composites, polymers for electronic applications, plastics, coatings, as well as the many other areas of applied science
and engineering of polymeric materials. PMSE Preprints are also one of the few sources of information on the latest
developments in industrial research.
For further information on the PMSE Division of the ACS go to
click here
Edited by PMSE
6
Volume 73
1996
0-8412-3302-0
Out of print
Paperback
060655
701855
DB
As of 2004, available from www.scitegic.com
Drug Discovery
Pipeline Pilot™
MDL
No longer available from MDL.
As of 2004, available from www.scitegic.com
Out of print
Database/Service
005005
420503
MV
Out of print
Petroleum Geology and Engineering
Petroleum and the Continental Shelf of North West Europe
PERGAMON
1
Volume 1
Geology
1975
Volume edited by A.W.Woodland
0-85334-648-8
Out of print
x + 502 pages
Hardbound
2
Volume 2
Environmental Protection
1975
Volume edited by H.A.Cole
0-85334-656-9
Out of print
viii + 126 pages
Hardbound
070700
502720
BK
Out of print
General Microbiology
MIRDAB
Microbiological Resource Databank Catalogue
1984
ELSEVIER
Out of print
Hardbound
0-444-90387-9
090901
701846
DB
Transferred to Endeavor
Drug Discovery
MDL® LitLink Server
MDL
To order, please go to click here
Out of print
Database/Service
005005
701845
DB
Transferred to Endeavor
Drug Discovery
MDL® LitLink Direct
MDL
To order, please go to click here
Out of print
Database/Service
005005
701833
DB
Out of print
Drug Discovery
MDL® Decision Manager
MDL
To order, please go to click here
Out of print
Database/Service
005005
701814
DB
Out of print
Drug Discovery
MDL® Apex
MDL
To order, please go to click here
Out of print
Database/Service
005005
700408
BK
ISBN/0120415534
Educational Technology
Mathematica by Example, Second Edition, ***Replacement CD-ROM***
Second Edition
1997
ACADEMIC PRESS
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-12-041553-4
999999
600460
CD
Out of print
Chemical Engineering,
Chemical Health and Safety,
Chemical Waste,
Environmental Chemistry, Substances and Processes,
Reliability Engineering / Safety,
Safety in Manufacturing
ISIS/RISKLINE
An international database of Health, Safety and Environmental Data
Published by Elsevier Science on behalf of HASKONING and KEMI
ELSEVIER
ISIS/RISKLINE ON CD-ROM
If you have answered yes to any of these questions, as a Manager in the area of environmental health and regulatory affairs, you need to have at hand a reliable data source to ensure the safety of your employees and the environment and to comply with EC directives.
In recent decades extensive legislation has come into force in the European Union as part of the environmental, labour and safety policies. Companies and local authorities are confronted with this legislation and are being made to accept ever greater responsibility for their procedures and products.
These rapid developments have led to an increasing dependence on information - information which is complete and reliable.
The provision of information on substances in particular is extremely important.
This ISIS/RISKLINE System on CD-ROM offers a solution to this challenge. It is a comprehensive, easy to use source which will provide you with the information you need and want to have in an efficient and timely fashion.
Originally commissioned by the Substances, Safety and Radiation Directorate of the Dutch Ministry for Housing, Town and Country Planning and the Environment, ISIS/RISKLINE has been developed by HASKONING Consulting Engineers and Architects in the Netherlands together with KEMI, the National Chemicals Inspectorate in Sweden.
ISIS/RISKLINE is available in English, Dutch and Spanish in CD-ROM format. The language versions differ slightly from one another. This brochure summarises the possibilities offered by the English version.
The ISIS/RISKLINE database contains:
The International Substances Information System subfile which provides data on more than 180,000 substances.
The RISKLINE bibliographic sub-file, currently covering more than 6000 peer-reviewed documents.
OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY AND LIABILITY
ISIS/RISKLINE
ASSESSMENT OF:
Use of a substance in the workplace
Use of a substance in a product
Exposure to substances
Emissions into water and air
Severity of (environmental) pollution
Safety of an activity (internal and external)
COMPILATION OF:
Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
Workplace Instruction Cards (WIC)
Discharge and emission regulations
Quantitative risk analysis (QRA)
External safety reporting
Safety at work reporting
Annual plans and report on
environment and health and safety at work.
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-444-82769-2
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-444-82797-8
030300
30035
BK
Out of print
General Materials Science,
Fracture Mechanics
International Series on the Strength & Fracture of Materials & St H SFMS
PERGAMON
SFMSInternational Series on the Strength and Fracture of Materials and Structures
Out of print
Hardbound
0-08-044433-4
070700
402813
BK
Out of print
Multidiscipline
Industrial Cooking
Guidelines and Terminology C. Eriksson, J.C. Cheftel, M. Jul, H. Leniger, P. Linko, G. Verela, G. Vos and P. Zeuthen (editors)
PERGAMON
This book presents the results of work carried out by a subgroup of COST 91 during several years of the 4 year COST 91 project on
the effect of thermal processing, on the quality and nutritive value of food. Cost is the European Cooperation in Science and
Technology Programme.[/p] [p] This subgroup of COST 91 on industrial cooking was divided into three process groups studying areas
such as boiling, frying, roasting, sterilization; bread baking - including fermentation; and the particular treatments applied in
catering, such as reheating and heat retention. It was necessary to establish two working parties to decide the guidelines for
planning experiments as well as for presenting experimental data and formulating common terminology.[/p] [p] This multilingual
publication is divided into two parts. The first part contains the guidelines which were established and gives definitions of
physical principles and mathematical expressions concerning the cooking of foods and definitions of cooking terms in alphabetical
order, given in English, French and German. The second part consists of a number of wordlists in different languages. These
wordlists are so constructed that it is possible to select a term in one's own language and, then, to find the corresponding terms
in English, French and German. The lists can also be used in the reverse. Besides English, sixteen other languages (including all
COST country languages) are represented in this work.[/p] [p] This book will assist users in finding the appropriate cooking terms
when publishing their own methods and results.[/p]
Preface. Guidelines. Cooking Terminology (introduction, supplementary information, definition of cooking terms, alphabetical
list of terms, table). Terminologie De La Cuisson (introdution, renseignement complémentaire, définition des
termes de cuission). Terminologie Des Garens (Einführung, zustzliche Angaben Definitionen für Garungsbegriffe).
Wordlists - Translated from English into Czech, Danish, German, Greek, Spanish, French, Icelandic, Italian, Hungarian, Dutch,
Norwegian, Portuguese, Serbocroatian, Finnish, Swedish and Turkish.
Out of print
vi + 96 pages
Hardbound
1-85166-036-4
999999
525042
HB
Out of print
Hazardous / Toxic Waste,
Environmental Bioscience and Technology,
Groundwater Pollution and Remediation,
Pollution Control,
Soil Pollution
Index of RCRA Regulatory Interpretations, 1994 Edition
ELSEVIER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The latest edition of the Index of RCRA Regulatory Interpretations remains the first and only comprehensive, easy-to-follow path of entry to the voluminous body of EPA interpretations of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste regulations. These interpretations are issued regularly in the form of Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER) directives and Regulatory Development Branch (RDB) memoranda. This invaluable timesaver provides environmental professionals with with quick access to these documents, which determine how EPA interprets various complex issues related to the RCRA regulatory program. Out of print 140 pages Paperback 070712
677954
BK
ISBN/1558608133
Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems
IJCAI '01 CD only
2002
MORGAN KAUFFMAN
Out of print
CD-ROM
1-55860-813-3
999999
703485
MV
Out of print
isbn/0444827684
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry,
Catalysis,
Chemical Physics,
Computational Chemistry,
Surface Chemistry,
Surfaces and Interfaces (General)
Growth and Properties of Ultrathin Epitaxial Layers
1997
ELSEVIER
Although there has been steady progress in understanding aspects of epitaxial growth throughout the last 30 years of modern surface
science, work in this area has intensified greatly in the last 5 years. A number of factors have contributed to this expansion. One
has been the general trend in surface science to tackle problems of increasing complexity as confidence is gained in the methodology,
so for example, the role of oxide/metal interfaces in determining the properties of many practical supported catalysts is now being
explored in greater detail. A second factor is the recognition of the potential importance of artificial multilayer materials not
only in semiconductor devices but also in metal/metal systems because of their novel magnetic properties. Perhaps even more important
than either of these application areas, however, is the newly-discovered power of scanning probe microscopies, and most notably
scanning tunneling microscopy (STM), to provide the means to study epitaxial growth phenomena on an atomic scale under a wide range
of conditions. These techniques have also contributed to revitalised interest in methods of fabricating and exploiting artificial
structures (lateral as well as in layers) on a nanometre scale.
This volume, on Growth and Properties of Ultrathin Epitaxial
Layers, includes a collection of articles which reflects the present state of activity in this field. The emphasis is on metals
and oxides rather than semiconductors.
1. Surface processes in epitaxial growth (J.A. Venables).
2. The many facets of epitaxy (E. Bauer).
3. Epitaxial growth modes
far from equilibrium (G. Rosenfeld et al.).
4. Dynamics and diffusion of atoms at stepped surfaces (T.T. Tsong, C.
Chen).
5. Heteroepitaxial metal growth: The effects of strain (H. Brune, K. Kern).
6. Surface alloying in heteroepitaxial
metal-on-metal growth (F. Besenbacher, L.P. Nielsen, P.T. Sprunger).
7. Epitaxial growth of Si on Si(001) (F. Liu, M.G.
Lagally).
8. Monolayer films of unreactive metals on semiconductors (G. Le Lay).
9. Structure and electronic properties of
ultrathin oxide films on metallic substrates (H. Kuhlenbeck, H.-J. Freund).
10. Chemical and spectroscopic studies of ultrathin
oxide films (S.C. Street, D.W. Goodman).
11. Growth, structure and reactivity of ultrathin metal films on TiO2
surfaces (R. Persaud, T.E. Madey).
12. Intrinsic stress of epitaxial thin films and surface layers (R. Koch).
13.
Density-functional theory of epitaxial growth of metals (P. Ruggerone, C. Ratsch, M. Scheffler).
14. Electronic structure of
ultrathin magnetic films (P.D. Johnson).
15. Ultrathin magnetic structures - magnetism and electronic properties (J.A.C. Bland).
CPSSThe Chemical Physics of Solid Surfaces8
Out of print
672 pages
Hardbound
0-444-82768-4
030300
621108
BK
Out of print
isbn/0762300205
Sociology of Work
The Globalization of Work
1998
JAI
RSWResearch in the Sociology of Work6
Out of print
Hardbound
0-7623-0020-5
080853
700402
BK
ISBN/0124096743
Computer Graphics
Gems III MAC ***Replacement Disk***
1992
ACADEMIC PRESS
Out of print
Diskette
0-12-409674-3
999999
500119
BK
Out of print
Multidiscipline,
Chemistry - General
EVENTLINE
An International Directory of Conferences, Symposia, Trade Fairs & Exhibitions and Sporting Events
1989
ELSEVIER
The EVENTLINE Directory provides the most comprehensive listing of all types of events being held throughout the world.
It contains details of more than 13,000 conferences, conventions, symposia, exhibitions, and trade fairs, from Argentina to Zimbabwe,
from 1990 onwards. Each entry gives dates, country, state (if applicable), city/town, venue/site, number of participants and
exhibitors (when known); and contact addresses. Arranged in an easy to use format, the directory provides: A full geographic listing
of events held worldwide - by country, state and city. An easy to follow chronological listing. A comprehensive subject listing -
events are indexed under one or more of 700 classifications. Major sporting events are also covered, but as dates are often not
fixed until the last moment, the listing of some 2,000 major sporting events will be published in January 1990, free of
charge, as a supplement to the Directory. Distributor in the USA & Canada: EventLine P.O. Box 57101, Philadelphia,
PA 19111, USA
Out of print
1000 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88504-8
000000
600917
MV
Out of print
Pharmacology,
Internal Medicine
EMTREE Thesaurus 1998
ELSEVIER/EMBASE
EMTREE, the EMBASE Thesaurus, is a controlled subject vocabulary arranged in a hierarchically-structured cascading "tree". The
printed EMTREE includes all 39,870 controlled vocabulary terms (21,240 drug terms; 18,630 medical terms) and 120,000 of the most
important synonyms. This three-volume set is an indispensable tool for both novice and experienced searchers. In response to popular
demand, the 1998 edition of the EMTREE Thesaurus incorporates several enhancements, both in layout and information
content, that make it easier to use than ever before. It includes:
Volume 1: Alphabetical index. This lists all medical and drug terms, with their EMTREE codes which function as entry points for Volume 2. Also included are an extensive "How to use" section in English, a list of all new terms added in 1998, and scope notes for drug and disease links.
Volume 2: Tree structure. This is the hierarchical list in which EMTREE terms are arranged in 15 facets, from Anatomy and Organisms, through Disease and Drugs to Geographical aspects and Healthcare. It provides valuable and essential support for "explosion" searches.
Volume 3: Permuterm Index. New in 1998, this volume provides an index to every word (other than single digits and letters) contained in EMTREE. It is an invaluable aid for finding terms if you are unsure of the correct word order - or simply for browsing.
Standing orders may be established.
Help Desks:
Europe: +31-20-4853507
E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl
USA:
1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.com
Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
E-mail:
info@elsevier.co.jp
1
Volumes 1 and 2
Volume 1: Alphabetical Index / Volume 2: Tree Structure
1998
Volume 1: Alphabetical index. This lists all medical and drug terms, with their EMTREE codes which function as entry points for
Volume 2. Also included are an extensive "How to use" section in English, a list of all new terms added in 1998, and scope notes
for drug and disease links.
Volume 2: Tree structure. This is the hierarchical list in which EMTREE terms are arranged in 15
facets, from Anatomy and Organisms, through Disease and Drugs to Geographical aspects and Healthcare. It provides valuable and
essential support for "explosion" searches
0-444-82926-1
Out of print
Paperback
2
Volume 3
Permuterm Index
1998
Volume 3: Permuterm Index. New in 1998, this volume provides an index to every word (other than single digits and letters)
contained in EMTREE. It is an invaluable aid for finding terms if you are unsure of the correct word order - or simply for browsing.
0-444-82927-X
Out of print
Paperback
3
Volumes 1, 2 and 3
Set
1998
This three-volume set is an indispensable tool for both novice and experienced searchers. In response to popular demand, the 1998
edition of the EMTREE Thesaurus incorporates several enhancements, both in layout and information content, that make it
easier to use than ever before. It includes:
Volume 1: Alphabetical index. This lists all medical and drug terms, with their EMTREE codes which function as entry points for Volume 2. Also included are an extensive "How to use" section in English, a list of all new terms added in 1998, and scope notes for drug and disease links.
Volume 2: Tree structure. This is the hierarchical list in which EMTREE terms are arranged in 15 facets, from Anatomy and Organisms, through Disease and Drugs to Geographical aspects and Healthcare. It provides valuable and essential support for "explosion" searches.
Volume 3: Permuterm Index. New in 1998, this
volume provides an index to every word (other than single digits and letters) contained in EMTREE. It is an invaluable aid for
finding terms if you are unsure of the correct word order - or simply for browsing.
0-444-82928-8
Out of print
Paperback
098980
600256
BK
Out of print
Pharmacology,
Internal Medicine
EMTREE Thesaurus 1997
1997
ELSEVIER/EMBASE
EMTREE, the EMBASE Thesaurus, is a controlled subject vocabulary arranged in a hierarchically-structured cascading "tree". The
printed EMTREE includes all 39,500 controlled vocabulary terms (20,900 drug terms; 18,600 medical terms) and 120,000 of the most
important synonyms. This two-volume set is an indispensable tool for both novice and experienced searchersIn response to popular
demand, the 1997 edition of the EMTREE Thesaurus incorporates several enhancements, both in layout and information content, that
make it easier to use than ever before. It includes: the EMTREE alphabetical index; hierarchical EMTREE structure; Links and EMTAGS
(including scope notes); and the Drug EMCLAS classification system. An introduction containing "how to use" information is provided
in seven different languages. Standing orders may be established.
Help Desks:
Europe: +31-20-4853507
E-mail:
embase-europe@elsevier.nl
USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
E-mail:
usembase-f@elsevier.com
Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
E-mail: info@elsevier.co.jp
Out of print
2034 pages
Paperback
0-444-82622-X
098980
524957
BK
Out of print
Pharmacology,
Internal Medicine
EMTREE Thesaurus 1996
1996
ELSEVIER/EMBASE
EMTREE, the EMBASE Thesaurus, is a controlled subject vocabulary arranged in a hierarchically-structured cascading "tree". EMTREE now
comprises: 38,500 preferred terms (20,000 drug terms; 18,500 medical terms) and 145,000 synonyms (79,000 drug terms; 66,000 medical
terms). The printed EMTREE includes all controlled vocabulary terms and the 15,000 most important synonyms. This two-volume set is an
indispensable tool for searchers who want the most comprehensive and relevant retrieval possible from EMBASE. It includes: the EMTREE
alphabetical index; hierarchical EMTREE structure; Links and EMTAGS (including scope notes); and the Drug EMCLAS classification
system. An introduction containing "how to use" information is provided in seven different languages. Standing orders may be
established.
Help Desks
Europe: +31-60-226525 or +31-20-4853507
E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl
USA:
1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.com
Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
Out of print
1998 pages (in 2 volumes)
Paperback
0-444-82422-7
098980
600253
BK
Out of print
Internal Medicine,
Pharmacology
EMBASE User Manual
1996
ELSEVIER/EMBASE
Published October 1996
Illustrated throughout with sample searches, this valuable user aid provides complete information on how to search EMBASE on DataStar, DIALOG, DIMDI, LEXIS/NEXIS, Ovid Online and STN, and EMBASE Alert on DataStar, DIALOG, DIMDI and STN. It also includes lists of language and country codes, plus detailed information on EMBASE main record elements, indexing policies and search tips.
Standing orders may be established.
Help Desks
Europe: +31-60-226525 or +31-20-4853507
E-mail:
embase-europe@elsevier.nl
USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
E-mail:
usembase-f@elsevier.nl
Japan: +81-3-4461-5035
Out of print
246 pages
Paperback
0-444-82601-7
098980
601236
BK
Out of print
Pharmacology,
Internal Medicine
EMBASE List of Journals Indexed 1998
1998
ELSEVIER/EMBASE
The List of Journals Indexed provides comprehensive information on the current EMBASE journal collection. This valuable user aid
provides up-to-date and complete information about each journal, a list of priority stream titles, plus indexes of journals by
subject classification and country of publication. Each entry contains full and abbreviated titles, ISSN, CODEN, publication
frequency (issues/year) and publisher's name, address, telephone number and e-mail address.
Standing orders may be established.
Help Desks
Europe: +31-20-4853507
E-mail:
embase-europe@elsevier.nl
USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or +1-212-633-3980
E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.com
Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
E-mail:
info@elsevier.co.jp
600255
BK
Out of print
Pharmacology,
Internal Medicine
EMBASE List of Journals Indexed 1997
1997
ELSEVIER/EMBASE
The List of Journals Indexed provides comprehensive information on the current EMBASE journal collection. This valuable user aid
provides up-to-date and complete information about each journal, a list of priority stream titles, plus indexes of journals by
subject classification and country of publication. Each entry contains full and abbreviated titles, CODEN, ISSN, publication
frequency (issues/year) and publisher's name, address and telephone number.
Standing orders may be established.
Help Desks
Europe: +31-20-4853507
E-mail: embase-europe@elsevier.nl
USA: 1-800-HLP-EMED or
+1-212-633-3980
E-mail: usembase-f@elsevier.nl
Japan: +81-3-5561-5035
Out of print
Paperback
0-444-82621-1
098980
600281
CD
Out of print
Catalysis,
Membrane Technology,
Membranes and Separation Technology,
Process Chemistry and Technology
Elsevier's Directories in Chemistry: Part I: Catalysis. Part II: Membranes
1996
ELSEVIER
This single CD-ROM contains two directories of members of the catalysis and membrane science communities. The directories are in the
form of electronic databases that are easily searched to quickly find any of the following data: Name, e-mail address, postal
address, title, position, phone and fax numbers, areas of expertise and keywords to describe other areas of scientific
interest.
Features of the CD-ROM:
- The software is easy to use and requires minimal use of the manual
- Offers
instant desktop access to many hundreds of experts in these two related disciplines
- Flexible search facilities varying from a
free-text search over both databases to a highly specific search, e.g. the e-mail addresses of all persons in the UK with an interest
in catalyst synthesis. An extensive online help is available to aid complex searching and maximise the precision of information
retrieval.
- Each entry can be printed via a single mouse click to provide a compact (half a page per entry) portable
record.
System Requirements:
The underlying software is a mature 32 bit database that will run on any IBM compatible
computer with a CD-ROM player, from a 386 with 4 MB ram and MS Windows 3.1 up to and including MS Windows 95 and MS Windows NT
running on faster processors. The Win32s extensions are provided on the CD-ROM to simplify installation.
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-444-82644-0
030305
424664
BK
Out of print
Electric Power
Document Image Processing
A Management Briefing and Market Survey
1993
ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY
Please note this is a Short Discount Publication.
Document Image Processing is an emerging technology which threatens to impact upon the methods of working across all business sectors large and small. With DIP the ideal of the paperless office comes closer to being realised, as computer systems within the business cease to operate purely on text or figures, but include the use of document facsimiles as well.
The emerging DIP opportunity has been made possible by the linkage of relational databases to new archival media, and will not only substitute existing document systems, but offers a wealth of new possibilities. Many of these are changing the way in which people work, by eliminating paper forms, by physically separating workers from the paperwork, and by creating new and more efficient ways of managing workflow in an organisation.
Scope and Objectives of the Report:
To provide a briefing on DIP, differentiating and segmenting the various methodologies and technologies available [the report provides areas of focus where the sector trends are increasingly tending to fragment]; to identify strategic trends and forces which govern adoption of competitive technologies within DIP, and the adoption of DIP as a whole; to provide the first working method of modelling markets and system strategies, as well as modelling application sector potential and penetration trends; to list vendors and service providers and differentiate their offerings.
Audience: Senior Corporate Management, Operations Managers, MIS Managers and
Information Professionals within organisations who have already adopted or who are considering the adoption of DIP Systems: Marketing
Management, Sales Management, Technical and Engineering Management within vendor organisations; IT, Management and Operations
Consultancies; Public Sector Policy bodies.
Executive summary. Introduction. Technology. Market Analysis. Interface Markets and Technology Security in DIP - Needs and applications. DIP business management. Issues. Vendors and products.
Out of print
200 pages
Hardbound
1-85617-188-4
060601
700406
BK
ISBN/012208876X
Computer Graphics
Digital Cinematography ***Replacement*** CD-ROM
1997
ACADEMIC PRESS
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-12-208876-X
999999
30672
BK
Out of print
Computing Milieux (General),
Applications (General),
Computer Systems Organization (General)
COMPSEC '94
Proceedings of the 11th World Conference on Computer Security, Audit and Control, London UK, October 12 - 14 1994
1994
ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY
The full proceedings from the premier international computer security event. Attracting renowned speakers from all over the world,
COMPSEC International remains established as the leading international forum providing solutions for today's computer security
problems.
Keynote. 1994 security breaches survey (C. Hook, NCC). Management Issues. Making security pay (M. Smith, Kroll
Associates, UK). Duress terminations and information security (C. Cresson Wood, Information Integrity Investments, USA).
Understanding backups: a business perspective (J. Maynard, Secure Backup Systems, UK). A benchmarking approach to user security (D.
Davies, Hogg Risk Managers, UK). The Virus Threat. Virus control on networks: solving the insoluble (J. Hruska, Sophos, UK).
Cost effectiveness of anti-viral software (B. Zajac, Chicago, Water Reclamation District, USA). Telecommunications. Computer
related offenses in a telecommunications environment (T. Mulhall, BT, UK). Financial Systems. EDI security (T. Dosdale, Axiom
Services Ltd, UK). Evaluations for financial security systems (E. Bovelander, TNO Institute of Applied Physics, The Netherlands).
Legislation / Standards. A critique of security standards (T. Lilleywhite, Hogg Risk Managers, UK). European IT security
legislation (J. Worthy, Allen & Overy, UK). Network Security. Secure connections to the Internet (B. Neal, Digital, UK).
50 ways to secure dial-up connections (C. Cresson Wood, Information Integrity Investments, USA). Comprehensive LAN security with
minimum effort (P. Wood, First Base, UK). Use of network design to reduce security risks (L. Hansen, Cabletron Systems, UK). New
Technology. Where biometrics are today? (B. Carter, Card Clear, UK). Trends & directions in smart card security (N. McEvoy,
Hperion, UK). Encryption. Crypto security tools and algorithms (C. Meyer, IBM, USA). Digital signatures and their uses (M.
Ganley, Racal Datacom, UK). Disaster Recovery. Countering the bomb threat (R. Ince, Royal Ordnance, UK). The emergency help
desk (B. Doswell, The Kingswell Partnership, UK). Directors Briefing - Profit Multipliers / Profit Reducers. The real cost of
IT (J. Edler). Open Systems Security. Security in the client / server environment (J. Sherwood, Sherwood Associates, UK).
Database security (D. Harris, D. Sidwell, Oracle, UK). Systems / Application Specific. Lotus notes security, a contradiction
in terms? (K. Lindup, SRI International, UK). An introduction to MVS integrity concerns (N. Crocker, CA Scandinavia, Sweden). Open
VMS security (T. Pitt). Industrial Espionage. Online industrial espionage (W. Madsen, Computer Sciences Corp, USA). Industrial
espionage: analysing the risk (P. Sommer, Virtual City Associates, UK). Hacking. Hacking: tricks of the trade (R. Schifreen
Independent Consultant, UK). The cyperpunk age (K. Lindup, SRI International, UK). Audit Stream. Auditing IT effectiveness (P.
Williams, BDO Binder Hamlyn, UK). Auditing the procurement of end user computing resources (S. Blackburn Argos plc, UK). PC's as a
power tool for efficiency (M. Wotton, Coopers & Lybrand, UK). Security in distributed & client server systems - a management
view (I. Symonds, Ernst & Young, UK). Fault tolerant auditing (E. Hutt, Coopers & Lybrand, UK). Document security (J.
Hollins, TNT Express UK, UK). Expert evidence and expert witness (J. Kenny, British Computer Society, UK). Promoting computer
security through positive computer audit (G. Hardy, Zergo Ltd, UK). Closing Address. The clipper controversy (W. Madsen,
Computer Sciences Corp., USA).
Out of print
480 pages
Paperback
1-85617-243-0
032320
30656
BK
Out of print
Computer Systems Organization (General),
Computing Milieux (General)
COMPSEC '93
Proceedings of the 10th World Conference on Computer Security Audit
1993
ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY
These proceedings are from the 10th World Conference on Computer Security, Audit and Control, the premier international computer
security event which attracts renowned speakers from all over the world. COMPSEC International remains established as the
international forum providing solutions for today's computer security problems.
Out of print
573 pages
Paperback
1-85617-211-2
032320
525032
WC
Out of print
Air Quality Management,
Air Pollution,
Clean Air Technology,
Environmental Bioscience and Technology,
Pollution Control
Clean Air Act Road Map, 1992 Edition
ELSEVIER
Out of print
3' x 2' (91.5cm x 61cm)
Wall Chart
070712
525031
HB
Out of print
Hazardous / Toxic Waste,
Chemical Health and Safety,
Environmental Bioscience and Technology,
Groundwater Pollution and Remediation,
Pollution Control,
Soil Pollution
CERCLA Regulations and Keyword Index, 1993 Edition
ELSEVIER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
CERCLA Regulations and Keyword Index addresses the regulatory requirements for identifying and cleaning up hazardous waste sites under the National Contingency Plan of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA or Superfund) Program. It makes more understandable federal regulations dealing with contaminated site cleanups, hazardous substance release reporting, and oil discharge response. It is especially valuable to professionals responsible for reporting releases of hazardous substances under the "Reportable Quantities" regulations.
This latest edition includes:
For multiple copy discounts, or for more information, please call +1-303-470-1900 or FAX +1-303-470-5119. Out of print 446 pages Paperback 070712
601190
CD
Out of print
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
CardioCollectionTM
A new CD ROM for professionals who need access to ALL aspects of cardiology
1998
ELSEVIER
CardioCollectionTM contains 3 years of articles (1996-1998) from: Circulation, Journal of the American
Heart Association; European Heart Journal, Journal of the European Society of Cardiology; Heart, the Official Journal
of British Cardiac Society; Journal of the American College of Cardiology. In addition,
CardioCollectionTM will feature Medline abstracts linked from article references.
CardioCollectionTM is the outstanding result of the collaboration among the American College of Cardiology, the American Heart Association, the European Society of Cardiology, and the British Cardiac Society.
Please visit the CardioCollectionTM Website for hardware specifications and an order form at http://www.cardiocollection.com/.
For customers in the
Americas and the rest of the world, mail orders to:
Elsevier Science
Attn: Direct Marketing Department
P.O. Box 882
New York NY 10160-0206
For customers in Europe, Middle East and Africa, mail orders to:
Subscription Manager,
CardioCollectionTM
BMJ Publishing Group/WB Saunders
BMA House
Tavistock Square
London WC1H
9JR
England
N.B. Subscribers in UK must add 17.5% VAT to the quoted Sterling price. Subscribers in the following countries
must add tax to the quoted Sterling price unless they can provide a registrtion number: Italy and Spain - 4% IVA, Ireland - 21% VAT,
Germany - 7% MWS, Belgium - 6% TVA/BTW and France - 20.6% IVA.
Editorial Board:
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-444-10025-3
096960
702840
BK
ISBN/0750647353
Administration
Architecture Catalogue - Version C - 2000
2000
ACADEMIC PRESS
Out of print
60 pages
Paperback
0-7506-4735-3
999999
525621
BK
Out of print
Life Sciences (General)
Annuaire de la Recherche Bio-Medicale
The Directory of Biomedical Research in France
1995
ELSEVIER
This directory covers public and semi-public research centers, including INSERM, CEA, CNRS, ORSTOM, medical schools, science
faculties, Pasteur Institutes and centers for cancer research.
The 5th edition has been entirely updated.
There are over 2,450 laboratories and 12,000 scientists, listed and indexed under 5 themes:
- head of department
- scientist
- research topic
- keyword
- supplier
The addresses are classified as follows:
- by region (alphabetically)
- post code
- affiliation
- and head of department (alphabetically)
Annuaire de la
Recherche Bio-Medicale is the only existing directory that covers all addresses in biomedical research in France.
Out of print
656 pages
Hardbound
2-906077-63-1
025250
524993
BK
Out of print
Life Sciences (General)
Annuaire de la Recherche Bio-Medicale
The Directory of Biomedical Research in France
1994
ELSEVIER
This directory covers public and semi-public research centers, including INSERM, CEA, CNRS, ORSTOM, medical schools, science
faculties, Pasteur Institutes and centers for cancer research.
The 4th edition has been entirely updated, and is now published by Elsevier.
There are over 2,400 laboratories and 13,000 scientists, listed and indexed under 5 themes:
- head of department
- scientist
- research topic
- keyword
- supplier
The addresses are classified as follows:
- by region (alphabetically)
- post code
- affiliation
- and head of department (alphabetically)
Annuaire de la Recherche Bio-Medicale is the only existing directory that covers all addresses in
biomedical research in France.
Out of print
608 pages
.
2-906077-48-8
025250
622059
BK
Out of print
isbn/1559383313
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry,
Atomic and Molecular Structure,
Photochemistry
Advances in Gas Phase Ion Chemistry, Volume 1
1992
JAI
Preface (N. Adams, L.M. Babcock). Flow tube studies of small isomeric ions (M.J. McEwan). Anion molecule experiments: Reactive
intermediates and mechanistic organic chemistry (J.J. Grabowski). Therochemical measurements by guided ion beam mass spectrometry
(P.B. Armentrout). Photoelectron Spectroscopy of molecular anions (K.M. Ervin, W.C. Lineberger). Ion chemistry at extremely low
temperatures: a free jet expansion approach (M.A. Smith, M. Hawley). Theoretical studies of hypervalent silicon anions (M.S. Gordon,
L.P. Davis, et al) Chemistry Initiated by atomic silicon ions (D.K. Bohme). Spectroscopy determination of the products of
electron-ion recombination (N.G. Adams). Index.
AGICAdvances in Gas-Phase Ion Chemistry10
Out of print
329 pages
Hardbound
1-55938-331-3
030307
30043
BK
Out of print
Substance Abuse
Abstracts 6th ISBRA Congress
1992
PERGAMON
Out of print
Paperback
0-08-041999-2
096964
503755
BK
Out of print
Solid Mechanics,
Elasticity,
Mechanical Engineering,
Structural Engineering
Strength of Structural Elements
1991
ELSEVIER
This volume describes engineering applications of the mechanics of deformable bodies and the elasticity theory relevant to them. It
is concerned mainly with one-dimensional problems, which arise because either one of the dimensions of a body is much greater than
the remaining two or the functions of two or three variables may be reduced to one variable. Problems of this type are of twofold
importance. Firstly, many engineering problems can be described with sufficient accuracy just in this way. Secondly, unidimensional
problems with known analytical solutions may serve either for testing numerical methods or for the analysis of fundamental concepts
and phenomena, whose physical nature in three-dimensional approach might be obscured by the analytical-numerical aspect. The
authors have confined themselves for the most part to the analysis of elastic behaviour of structures; however some attention is also
given to elastic problems. A deterministic approach has been applied throughout the book. It will serve as a springboard for further
work with stochastic approaches which are being increasingly used in engineering practice today.
Parts: 1. Statics of Bars and Bar Structures (Z. Kaczkowski). Bars of solid cross-section. Fundamental static-kinematic
analysis of bar structures. The principle of virtual work and the reciprocity theorems. Internal forces and displacements of the axis
of an element. 2. Dynamics of Bars and Bar Structures (Z. Kaczkowski). Bars with infinitely many dynamic degrees of freedom.
Vibration of bar structures. Structures with a finite number of dynamic degrees of freedom. Static equations of bar structures and
fundamental solution methods. Isostatic systems. The direct flexibility method (force method). The direct stiffness method. 3.
Stability of Bars and Bar Structures (M. Zyczkowski). Fundamental concepts and stability criteria. Elastic stability of axially
compressed prismatic bars. Approximate calculation methods for critical loadings. Compressed elastic bars with initial imperfections.
Elastic-plastic buckling. Creep buckling. Stability and optimal design of compressed non-prismatic bars. Spatial problems of loss of
stability of bars. Problems of dynamic buckling. Stability of bar structures. 4. Mechanics of Thin-Walled Bars (Z. Brzoska).
The strength scheme of a thin-walled bar. Statics of bars of open cross-section. Statics of bars of tubular cross-section. Statics of
bars of deformable cross-section. Statics of curved bars. Stability of thin-walled bars. 5. Stress Concentration, Contact Stresses
(J. Olesiak). Stresses around cavities and notches. Stress concentration in plates and shells. Theory of fracture of structural
components. Contact problems. 6. Axially Symmetrical Problems of Structural Mechanics (J. Lipka). Axially symmetrical
thick-walled elements. Circular plates. Axially symmetrical disks. Axially symmetrical shells. Analysis of axially symmetrical
structures. Subject Index.
Edited by M.Zyczkowski
SAMStudies in Applied Mechanics26
Out of print
xiv + 774 pages
Hardbound
0-444-98763-0
040402
697208
BK
ISBN/0721669492
Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
Introduction to Vascular Ultrasonography
Fourth Edition
2000
SAUNDERS
Presenting an updated revision of a popular text covering vascular anatomy and the rationale for vascular ultrasound studies. Expert
contributors cover the basics and then move on to discuss cerebrovascular diagnosis, extremity arterial and venous studies, and
abdominal diagnosis. This comprehensive Fourth Edition includes additional coverage on physiological studies, an expanded version of
the upper extremity chapter and a new chapter on assessment of vasculogenic impotence. Extensive color-duplex illustrations are
featured throughout the text.
BASICS
Chapter 1 Hemodynamic Considerations in Peripheral and Cerebrovascular Diseases
Chapter 2 Physics and Instrumentation in
Doppler and BUltrasonography
Chapter 3 Frequency Spectrum Analysis
Chapter 4 Color Flow Imaging
Chapter 5 Sonographic
Contrast Agents
CEREBRAL VESSELS
Chapter 6 Rationale for Duplex Cerebrovascular Examination
Chapter 7 Normal
cerebrovascular Anatomy and Collateral Pathways
Chapter 8 Normal Carotid Arteries and Carotid Examination Technique
Chapter 9
Ultrasound Assessment of Carotid Plaque
Chapter 10 Ultrasound Evaluation of Carotid Stenosis
Chapter 11 Miscellaneous Carotid
Subjects: Occlusion, Dissection, Endarterectomy,
Carotid Body Tumor
Chapter 12 Ultrasound Vertebral Examination
Chapter 13
transranial Doppler Sonography
EXTREMITY ARTERIES
Chapter 14 The Role of Noninvasive Procedures in the Management of
Extremity
Arterial Disease
Chapter 15 Arterial Anatomy of the Extremities
Chapter 16 Nonimaging Physiologic Tests for
Assessment of Extremity Arterial Disease
Chapter 17 Duplex Ultrasound Assessment of Upper Extremity Arteries
Chapter 18 Duplex
Sonography of Lower Extremity Arteries
EXTREMITY VEINS
Chapter 19 Rationale for Noninvasive Assessment of Extremity
Veins
Chapter 20 Extremity Venous Anatomy
Chapter 21 Terminology, Instrumentation, and Characteristics of Normal
Veins
Chapter 22 Technique for Extremity Venous Examination
Chapter 23 Ultrasound Diagnosis of Venous Thrombosis
Chapter 24
Definitive Diagnosis and Documentation of Chronic Venous Dysfunction
Chapter 25 Ultrasound Diagnosis of NonExtremity
Pathology
ABDOMINAL VESSELS
Chapter 26 Anatomy and Normal Doppler Signatures of Abdominal Vessels
Chapter 27 The
Aorta, Iliac Arteries, and the Inferior Vena Cava
Chapter 28 Ultrasound Assessment of the Splanchnic Arteries
Chapter 29
Ultrasound Evaluation of the Portal and Hepatic Veins
Chapter 30 Ultrasound Evaluation of Native Renal Vessels and Renal
Allografts
Chapter 31 Ultrasound Evaluation of the Penis
By WilliamZwiebel
Out of print
505 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-6949-2
999999
20820
BK
Out of print
Control Systems
Control in Power Electronics & Electrical Drives 1983
Proceedings of the 3rd IFAC Symposium, Lausanne, Switzerland, 12-14 September 1983
1984
PERGAMON
Contains 97 papers which provide a valuable overview of the latest technical innovations in this rapidly expanding field. Areas of
development which receive particular attention include the emergence of power switching transistors, the application of
microprocessors to regulation and control of static converters and electrical drives, the use of more sophisticated control
strategies and the utilization of power electronics in new application fields.
(partial) Modelling and Control Laws: Closed mathematical description of line commutated converter-drives, K Hofer. Non-linear and
linearized models for control systems including static converters, J P Louis. Identification and Observation: A novel approach on
parameter self-tuning method in AC servo system, T Irisa et al. A microcomputer system for estimating the parameters of an induction
motor model, A Gallo et al. New Methods of Control: Non-linear controller allowing for an upper bound on the system internal
variables, G Celentano & P Marino. Speed control of an AC motor by state variables feedback with decoupling, P Feller. Adaptive
and Sliding Mode Control: Microprocessor-based adaptive control for electrical drives, A Brickwedde. Adaptive control design in
servosystems, A Balestrino et al. Current Converters and Inverters: Effect of source reactance on the controllable three-phase bridge
rectifier operation with series R-L loads, S I El-Kassas et al. The family of commutation modes of converters, F Kehtari.
Edited by R.Zwicky
IFPSIFAC Symposia Series8402
Out of print
814 pages
Hardbound
0-08-030536-9
060600
500210
BK
Out of print
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
Perspectives in the Organic Chemistry of Sulfur
Invited Lectures of the Twelfth International Symposium on the Organic Chemistry of Sulfur, Nijmegen, The Netherlands, 29 June - 4 July 1986
1987
ELSEVIER
The eighteen invited lectures in this volume cover the main themes of the Conference, namely: synthesis of organic sulfur compounds
and organosulfur mediated synthesis; theoretical, mechanistic and stereochemical aspects of the organic chemistry of sulfur; and
bio-organic sulfur chemistry. These lectures give experts' views of the current state of the art, a presentation of recent
achievements, and an outlook on the future prospects of the subject.
Organosulfur reactions using metal sulfur derivatives (D.N. Harpp). Sulfur stereochemistry: old problems and new results (M.
Mikolajczyk). Chemistry of stable thioaldehydes (R. Okazaki). Sulfur-containing heterocycles in new synthetic strategies for chiral
beta-lactam antibiotics (Y. Nagao). Thiocarbonyl-derived heterocycles in organic synthesis (E. Vedejs). Exploitation of chiral
sulphoxides in asymmetric synthesis (P. Bravo, G. Resnati). Syntheses of thiophene derivatives from metallated acetylenes or allenes
and thiocarbonyl compounds (R.L.P. de Jong, H.D. Verkruijsse, L. Brandsma). The effect of sulfur-substituents on the chemistry of
alkyl isocyanides (A.M. van Leusen). Asymmetric Michael and Diels-Alder reactions using sulfoxides and sulfones (G.H. Posner). New
synthetic applications of chiral sulfamides: optically active sulfamyloxaziridines in the oxidation of nonfunctionalized substrates
with high enantioselectivity (F.A. Davis, J.P. McCauley Jr., S. Chattopadhyay, M.E. Harakal, W.H. Watson, I. Tavanaiepour). The
stabilization of alpha-substituted oxy- and thio-carbanions and carbocations (F. Bernardi). Synthetic aspects of unsaturated sulphur
compounds (D.N. Jones). New synthetic methods using vinyl sulfones. Developments in heteroconjugate addition (M. Isobe).
alpha-Silylated sulfones (H.-H. Otto). Novel routes to thiocarbonyl compounds (E. Schaumann). The reactivity of allylic sulphides
and its relevance to the vulcanization of rubber (M. Porter). High pressure as a mechanistic probe and synthetic tool in
organo-sulphur chemistry (N.S. Isaacs). Applications of the chiral sulfoxide group in asymmetric synthesis (G. Solladie).
Edited by B.Zwanenburg,
A.J.H.Klunder
SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry28
Out of print
x + 314 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42739-2
030302
504469
BK
Out of print
Biochemistry / Biophysics,
Enzymology,
Hematology,
Lipids and Lipid Metabolism,
Protein Structure and Synthesis
Blood Coagulation
1986
ELSEVIER
This is the first book to give complete insight into the biochemistry of blood coagulation, and demonstrates how this field provides
important contributions to fundamental biochemistry, such as enzyme kinetics, lipid-protein interactions, oxidative carboxylation,
and cell receptors. The book will be of interest both to biochemists and molecular biologists who want to gain insight into the
process of blood coagulation, as well as to those already working in the field of blood coagulation who desire to broaden their
insight into its molecular aspects.
Preface. 1. Blood Coagulation as a Part of the Haemostatic System (Maria C. E. van Dam-Mieras and Annemarie D. Muller). 2A.
Nonenzymatic Cofactors: Factor V (Kenneth G. Mann et al.). 2B. Nonenzymatic Cofactors: Factor VIII (Philip J. Fay et al.). 3.
Multicomponent Enzyme Complexes of Blood Coagulation (Guido Tans and Jan Rosing). 4. The Role of Vitamin K in the Post-Translational
Modification of Proteins (Cees Vermeer). 5A. Initiation Mechanisms: the Contact Activation System in Plasma (Bonno N. Bouma and John
H. Griffin). 5B. Initiation Mechanisms: Activation Induced by Thromboplastin (Bjarne Østerud). 6. Platelets and Coagulation
(Robert F. A. Zwaal et al.). 7. Fibrinogen, Fibrin, and Factor XIII (Agnes Henschen and Jan McDonagh). 8. Fibrinolysis and
Thrombolysis (Désiré Collen and H. Roger Lijnen). 9A. Inhibitors: Antithrombin III and Heparin (Michael J. Griffith).
9B. Inhibitors: Protein C (Björn Dahlbäck et al.). 10. Interplay Between Medicine and Biochemistry (H. Coenraad Hemker).
Subject Index.
Edited by R.F.A.Zwaal,
H.C.Hemker
NCBNew Comprehensive Biochemistry13
Out of print
xii + 322 pages
Hardbound
0-444-80794-2
090900
692517
BK
ISBN/0721625657
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Reid's Controversy in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Third Edition
1983
SAUNDERS
By FrederickZuspan,
C. D.Christian
Out of print
645 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-2565-7
999999
692528
BK
ISBN/0815199317
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Handbook of Obstetrics/Gynecology and Primary Care
First Edition
1998
MOSBY
Here's a one-stop, portable resource for Ob/Gyns and residents who treat women for gynecologic and non-gynecologic problems. This
handbook covers topics found in traditional Ob/Gyn manuals, as well as problems often encountered in daily practice, such as
diabetes, headaches, mild hypertension, rectal bleeding and depression. Each chapter includes a concise description of the problem or
procedure followed by the diagnosis and recommended treatment.
I. Gynecology 1. Amenorrhea 2. Breast Disease: Malignant 3. Cervical Cancer 4. Contraception 5. Dysmenorrhea 6. Endometriosis and
Adenomyosis 7. Gestational Trophoblastic Disease 8. Hirsutism 9. The Infertile Couple 10. Menopause and Perimenopause 11. Mood
Disorders 12. Osteoporosis 13. Ovarian Cancer 14. Abnormal Pap Smears 15. Pelvic Infections and Their Sequelae 16. Pelvic Masses:
Benign and Malignant 17. Pelvic Pain: Chronic 18. Pelvic Support (Abnormalities of) 19. Premenstrual Syndrome 20. Sexual Dysfunction
21. Sterilization 22. Urinary Dysfunction 23. Uterine Bleeding: Dysfunctional 24. Uterine Cancer 25. Vulvar and Vaginal Carcinoma 26.
Vulvovaginitis and Lower Genital Tract Disease II. Obstetrics 27. Diagnosis of Pregnancy (Anatomy and Physiology) 28. Ectopic
Pregnancy (Accidents of Implantation) 29. Preconceptional, Prenatal and Postpartum Care 30. Anomalies, Teratology and Prenatal
Diagnosis 31. Genetics 32. Ultrasound: Normal 33. Ultrasound: Abnormal 34. Antenatal Testing 35. Medical Diseases in Pregnancy 36.
Prenatal Infections and Immunizations 37. Common Dermatologic Disorders in Pregnancy 38. Premature Birth 39. Incompetent Cervix 40.
Third Trimester Bleeding 41. Isoimmunization in Pregnancy and Nonimmune Hydrops 42. Thrombophlebitis 43. Intrauterine Growth
Retardation 44. Preeclampsia and Eclampsia 45. Postterm Pregnancy 46. Labor and Delivery: Acute Obstetric Emergencies 47.
Malpresentations 48. Multiple Gestation 49. Fetal Heart Rate Monitoring 50. Anesthesiology in Obstetrics 51. Breastfeeding 52. Acute
Obstetric Emergencies and Postpartum Hemorrhage 53. Adolescent Pregnancy 54. Drug Addiction in Pregnancy 55. Resuscitation in Newborn
56. Nutrition in Pregnancy III. Primary Care 57. Annual Exam 58. Anxiety Reaction 59. Autoimmune Diseases and Other Arthritic
Disease 60. Backache: Musculoskeletal and Other 61. Breast Disease (Benign) 62. Cholecystitis 63. Cystitis and Pyelonephritis 64.
Diarrhea: Chronic 65. Domestic Violence, Rape and the Physician Response 66. Gastritis and Ulcers 67. Headaches, Including Migraine
68. Hypertension 69. Hyperthyroidism 70. Hypothyroidism 71. Influenza 72. Laryngitis and Pharyngitis 73. Nutrition 74. Pneumonia and
Tuberculosis 75. Screening for Disease 76. Varicose Veins
By FrederickZuspan,
EdwardQuilligan,
MichaelBlumenfield,
MoonKim,
CynthiaEvans
Out of print
704 pages
Hardbound
0-8151-9931-7
999999
697200
BK
ISBN/072165262X
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Current Therapy in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Fourth Edition
1994
SAUNDERS
2nd Edition of the popular reference presents therapies with contributions from a first-class list of clinicians. Invaluable information in one handy book.
By FrederickZuspan,
EdwardQuilligan
Out of print
478 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-5262-X
999999
500633
BK
Out of print
Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes
The Spectral Analysis of Time Series
1986
NORTH-HOLLAND
Examined in this volume are the asymptotic properties of spectral estimates of stationary processes and random fields. A new class of
lag window estimates indifferent to remote frequencies is introduced and pseudorandom sequences are investigated from the point of
view of their nearness to the sequence of white noise. Principles and algorithms are given for constructing an ideal sequence. A good
achievement is the new estimates of higher spectral density asymptotically unbiased and consistent for all admissible values of the
argument. A new type of the random number generator which is sufficiently close to white noise is introduced.
I. Cumulant Estimates of Stochastic Processes and Random Fields. II. Spectral Estimates of Stochastic Processes and Random Fields.
III. Investigation of Spectral Estimates of the Grenander-Rosenblatt Type. IV. Investigations of Lag Window Estimates. V. Estimates
of Cross-Spectra of Multivariate Gaussian Sequences. VI. Statistical Estimation of Higher Order Spectra. Appendices. References.
Index.
By I.G.Zurbenko
NHSPNorth-Holland Series in Statistics and Probability2
Out of print
x + 248 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87607-3
080852
524586
BK
Manufacturing Processes and Systems,
Applications (General),
CAD,CAM,CAE,
CIM / CAM,
Control Systems,
Human / Computer Interaction,
Production,
Robotics,
Robotics and Industrial Automation
Modern Tools for Manufacturing Systems
Proceedings of the International Workshop on Emerging Technologies for Factory Automation, Cairns, Australia, 17-19 August 1992
1993
ELSEVIER
The last twenty years have seen considerable progress in manufacturing systems. The development of a series of new technologies that
have the potential for application to manufacturing systems has created a sudden upsurge of interest in applying these emerging
technologies to the area of factory automation. These emerging technologies include expert and knowledge based systems, fuzzy
systems, neural networks, Petri nets, intelligent user interfaces, intelligent robotic systems and intelligent computer aided
manufacturing. The present authors have brought together in a single book the latest work on the implications of new technologies and
their application to factory automation. The volume will allow the reader to explore the potential of applying these emerging
technologies to factory automation and will help to stimulate future research and analysis.
1. Overview of Book. Introduction. Expert systems. Knowledge acquisition. Neural networks and fuzzy systems. Petri nets.
Micromachines and microfabrication technology. Factory communication protocols. 2. Expert Systems. An automated fault tree
generation by semantic network system representation and rule-based event development. Innovative approaches to knowledge based
systems development. Expert system applied to automatic flatness control system for aluminum foil rolling mill. Real time
knowledge-based control for machining. An intelligent numerical controller for machining systems. 3. Knowledge Acquisition.
Current status of knowledge acquisition research in Japan. GRAPE: Knowledge acquisition support groupware for the
classification-choice problem. Development of automatic knowledge-acquisition expert system. Knowledge acquisition with neural
networks. 4. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems. Preserving neuronal activation history with a neuron. Fuzzy longitudinal
control for car platoons. Impact of fuzzy logic in industry and government. A genetic fuzzy expert for compound eye robot control.
5. Petri Nets. Design method for real-time systems based on object models and structured state-transition diagrams. Modelling
and verification of flexible manufacturing systems using petri nets. Application of timed marked graphs to a scheduling problem of
production systems including repetitive processes with set-up times. Application of petri nets to sequence control. Simulation
methods for logistics systems using stochastic petri nets. Optimization of production planning with petri nets. Applying petri net
theory to the modelling, analysis and prototyping of distributed systems. Petri nets based models and communication protocols. Petri
nets and artificial intelligence. 6. Micromachines and Microfabrication Technology. Microfabrication and micromachines.
Polymer gel actuator and osmotic pressure actuator for micro-pumps. Micro-probe encoder: Force microscope used in displacement
sensing. 7. Factory Communication Protocols. XTP: A new communications protocol for factory automation.
Edited by R.Zurawski,
T.S.Dillon
MRTManufacturing Research and Technology18
Out of print
460 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89677-5
060602
501067
BK
Out of print
Computers and Chemistry,
Analytical Chemistry
PCs for Chemists
1990
ELSEVIER
The book first introduces the reader to the fundamentals of experimental design. Systems theory, response surface concepts, and basic
statistics serve as a basis for the further development of matrix least squares and hypothesis testing. The effects of different
experimental designs and different models on the variance-covariance matrix and on the analysis of variance (ANOVA) are extensively
discussed. Applications and advanced topics (such as confidence bands, rotatability, and confounding) complete the text. Numerous
worked examples are presented.
The clear and practical approach adopted by the authors makes the book applicable to a wide
audience. It will appeal particularly to those with a practical need (scientists, engineers, managers, research workers) who have
completed their formal education but who still need to know efficient ways of carrying out experiments. It will also be an ideal
text for advanced undergraduate and graduate students following courses in chemometrics, data acquisition and treatment, and design
of experiments.
Introduction. 1. Word Processors Devoted to Scientific Publishing (W.T. Wipke). 2. Databases and Spreadsheets (D.L. Massart, N.
Vanden Driessche, A. Van Dessel). 3. Principal Component Analysis of Chemical Data (K. Varmuza, H. Lohninger). 4. Manipulation of
Chemical Databases by Programming (J. Zupan). 5. Reduction of the Information Space for Data Collections (M. Razinger, M. Novic). 6.
Prolog on PCs for Chemists (H. Moll, J.T. Clerc). 7. Reaction Pathways on a PC (E. Fontain, J. Bauer, I. Ugi). 8. Data Acquisition in
Chemistry (H. Lohninger, K. Varmuza). 9. PCs and Networking (E. Ziegler). 10. The Future of Personal Computing in Chemistry (G.C.
Levy). Index.
Edited by J.Zupan
DHSTData Handling in Science and Technology5
Out of print
xvi + 212 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88623-0
030303
503754
BK
Out of print
Tribology,
General Materials Science,
Structure and Properties of Surfaces, Interfaces and Thin Films
Microstructure and Wear of Materials
1987
NORTH-HOLLAND
This new book will be useful not only to practising engineers and scientists, but also to advanced students interested in wear. It
reviews our current understanding of the influence of microstructural elements and physical properties of materials (metals,
polymers, ceramics and composites) on wear. The introductory chapters describe the relation between microstructure and mechanical
properties of materials, surfaces in contact and the classification of wear processes. The following chapters are concerned with
wear modes of great practical interest such as grooving wear, sliding wear, rolling-sliding wear and erosive wear. Our present
understanding of abrasion, adhesion, surface fatigue and tribochemical reactions as the relevant wear mechanisms is discussed, and
new wear models are presented. In addition to extensive experimental results, sketches have been widely used for clarifying the
physical events.
1. Introduction. History. Mechanisms of damage. Definition of wear. 2. Microstructure and Mechanical Properties of
Materials. Structure of solids. Structure of solid surfaces. Volume properties of materials. Surface properties of materials.
3. Surfaces in Contact. Surface topography. Contact mechanics. Surface temperature. 4. Classification of Wear
Processes. Tribosystem. Wear mechanism. Worn surfaces. Tribological testing. 5. Grooving Wear. Wear mechanism. Metals.
Polymers. Ceramics. Composites. 6. Sliding Wear. Wear mechanism. The progress of wear. Influence of surface roughness. Metals.
Polymers. Ceramics. Composites. 7. Rolling-Sliding Wear of Metals. Wear mechanism. Operating conditions. Microstructure and
properties of materials. 8. Erosive Wear of Metals. Wear mechanism. Physical properties. Microstructural elements. (All
chapters include References). Subject Index.
By K.-H.Zum Gahr
Out of print
x + 560 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42754-6
060607
697199
BK
ISBN/0443048045
Physical Therapy
Sports Physiotherapy
Applied Science and Practice
First Edition
1995
CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE
By MarieZuluaga,
ChristopherBriggs,
JohnCarlisle,
VirginiaMcDonald,
JoanMcMeekin,
WendyNickson,
PamelaOddy,
DorothyWilson
Out of print
544 pages
Hardbound
0-443-04804-5
999999
502122
BK
Out of print
Partial Differential Equations,
Mathematical Methods in Physics,
Numerical Methods in Engineering
Problems in Distributions and Partial Differential Equations
1988
Translation of Problèmes des Distributions avec Solutions Détaillées (Hermann, Paris, 1978)
NORTH-HOLLAND
The aim of this book is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the theory of distributions, by the use of solved problems.
Although written for mathematicians, it can also be used by a wider audience, including engineers and physicists. The first six
chapters deal with the classical theory, with special emphasis on the concrete aspects. The reader will find many examples of
distributions and learn how to work with them. At the beginning of each chapter the relevant theoretical material is briefly
recalled. The last chapter is a short introduction to a very wide and important field in analysis which can be considered as the
most natural application of distributions, namely the theory of partial differential equations. It includes exercises on the
classical differential operators and on fundamental solutions, hypoellipticity, analytic hypoellipticity, Sobolev spaces, local
solvability, the Cauchy problem, etc.
1. Preliminaries. 2. Distributions. 3. Differentiation in the Space of Distributions. 4. Convergence in the Spaces of
Distributions. 5. Convolution of Distributions. 6. Fourier and Laplace Transforms of Distributions. 7. Applications.
Bibliography. Index. Index of Notations.
By C.Zuily
NHMSNorth-Holland Mathematics Studies143
Out of print
248 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70248-2
050500
692512
BK
ISBN/0443057974
Infectious Diseases
Viral Hepatitis
Second Edition
1999
CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE
Here's the 2nd Edition of the only comprehensive, up-to-date text that covers the diagnosis, treatment, and management of viral
hepatitis. The expanded and updated new edition features more tables, photographs, and illustrations, expanded sections on Hepadna,
Orthohepadna, and Hepatitis C viruses, and new sections on Hepatitis G and Hepatitis GB viruses.
Edited By ArieZuckerman,
HowardThomas
Out of print
704 pages
Hardbound
0-443-05797-4
999999
501585
BK
Out of print
Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics,
High Energy Physics (General),
Physics (General)
Recent Advances in Field Theory and Statistical Mechanics
Proceedings of the Les Houches Summer School, Session XXXIX, August/September 1982
1984
NORTH-HOLLAND
Over the last ten years, quantum field theory and statistical mechanics have undergone quick and parellel developments characterized
by the emergence of new ideas and the use of common concepts and methods. In particular, the renormalization group ideas have been
successfully applied to the study of critical behaviour in quantum field theories. Simultaneously, the flourishing of gauge theories
has produced a complete renewal in the theory of elementary particles. In view of this burst of ideas and new results, this Les
Houches summer school was organised and open to physicists working in the domains of field theory, particle physics, condensed matter
and neighbouring fields. The resulting proceedings provide an up-to-date review of the important developments in these fields.
Courses: 1. Field theories and phase transitions (S.H. Shenker). 2. The principles of instanton calculus: a few applications (J.
Zinn-Justin). 3. Perturbative approach to surface fluctuations (D.J. Wallace). 4. Chiral symmetry and chiral symmetry breaking (M.E.
Peskin). 5. A review of the lattice gauge theory approach to quantum chromodynamics, 1982 (J.B. Kogut). Seminars: Random lattice
field theory (T.D. Lee). Continuum limit and improved action in lattice theories (K. Symanzik). 6. An introduction to the statistical
mechanics of amorphous systems (G. Parisi). 7. Interactions and localization in a disordered electron gas (E. Fradkin). Seminars:
Schrödinger representation in renormalizable quantum field theory (K. Symanzik). Fermionic methods and three-dimensional Ising
model (C. Itzykson). 8. Integrable models in (1+1)-dimensional quantum field theory (L. Faddeev). 9. Introduction to the Bethe-Ansatz
approach in (1+1)-dimensional models (J.H. Lowenstein). 10. Integrability, Duality, Monodromy and the structure of Bethe's Ansatz
(H.B. Thacker). Seminar: Structure functions for one-dimensional magnetic systems (J. Honerkamp). 11. Dual resonance models and
string in QCD (A. Neveu). Seminar: Introduction to Polyakov's string theory (D. Friedan).
Edited by J.-B.Zuber,
R.Stora
LHSSLes Houches Summer School Proceedings39
Out of print
xxx + 872 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86675-2
040402
17487
BK
Out of print
Translation and Dictionaries,
Linguistics
The Languages of Theatre
Problems in the Translation and Transposition of Drama
1980
PERGAMON
This book focuses on the various problems in the verbal and nonverbal translation and tranposition of drama from one language and
cultural background into another and from the text on to the stage. It covers a range of previously unpublished essays specifically
written on translation problems unique to drama, by playwrights and literary translators as well as theorists, scholars and teachers
of drama and translation studies
(partial) Verbal and non-verbal communication, R. Gostand
Rooted in different places, A. Buzo
On the open stage, D. Hewett
Translation, adaptation and interpretation of dramatic texts, F.H. Link
Transcending culture, V.C.H. Ooi
Audience aids for non-literary allusions?, E.O. Fink
Hazards of adaptation: Anouilh's Antigone in English, I. Reid
Problems of propriety and authenticity in translating modern drama, O.D. Zuber
Henrik Ibsen in English translation, M.B. Akerholt
Problems in translating Sean O'Casey's drama Juno and the Paycock into German, U. Venneberg
Translation: changing the code: Soyinka's ironic aetiology, A. Lefevere
The synchronic Salome, M. Gaddis Rose
Translating literature/translated literature - The state of
the art, A. Lefevere
Edited by O.Zuber
Out of print
178 pages
Hardbound
0-08-025246-X
080809
502663
BK
Out of print
Paleoenvironments / Paleoclimatology,
Climatology,
Quaternary Geology
Global Palaeoclimate of the Late Cenozoic
1990
ELSEVIER
This is a detailed description of the history and chronology of global climate based on event-signal stratigraphy. The history of
global climate is described for the last fifty million years with the description for the last one million years in detail.
Climatostratigraphic sequences of twelve key regions are taken as a basis, eight of them situated in the USSR territories. Chronology
of climatic events of the Pleistocene, Pliocene and Miocene is developed based on palaeomagnetic and radiometric data. The authors'
version of its correlation with oxygene-isotope scales of deep-sea sediments is given. Theoretical problems of climatic stratigraphy
and palaeoclimatology are discussed, in particular, the causes of climatic change. The Northern Hemisphere palaeoclimatic
reconstructions are made for the Holocene, Eemian and Pliocene temperature optima, considered as possible palaeoanalogues of climate
of the 21st Century. The book is intended primarily for a wide circle of scientific workers, palaeoclimatologists and
palaeogeographers, but will also interest geologists, biologists, palaeomagnetologists and archaeologists.
Preface to the Russian edition of Palaeoclimates of the Late Cenozoic by V.A. Zubakov and I.I. Borzenkova (Gidrometeoizdat, 1983).
Preface to the Russian edition of The Global Climatic Events of the Pleistocene, by V.A. Zubakov (Gidrometeoizdat, 1986). PART I.
THE GLOBAL CLIMATIC EVENTS OF THE PLEISTOCENE. Introduction. Section I. Methodological problems of palaeclimatology. 1.
The time structure of climate. On the definitions of climate, palaeoclimate and palaeoclimatography. On the terms ``global climatic
event'',``climathem'', climatostratigraphy. On the methods of high-resolution climatostratigraphic correlation and chronological
scale of global climatic events. The principles of time classification of the global climatic events: Taxonomic differences in the
climato - sedimentary cycles and climathems. The two climatic regimes in the history of the Earth. Main features of the glacial
climatic regime. Main features of the greenhouse climatic regime. 2. Deep-sea standard for global climatic events. History of
climatostratigraphic study of the Pleistocene. The significance of the oxygen-isotope scale for climatostratigraphic reconstructions.
Systematic aspects of ``ocean-continent'' climatochronological correlation. The significance of geomagnetic data. Section II.
Evidence for climatic changes in the Pleistocene - regional review. 3. Effects of global climatic events in the Mediterranean -
Caspian system. The Mediterranean as a new climatoparastratotype region. The Caspian basin as a major record of changes in
humidification in interior Eurasia. The Azov-Black Sea basin as a standard for the climatostratigraphic sequence on the shelf off
Europe. The Mediterranean-Caspian paleohydrologic system as a record of global and regional climatic changes. 4. The loess assemblage
of Eurasia as an indicator of climatic changes in the arid zone. The Loess zone of Europe. Loess in Asia. 5. Middle and high
latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere as a major record of continental glaciation in Pleistocene time. Russian plain. Glaciated area
in western and central Europe. West Siberia. North-eastern Asia and Beringia. North America. The Arctic and sub-Arctic. Section
III. The history of climate through the Pleistocene. 6. On the timing of palaeoclimates in the Pleistocene. Debatable problems of
inter-regional climatostratigraphic correlation. On correspondence between the numbrs of climathems on land and in the sea. On two
stratific lines in the geo-historical classification of the Pleistocene. Comparison of experience in the long-distance stratigraphic
correlation of the Pleistocene. Rhythm-chronological approach to the Pleistocene classification. On three types of time
classification of the Pleistocene climatic events. The role of the 400 ka cycle for chronological classification of the Pleistocene.
7. Climatic changes in the Early and Middle Pleistocene. Introduction. The sixth (Günz) kryo-superclimathem, 1.17-1.0 Ma. The
fifth (Günz-Mindel) termo-superclimathem, 1.0-0.76 Ma. The fourth (Mindel) kryo-superclimathem, 760-585 ka. The third
(Mindel0Riss) thermo-superclimathem, 585-350 ka. The second (``Riss'') kryo-superclimathem, 350-130 (170?) ka. 8. Climatic changes in
the Late Pleistocene. Tyrrhenian (=Riss-Würm sensu lato) megathermochron, 245-118 ka. On the time-scope of the
``Riss-Würm'' (277-244 ka). The Early Riss-Würm - the seventh thermo-orthoclimathem, 245-190 ka. The sixth
kryo-ortoclimathem, 190-127 ka. The late Riss-Würm or thermo-orthoclimathem 5e, 127 (170?) - 117 ka. Spatial climate
reconstructions for the temperature optimum of the last thermochron (isotopic substage 5e), 125-120 ka. The Würm megakryochron,
117-15 ka. On chronological models of the last glaciation. The early Würm, or kryo-orthoclimathem 5d-4, 117-62 ka. The middle
Würm - thermochron 3c, 62-42 ka. The late Würm, 42-13 ka. Spatial reconstruction of the Northern Hemisphere climate during
the late Würm, 20-17 ka. 9. Climatic changes through Late Glacial and Post-glacial, 16-0 ka BP. Principles of the time
classification of the last 16 ka. On the global temperature trend over the last 16 ka. Anathermal from 16 to 9 ka BP. Megathermal,
9-5.3 ka BP. Katathermal, 5.3-0 ka BP. On possible causes of climate change in the late glacial-holocene. Moisture conditions in
different latitude zones over the late glacial-holocene: a review of empirical data. Empirical data on moisture conditions in
tropical and subtropical regions between 0 and 25°N and S. Empirical data on moisture trends during the late glacial-holocene
between 25 and 40°N and S. Empirical data on moisture condition variations in middle (between 40 - 45°N and S) and high
(north of 60°N) latitudes.Summary. Global climatic events - an empirical basis of high-resolution stratification. On the causes
of climatic changes in the Pleistocene. References. PART II. PRE-PLEISTOCENE CLIMATES: MAIN STEPS OF THE LATE CENOZOIC
GLACIAL-PSYCHROSPHERIC REGIME STANDING. Introduction. 10. Palaeoclimates of the pre-Pliocene Cenozoic. 11. Palaeoclimates of the
Pliocene. Summary. Subject Index.
By V.A.Zubakov,
I.I.Borzenkova
DPASDevelopments in Palaeontology and Stratigraphy12
Out of print
472 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87309-0
070700
504865
BK
Out of print
Mathematics (General)
Mathematical Programming Methods
1976
NORTH-HOLLAND
By G.Zoutendijk
Out of print
Hardbound
0-7204-0421-5
050500
522237
BK
Out of print
Numerical Methods in Engineering,
Classical and Quantum Physics; Mechanics and Fields,
Fluid Mechanics,
Mechanical Engineering,
Mechanics, Elasticity, Rheology,
Solid Mechanics,
Thermodynamics
Foundations of Mechanics
1992
ELSEVIER
In the last three decades the field of mechanics has seen spectacular progress due to the demand for applications in problems of
cosmology, thermonuclear fusion, metallurgy, etc. This book provides a broad and thorough overview on the foundations of mechanics.
It discusses theoretical mechanics and continuum mechanics, as well as phenomenological thermodynamics, quantum mechanics and
relativistic mechanics. Each chapter presents the basic physical facts of interest without going into details and derivations and
without using advanced mathematical formalism. The first part constitutes a classical exposition of Lagrange's and Hamilton's
analytical mechanics on which most of the continuum theory is based. The section on continuum mechanics focuses mainly on the
axiomatic foundations, with many pointers for further research in this area. Special attention is given to modern continuum
thermodynamics, both for the foundations and applications. A section on quantum mechanics is also included, since the
phenomenological description of various quantum phenomena is becoming of increasing importance. The work will prove indispensable to
engineers wishing to keep abreast of recent theoretical advances in their field, as well as initiating and guiding future research.
Parts: I. Analytical Mechanics (R. Gutowski). 1. Constrained mechanical system. 2. Variational principles of mechanics. 3.
Equations of motion of mechanical systems in Lagrange variables and quasi-coordinates. 4. Equations of motion of material systems in
canonical variables. 5. Canonical transformations. 6. Integral invariants and conservation laws. II. Relativistic Mechanics
(S.L. Bazanski). 1. Physical origin of the special theory of relativity. 2. Galilean space-time. 3. Basic space-time concepts
of the special theory of relativity. 4. Minkowski space-time. 5. Relativistic kinematics. 6. Dynamics of a material point. 7.
Conservation principles. 8. Equations of motion. 9. Canonical formalism. 10. Comments on the relativistic many-body problem. III.
Quantum Mechanics (J. Slawianowski). 1. Basic concepts of quantum mechanics. Historical origins. 2. Quantum mechanics of a
material point. Wave mechanics. 3. General formulation of quantum mechanics and examples. 4. Simple applications of quantum
mechanics. 5. Some approximate methods and their applications. IV. Mechanics of Continuous Media (C. Wozniak). 1. Basic
concepts. 2. Fundamental principles. 3. Investigation of the balance principles. 4. General field equations. 5. Materials. 6.
Constraints and loadings. 7. Specialized theories. V. Phenomenological Thermodynamics (K. Wilmanski). 1. Introduction.
2. Fundamentals of abstract phenomenological thermodynamics. 3. Thermodynamics of thermomechanical materials. 4. Comments on the
second law of thermodynamics. Bibliography. Subject Index.
Edited by H.Zorski
SAMStudies in Applied Mechanics28
Out of print
xiv + 600 pages
Hardbound
0-444-98700-2
060600
522075
BK
Out of print
Internal Medicine
Interferon: Research, Clinical Application, and Regulatory Consideration
Proceedings of an International Workshop, NIH, Bethesda, MD, USA, 28-30 September 1983
1984
ELSEVIER
Edited by K.Zoon,
P.D.Noguchi,
T.-Y.Liu
Out of print
xiv + 314 pages
Hardbound
0-444-00937-X
096965
500587
BK
Out of print
Marketing, Marketing Research
Marketing Planning Models
1982
NORTH-HOLLAND
This book reflects the diversity of marketing model applications and modeling approaches. The difficulty in modeling market behavior
is demonstrated by several papers which employ alternative approaches to address related marketing planning problems.
An Aspect of New Product Planning: Dynamic Pricing (A.P. Jeuland and R.J. Dolan). PRICESTRAT - An Applied Strategic Pricing Model for
Nondurables (H. Simon). LITMUS: A New Product Planning Model (J.D. Blackburn and K.J. Clancy). A General Model for Assessing New
Product Marketing Decisions and Market Performance (F.S. Zufryden). Strategy Development for New Product Introductions: Predicting
Market and Financial Success (E.A. Pessemier). Integer Programming Model and Algorithmic Evolution: A Case from Sales Resource
Allocation (P. Sinha and A.A. Zoltners). A Discrete Maximum Principle Approach to a General Dynamic Market Response Model (T.E.
Morton, A.A. Mitchell and E. Zemel). Optimal Strategic Business Units Portfolio Analysis (M. Corstjens and D. Weinstein). Stochastic
Dominance Rules for Product Portfolio Analysis (V. Mahajan, Y. Wind and J.W. Bradford). Evaluating Judgement-Based Marketing Models:
Multiple Measures, Comparisons and Findings (S.H. McIntyre and I.S. Currim). A Process Model of the Family Planning Decision (J.U.
Farley and D.E. Sexton). Analyzing Natural Experiments in Industrial Markets (G.L. Lilien and A. Api Ruzdic).
Edited by A.A.Zoltners
TIMSTIMS Studies in the Management Sciences18
Out of print
x + 276 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86369-9
080853
522495
BK
Out of print
Analytical Chemistry,
Environmental Chemistry, Substances and Processes,
Industrial Chemistry,
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
Preconcentration of Trace Elements
1990
ELSEVIER
This monograph deals with the theory and practical applications of trace metals preconcentration. It gives general characteristics of
the process and describes in detail the methods of preconcentration: solvent extraction, sorption, co-precipitation, volatilization,
and others. Special attention is given to preconcentration in combination with subsequent determination methods. The use of
preconcentration in analysis of environmental biological samples, mineral raw materials, high purity substances, and various
industrial materials is also considered.
The book will be of interest to analytical chemists working in research institutes and
industrial laboratories and will be useful for radiochemists and process engineers as well as teachers and students specializing in
related fields.
1. General Characteristics of Preconcentration. Concentration and separation. Significance of preconcentration and fields of
application. Quantitative characteristics of preconcentration. Selective or group preconcentration. Removal of matrix and separation
of trace elements. 2. Methods of Preconcentration. Classification and general characteristics of methods. Solvent extraction.
Sorption methods. Precipitation and co-precipitation methods. Electrochemical methods. Evaporation methods. Controlled
crystallization. Pyrometallurgical methods. Flotation. Filtration and other related membrane methods. 3. Combining
Preconcentration with the Determination Methods. Combined and hybrid methods. Atomic emission spectrometry. Atomic-absorption
spectrometry. Atomic fluorescence spectrometry. Spark-source mass spectrometry. Electron spin resonance. Activation analysis.
Electrochemical methods. Catalymetry. Chromatographic methods. Other methods. 4. Preconcentration in Analysis of Various
Substances. Environmental samples. Mineral raw material. Metals, alloys and other inorganic substances and materials, including
high-purity substances. Organic substances and biological samples. Index: Methods for Preconcentration of Various Elements.
By Yu.A.Zolotov,
N.M.Kuz'min
CACComprehensive Analytical ChemistryXXV
Out of print
392 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87376-7
030303
693074
BK
ISBN/1560530669
Internal Medicine
The Portable Internist
First Edition
1995
HANLEY AND BELFUS MEDICAL PUBLISHERS
By AnthonyZollo
Out of print
704 pages
Paperback
1-56053-066-9
999999
693160
BK
ISBN/1560534761
Internal Medicine
Medical Secrets
Third Edition
2001
HANLEY AND BELFUS MEDICAL PUBLISHERS
This best-selling mini-textbook of general internal medicine reviews most of what a student or resident should know. This new
edition is completely revised with up-to-date information on new methods of diagnosis, new drugs and their uses, advances in
technology, and patient care techniques. The Secrets Q&A approach is applied to make the text interactive and enjoyable to read. The
book is organized by subspecialty areas of internal medicine, and serves as a superb review for examinations, rounds, and clinical
discussions.
501000
BK
Out of print
Analytical Separations,
Analytical Chemistry
Electron Capture
Theory and Practice in Chromatography
1981
ELSEVIER
Edited by A.Zlatkis,
C.F.Poole
JCLJournal of Chromatography Library20
Out of print
xii + 430 pages
Hardbound
0-444-41954-3
030304
692511
BK
ISBN/0815199309
Pediatrics
Atlas Of Pediatric Physical Diagnosis
Third Edition
1997
MOSBY
This color atlas discusses common and important pediatric problems that lend themselves to rapid visual diagnosis and simple
laboratory evaluation, including tests which can be performed in the office or via X-rays. Format allows physicians to diagnose
disorders without expensive and time-consuming diagnostic methods.
By BasilZitelli,
HollyDavis
Out of print
756 pages
Hardbound
0-8151-9930-9
999999
697195
BK
ISBN/0721678114
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
Cardiac Electrophysiology
From Cell to Bedside
Third Edition
2000
SAUNDERS
Here's the updated and revised 3rd Edition of this comprehensive reference that provides the most authoritative and up-to-date
information on cardiac electrophysiology -- from cell to bedside. This edition is more compact and succinct than the previous and
still manages to include comprehensive coverage ranging from very basic reports on currents and channels, through theoretical and
experimental bases of cardiac electrical activity and arrhythmias, to the clinical understanding of mechanisms of arrhythmias and the
therapy to treat them.
By DouglasZipes,
JoseJalife
Out of print
1111 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-7811-4
999999
504636
BK
Mathematics History and Biography
Regiomontanus: His Life and Work
1990
Translation of "Leben und Wirken des Joh. Müller von Koningsberg gennant Regiomontanus" (Otto Zeller Verlag GmbH, Osnabrück, FRG, 1968)
NORTH-HOLLAND
The 500th anniversary of Regiomontanus's birth has occasioned this depiction of his life and work. It is the first English
translation of Ernst Zinner's monumental biography, plus a number of specially-written supplementary articles which help paint a more
comprehensive picture of the current state of knowledge about Regiomontanus. The articles show the high regard in which the biography
is still held by the community of scholars doing work on the mathematics of the Renaissance. Zinner's biography is a mine of
information about early printing, astrolabes, tables of eclipses and the world of Henry of Langenstein, Johann of Gmunden, Georg
Peuerbach, Cardinal Bessarion, Nicholas of Cusa and the extraordinary itinerant scholar, Johannes Müller of Königsberg
- Regiomontanus. His contributions to mathematics are discussed (for example, he may have discovered the fifth and sixth
perfect numbers) as well as the mysteries surrounding his life and death.
Childhood. Kinship. The Leipzig Student Years. The Vienna Student Years. Astronomy in Austria. The Modern Sundial and the
Discovery of the Magnetic Declination of the Compass Needle. Georg Peuerbach. Regiomontanus's Works in Vienna. The Years of Travel
in Italy. The Epitome of Ptolemy's Almagest. The De triangulis. Correspondence with Giovanni
Bianchini. The Padua Lectures. Venetian Works. Works in Rome. The Years of Travel in Hungary. The Tables. The Making of
Instruments. The Observations. The Nuremberg Master Years. The Work Plan. Mathematical Works. The Printing of Scientific
Works. The Almanacs or Ephemerides. The Ephemerides during the Time of the Discovery of America. The Calendars. The Determination of
Cometary Sizes and Distances. The Making of Instruments. The Nuremberg Observations. Minor Works. Regiomontanus's Death in Rome.
His Estate. Likenesses of Regiomontanus. His Personality and His Goals. Posterity's Judgment of Regiomontanus. Scientific Works in
the Estates of Regiomontanus and Walther. Notes. Bibliography. Index. Supplements. Introduction (W. Kaunzer). From
Königsberg to Rome (R. Mett). Regiomontanus and Leipzig (H. Wussing). Supplements to Zinner's Book (F. Schmeidler). The Most
Recent Results of Research on Regiomontanus (A. Gerl). Problems of Calendar Reform from Regiomontanus to the Present (K. Reich). New
Results on the Mathematical Activity of Regiomontanus (M. Folkerts). On Regiomontanus's Arithmetic and Algebra in De triangulis
Omnimodis libri quinque (W. Kaunzner). Supplementary Literature on Regiomontanus. Works on Regiomontanus Published in the USSR
or Written by Soviet Scholars. Conferences Commemorating Anniversaries of Regiomontanus's Birth or Death.
By E.Zinner,
Translated by E.Brown
SHPMStudies in the History and Philosophy of Mathematics1
Out of print
x + 402 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88792-X
050500
523513
BK
Out of print
Economic Development, Technological Change, and Growth (General)
The Market and the State in Economic Development in the 1990's
1992
NORTH-HOLLAND
There has been a conspicuous switch in the way economists and policy makers think about the roles of market incentives and state
policies. In recent times the key notions seem to be pro-market policies, privatization, deregulation, and curbing the size of the
government. This volume examines the implications of greater reliance on market forces and the potential of new combinations of
private and public inducements to foster economic progress. The papers address a number of key questions, exploring new angles on
concurrent interpretations and assessing experiences of individual countries. The chapters in the volume are organized in three
thematic groups: institutional and historical issues, privatization and its consequences, and the remodeling of economic policies in
Latin America.
Institutional and Historical Features. Market-Oriented Reforms and the International Economy in the 1990s (A. Krueger).
Economic Intervention in the History of the French and Other European States: A Comparative Study (R. Delorme). The "End" of the
State in Economic Development (T.E. Davis). Privatization of Public Enterprises. Public Enterprises after Privatization (S.
Cassese). The Transfer of the British Privatization Experience to other Countries (P. Young). A Thematic Tour of Privatization, with
European Illustrations (J. Spraos). Privatization and Industrial Policy (A. Aronica). Economic Reforms and the Latin American
Economies. Reforms in Europe and the Latin American Economies (R. Langhammer). Hyperinflation and Convertibility-Based
Stabilization in Argentina (A.J. Canavese). Monetary Reform, State Intervention and the Collor Plan (A.A. Zini, Jr.). Growth and
Structural Reforms in Latin America. Where We Stand (J.M. Fanelli, R. Frenkel, G. Rozenwurcel).
Edited by A.A.Zini, Jr.
CEAContributions to Economic Analysis212
Out of print
xxii + 292 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89460-8
081860
692510
BK
ISBN/0721611435
Critical Care
Critical Care Pediatrics
First Edition
1985
SAUNDERS
Features a joint medical-surgical approach, a problem orientation, and the use of case reports. Each chapter in this volume is
devoted to a specific topic, and contains a general introduction to etiology, pathophysiology, and treatment. A medical problems
list follows every case report, and listed with each problem is a further discussion of management strategies. A nursing care plan
is also included. Provides coverage of special topics such as enteral nutrition, burns, toxic shock syndrome, coagulopathies, and
pulmonary embolus, and more.
By SolZimmerman,
JoanGildea
Out of print
557 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-1143-5
999999
505529
BK
Out of print
Petroleum Geology and Engineering,
Structural Geology
Compressibility of Sandstones
1991
ELSEVIER
This book is a comprehensive treatment of the elastic volumetric response of sandstones to variations in stress. The theory and data
presented apply to the deformations that occur, for example, due to withdrawal of fluid from a reservoir, or due to the
redistribution of stresses caused by the drilling of a borehole. Although the emphasis is on reservoir-type sandstones, results and
methods discussed are also applicable to other porous rocks.
Part One concerns the effect of stress on deformation and discusses porous rock compressibility coefficients. Elasticity theory is used to derive relationships between the porous rock compressibility coefficients, the porosity, and the mineral grain compressibility. Theoretical bounds on the compressibility coefficients are derived. The concept of effective stress coefficients is examined, as is the integrated form of the stress-strain relationships. Undrained compression and induced pore pressures are treated within the same general framework. Part One is concluded with a brief, elementary introduction to Biot's theory of poroelasticity. All the results in Part One are illustrated and verified with extensive references to published compressibility data.
Part Two deals with the relationship between pore structure and compressibility, and presents methods that permit quantitative prediction of the compressibility coefficients. Two- and three-dimensional models of tubular pores, spheroidal pores, and crack-like "grain boundary" voids are analyzed. A critical review is made of various methods that have been proposed to relate the effective elastic moduli (bulk and shear) of a porous material to its pore structure. Methods for extracting pore aspect ratio distributions from stress-strain data or from acoustic measurements are presented, along with applications to actual sandstone data.
Part Three is a brief summary of experimental techniques that are used to measure porous rock compressibilities in the laboratory.
The information contained in this volume is of interest to petroleum engineers,
specifically those involved with reservoir modeling, petroleum geologists, geotechnical engineers, hydrologists and geophysicists.
Part One: Compressibility and Stress. 1. Definitions of Porous Rock Compressibilities. 2. Relationships Between the
Compressibilities. 3. Bounds on the Compressibilities. 4. Effective Stress Coefficients. 5. Integrated Stress-Strain Relations. 6.
Undrained Compression. 7. Introduction to Poroelasticity Theory. Part Two: Compressibility and Pore Structure. 8. Tubular
Pores. 9. Two-Dimensional Cracks. 10. Spheroidal Pores. 11. Effective Elastic Moduli. 12. Aspect Ratio Distributions. Part Three:
Compressibility Measurements. 13. Laboratory Measurements of Compressibilities. Nomenclature. References. Author Index. Subject
Index.
By R.W.Zimmerman
DPSDevelopments in Petroleum Science29
Out of print
174 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88325-8
070705
692509
BK
ISBN/0774735635
Nursing: Leadership and Management
The Smart Way
An Introduction to Writing for Nurses
First Edition
1998
SAUNDERS
The SMART Way is an introductory-level book on writing skills for nurses, appropriate for both first year nursing students and those in post-RN programs.
By GlennisZilm
Out of print
211 pages
Paperback
0-7747-3563-5
999999
505044
BK
Out of print
Monetary Policy, Central Banking, and the Supply of Money,
Economic Development, Technological Change, and Growth (General),
Financial Institutions and Services,
International Economics (General),
International Finance
Japanese Financial Market Research
1991
NORTH-HOLLAND
A compilation of recent research on various aspects of Japanese financial markets is presented in this volume. The papers discuss the
economy, land and stock markets, the behavior of stock prices, exchange rates and hedging, derivative security markets, integration
of capital markets, bond and fixed income markets, and the financing of Japanese corporations. The contributions cover both new
theory and empirical studies in these general areas. They also provide much institutional detail and recent historical data on these
markets.
The Economy, Land and Stock Markets. (Contributors: Y. Hamao; S.L. Schwartz and W.T. Ziemba; W.T. Ziemba; S.L. Schwartz.)
The Behavior of Stock Prices (Contributors: Y.K. Tse; K.C. Chan and G.A. Karolyi; T. Hoshi; Y. Amihud and H. Mendelson; M.N.
Darrough and T.S. Harris; G.A. Hawawini; K. Kato). Exchange Rates and Hedging. (Contributors: J.R. Lothian; T. Ito and V.V.
Rolley; W.T. Ziemba). Derivative Security Markets. (Contributors: U. Schaede; W. Bailey; W.T. Ziemba; M. Brenner, M.
Subrahmanyam and J. Uno; M. Brenner, M. Subrahmanyam and J. Uno; W. Bailey and W.T. Ziemba; P. Carr). Integration of Capital
Markets. (Contributors: Y. Hamoa, R.W. Masulis and V. Ng; M. Barclay, R.H. Litzenberger and J.B. Warner). Bond and Fixed
Income Markets. (Contributors: K.J. Singleton; K.-W. Leung, A. Sanders and H. Unal). Financing of Japanese Corporations.
(Contributors: J.E. Hodder; R.H. Pettway). Bibliographies of the Editors.
Edited by W.T.Ziemba,
W.Bailey,
Y.Hamao
CEAContributions to Economic Analysis205
Out of print
xxii + 616 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88851-9
081850
30296
RJ
Out of print
Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Science (General),
Geophysics
Satellite Orbits
Proceedings of the Topical Meeting of the COSPAR Technical Panel on Satellite Dynamics (Meeting P1) of the COSPAR Twenty-ninth Plenary Meeting held in Washington, DC, USA, 28 August - 5 September 1992
Previously published as part of the 1994 subscription to the journal Advances in Space Research, Volume 14, No 5.
1994
PERGAMON
This volume contains a selection of the papers presented at the meeting on Satellite Dynamics which address the most interesting
aspects of orbital dynamics problems.
Divided into four sections, the papers are presented under the following headings: Analysis of the Earth Satellite Orbits for Geodesy and Geodynamics; Surface Force Effects in Orbit and Position Determination; Latest Developments in Orbital Determination; and finally Satellite and Probe Mission Design in View of Imposed Scientific Requirements.
The contents demonstrate the fascinating variety of problems of orbital and trajectory determinations for the solution of the
fundamental tasks of space research.
Preface. Analysis of the Earth Satellite Orbits for Geodesy and Geodynamics. Precise GPS orbits for geodesy (O.L. Columbo).
Orbit and geodetic parameter estimations from global GPS data (Ch. Reigber et al.). Tracking strategies for laser ranging to
multiple satellite targets (J.W. Robbins et al.). Satellite orbit calculations using geopotential coefficients up to high
degree and order (E. Wnuk, T. Jopek). Surface Force Effects in Orbit and Position Determination. Non-gravitational disturbing
forces (R. Vilhena de Moraes). Analytical treatment of air drag and earth oblateness effects upon an artificial satellite (F.
Delhaise). Direct and indirect solar radiation effects acting on LAGEOS satellite: some refinements (P. Inversi, F. Vespe). Modeling
the atmospheric perturbations in the debris problem (J. Ashenberg, R.A. Broucke). Latest Developments in Orbital
Determination. A comparison between classical cross-over techniques and a stochastic-deterministic approach (L. Fenoglio et
al.). ERS-1 orbit determination at D-PAF (Ch. Reigber et al.). ERS-1 orbits: the routine operation and high precision
products (J.M. Dow et al.). Dynamic gravity probe-B spacecraft due to gravity jitter induced cryogenic helium disturbances
in rotating dewar (R.J. Hung et al.). An efficient method to compute the perturbation spectrum in linear satellite theory
(S. Casotto). Satellite and Probe Mission Design in View of Imposed Scientific Requirements. Trajectory design for small
probes to near-Earth asteroids (A. Rossi et al.). Author index.
Edited by J.B.Zielinski
ASRAdvances in Space Research14/5
Out of print
144 pages
Paperback
0-08-042479-1
050505
30874
RJ
Out of print
Space and Planetary Science
Orbit Determination and Analysis
Proceedings of the PSD Meeting of the COSPAR Technical Panel on Satellite Dynamics which was held during the Thirtieth COSPAR Scientific Assembly, Hamburg, Germany, 11-21 July 1994
Previously published as part of the 1995 subscription to Advances in Space Research Volume 16, Number 12.
1995
PERGAMON
The papers presented in this volume deal with orbit determination and analysis as applied to the study of the Earth, planets and
their environment. This includes the modelling of gravitational and non-gravitational perturbations, real-time and post-fact precise
orbit determination and scientific analysis of data. New results from altimetric missions Topex/Poseidon and ERS-1 were
demonstrated. The Earth gravity field model improvement was also presented in the context of the definition and realization of the
terrestrial reference frame.
Selected papers: Preface. Model of non-gravitational perturbations for CESAR experiment with MACEK accelerometer (L. Sehnal,
D. Vokrouhlicky). Non-conservative forces on LAGEOS I and II (R. Kolenkiewicz et al.). Free-molecular and transitional
aerodynamics of spacecraft (H. Klinkrad et al.). Derniers resultats de calcul d'orbite SPOT et TOPEX/POSEIDON obtenus avec
DORIS (F. Nouël et al.). High precision orbits for the international GPS service for geodynamics (IGS) (J.M. Dow et
al.). Precise orbit determination for TOPEX/Poseidon using GPS-SST data (Z. Kang et al.). TOPEX/Poseidon precise orbit
determination using GPS double difference phase observables (S. Casotto et al.). Landsat-4 orbit determination using TDRSS
(D.H. Oza et al.). Precision orbit determination for TOPEX/Poseidon using TDRSS Doppler tracking data (F.J. Lerch et
al.). Improvement of the SLR Borowiec station position in the global network ITRF91 (M. Rutkowska et al.). Accuracy
assessment of TOPEX/Poseidon dual crossover correction of ERS-1 altimetry (G.W. Jolly, P. Moore). Gravity field model adjustment from
ERS-1 and TOPEX altimetry and SLR tracking using an analytical orbit perturbation theory (P.N.A.M. Visser et al.). Author
Index.
140 line drawings, 290 lit. refs.
Edited by J.B.Zielinski
ASRAdvances in Space Research16/12
Out of print
156 pages
Paperback
0-08-042637-9
050505
524815
BK
Polymer Science and Technology,
Composites,
Electronic / Photonic Materials,
Electronic, Optical and Magnetic Materials
Molecular Electronics
Proceedings of Symposium H on Molecular Electronics: Doping and Recognition in Nanostructured Materials of the 1993 E-MRS Spring Conference, Strasbourg, France, 4-7 May 1993
Previously published as part of the 1993 subscription to the journal Synthetic Metals, Volume 61, Numbers 1-2
1993
NORTH-HOLLAND
The aim of the conference from which these proceedings have evolved, was to bring together basic science- and application-oriented
scientists with particular interest in the controlled synthesis and engineering of organic materials. The scope is intentionally
broad and covers various aspects of doping and recognition in nanostructured molecular materials. The following topics are covered:
sensors, transport phenomena, organic superconductors, materials characterization and synthesis, devices, theory, assembly of
molecules.
Preface. Plenary Lecture. Supramolecular engineering at functionalized surfaces (W. Knoll et al.) Sensors. The
application of conducting polymers in biosensors (P.N. Bartlett, P.N. Birkin). Doped (conducting) and undoped (semi-insulating) LB
films: application to gas sensing (H. Perez, A. Barraud). Conducting polymer-based amperometric enzyme electrodes. Towards the
development of miniaturized reagentless biosensors (W. Schuhmann et al.). Functional polymers and supramolecular compounds
for chemical sensors (K.D. Schierbaum, W. Göpel). Supramolecular structures and chemical sensing (F.L. Dickert, U.P.A.
Bäumler, G.K. Zwissler). Transport Phenomena. Polymeric photoconductors (S. Nespurek). Organic
Superconductors. The effects of open sections of the Fermi surface on the physical properties of 2D organic molecular metals (J.
Caulfield et al.). Synthesis. Design, synthesis and assembly of new thiophene-based molecular functional units with
controlled properties (P. Bäuerle et al.). Electrochemistry of end-capped oligothienyls. New insights into the
polymerization mechanism and the charge storage, conduction and capacitive properties of polythiophene (G. Zotti et al.).
Assembly of Molecules. Structure, energy and charge transport in two-dimensional crystals of cyanine dyes (H. Wöhwald, V.
Bliznyuk, S. Kirstein). Detailed structural investigations of highly aligned LB structures of thiophene derivatives (M. Schmelzer
et al.). Theory. Novel low bandgap polymers: polydicyanomethylene-cyclopenta-dithiophene and -dipyrrole (J.M.
Toussaint, J.L. Brédas). VEH electronic band structure of poly(phenylsilane) (R. Crespo et al.). Poster sessions.
Indexes.
Edited by C.Ziegler,
W.Göpel,
G.Zerbi
EMRSEuropean Materials Research Society Symposia Proceedings45
Out of print
208 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81812-X
050510
503752
BK
Out of print
Heat and Mass Transfer,
Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics
An Introduction to Thermomechanics
Second Revised Edition
1983
NORTH-HOLLAND
Preface. Chapters: 1. Mathematical Preliminaries. 2. Kinematics. 3. Kinetics. 4. Thermodynamics. 5. Material Properties. 6. Ideal
Liquids. 7. Linear Elasticity. 8. Inviscid Gases. 9. Viscous Fluids. 10. Plastic Bodies. 11. Viscoelasticity. 12. General Tensors.
13. Large Displacements. 14. Thermodynamic Orthogonality. 17. Plasticity. 18. Viscoelastic Bodies. Bibliography. Subject Index.
By H.Ziegler
NHAMNorth-Holland Series in Applied Mathematics and Mechanics21
Out of print
xiv + 356 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86503-9
060600
502486
BK
Out of print
Geology,
Sedimentology,
Stratigraphy,
Tectonics
Geological Atlas of Western and Central Europe
1982
ELSEVIER
By P.A.Ziegler
Out of print
130 pages (in 2 vols.) 40 maps.
Hardbound
0-444-42084-3
070700
524375
BK
Out of print
Tectonics,
Seismology
Geodynamics of Rifting
Selected Papers of the Geodynamics of Rifting Symposium, Glion-sur-Montreux, 4-11 November 1990
Reprinted from the journal Tectonophysics
1993
ELSEVIER
This volume contains papers giving an interdisciplinary review of 12 major rift systems from North and South America, Africa, Europe
and Asia. These papers are written by an international group of academic and industrial specialists each of whom is most
knowledgeable about the respective rift. The analyzed rifts were selected on the basis of availability of an as-complete-as-possible
geological and geophysical data base. Thirteen papers deal with geodynamic processes governing the evolution of rifts.
A comprehensive digest of the available stratigraphic, structural, geophysical and petrological data, together with an extensive list of references, is provided for each of the analyzed rift systems. The megatectonic setting and dynamics of evolution of each basin is discussed. Geodynamic models are tested against the record of the analyzed rifts.
The question of "active" as against "passive"
rifting is addressed. The rifts analyzed range in age from Precambrian to Recent and cover a wide spectrum of megatectonic settings.
There is discussion of the evolution of rifts in a plate-tectonic frame. The case histories are followed by discussions addressing
the global setting of rifts and geodynamic processes active during the development of rifted basins.
I. Case History Studies on Rifts: Europe and Asia. The Oslo Rift: a review (E.-R. Neumann et al.). A stretching model for the
Oslo Rift (H.E. Ro, J.I. Faleide). Early magmatic phase in the Oslo Rift and its related stress regime (B. Sundvoll, B.T. Larsen, B.
Wandaas). North Sea rift system (P.A. Ziegler). Basaltic magmatism in the North Sea and its relationship to lithospheric extension
(D. Latin, F.G. Waters). European Cenozoic rift system (P.A. Ziegler). Lithospheric cross sections of the European Cenozoic rift
system (C. Prodehl et al.). Deep crustal structure of the Rhine Graben from DEKORP-ECORS seismic reflection data: a summary (J.P.
Brun, M.-A. Gutscher and teams). 3-D structure of the lithosphere beneath the southern Rhine Graben area (A. Glahn, M. Granet).
Subsidence analysis and modelling of the Roer Valley Graben (SE Netherlands) (L. Zijerveld et al.). Mafic alkaline magmatism
associated with the European Cenozoic rift system (M. Wilson, H. Downes). The Valencia trough (western Mediterranean): an overview
(E. Banda, P. Santanach). Styles of extension in the Pannonian Basin (G. Tari, F. Horváth, J. Rumpler). Tertiary evolution of
the Intra-Carpathian area: a model (L. Csontos et al.). Review of Neogene and Quaternary volcanism of the Carpathian-Pannonian region
(C. Szaboó, S. Harangi, L. Csontos). Dnieper-Donets palaeorift (A.V. Chekunov et al.). Baikal rift zone: structure and
geodynamics (N.A. Logatchev, Yu. A. Zorin). Asthenospheric diapir beneath the Baikal rift: petrological constraints (A.I. Kislev,
A.M. Popov). Faults and tectonic stresses of the Baikal Rift Zone (S.I. Sherman). Heat flow variations in continental rifts (S.V.
Lysak). Geodynamics of the Shanxi Rift system, China (X. Xu, X. Ma). The Mesozoic-Cenozoic east China rift system (Z.-Y. Tian, P.
Han, K.-D. Xu). II. Case History Studies on Rifts: North and South America and Africa. Tectonic setting of the Midcontinent
Rift system (W.R. Van Schmus). Geophysical investigations and crustal structure of the North American Midcontinent Rift system (W.J.
Hinze et al.). The igneous petrology and magmatic evolution of the Midcontinent rift system (K.W. Klewin, S.B. Shirey). The
Midcontinent rift in the Lake Superior region with emphasis on its geodynamic evolution (W.F. Cannon). Speculations on the origin of
the North American Midcontinent rift (W.F. Cannon, W.J. Hinze). Variations across and along a major continental rift: an
interdisciplinary study of the Basin and Range Province, western USA (C.H. Jones et al.). Tectonics and stratigraphy of the East
Brazil Rift system: an overview (H.K. Chang et al.). The West and Central African rift systems: Foreword (J.D. Fairhead). A plate
tectonic setting for Mesozoic rifts of West and Central Africa (R.M. Binks, J.D. Fairhead). Early Cretaceous rifts of Western and
Central Africa : an overview (R. Guiraud, J.-C. Maurin). Regional framework, structural and petroleum aspects of rift basins in
Niger, Chad and the Central African Republic (C.A.R.) (G.J. Genik). Tectonostratigraphic development of the Interior Sudan rifts,
Central Africa (T.R. McHargue et al.). Magmatism and rifting in Western and Central Africa, from Late Jurassic to Recent times (M.
Wilson, R. Guiraud). Chronology and dynamic setting of Cretaceous-Cenozoic rifting in West and Central Africa (R. Guiraud et al.).
Comparison of the Tanganyika, Malawi, Rukwa and Turkana Rift zones from analyses of seismic reflection data (B.R. Rosendahl, E.
Kilembe, K. Kaczmarick). Some remarks on the structure and geodynamics of the Kenya Rift (U. Achauer et al.). Nature of the crust
beneath magmatically active continental rifts (P. Mohr). III. Geodynamics of Rifting: Thematic Discussions. The role of
rifting in the evolution of the Earth's crust (V.Y. Khain). Plate tectonics, plate moving mechanisms and rifting (P.A. Ziegler).
Rifting of Africa and pattern of mantle convection beneath the African plate (N. Pavoni). Aulacogens and aulacogeosynclines:
Regularities in setting and evolution (E.E. Milanovsky). From rifting to passive margin: the examples of the Red Sea, Central
Atlantic and Alpine Tethys (P. Favre and G.M. Stampfli). Modelling the loading stresses associated with active continental rift
systems (M.H.P. Bott). The mechanics of continental extension and sedimentary basin formation: A simple-shear / pure-shear flexural
cantilever model (N.J. Kusznir, P.A. Ziegler). Modelling the tectonic development of the Tucano and Sergipe-Alagoas rift basins,
Brazil (G.D. Karner, S.S. Egan, J.K. Weissel). Variation in extensional fault geometry related to heterogeneities within basement and
sedimentary sequences (J.-J. Jarrige). Intraplate stresses and dynamical aspects of rifted basins (S. Cloetingh, H. Kooi). Role of
crustal stretching on subsidence of the continental crust (E.V. Artyushkov). Development of asymmetric basins along continental
transform faults (Z. Ben-Avraham). Geodynamics of rifting and implications for hydrocarbon habitat (P.A. Ziegler).
Edited by P.A.Ziegler
Out of print
viii + 902 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89912-X
070700
502667
BK
Out of print
Geophysics,
Applied Geophysics,
Gravity / Geodesy,
Seismic Exploration
Inverse Gravimetric Problem in Geoprospecting and Geodesy
Second Revised Edition
1990
ELSEVIER
This monograph considers all aspects related to the solution of the inverse gravimetric problems, from the measurements to the
visualization of the solution, mapping the initial data; selection of the best model of the unknown distribution of masses;
aquisition of a characteristic (having the most concentrated masses) solution; gravi-equivalent mass scattering; and selection of a
single body out of all obtained body-solutions, which corresponds best to the available geological-geophysical data. The modern
methods for minimization of the respective objective functions are considered, emphasizing the specificity of the inverse problems of
the potential fields and using the author's experience in solving these problems. The models when the respective objective functions
have only one minimum are considered as well as the conditions for a uniqueness of the inverse gravimetric problem solution. The
``concentration-scattering'' method for the solution of the inverse gravimetric problem is modified and adapted for the determination
of the Earth's figure and its outer gravitational field by solving of the inverse astro-gravi-geodetic problem; simultaneous
determination of the Earth's figure and of Earth's masses causing gravitational field almost equal to that measured on the Earth's
surface. This book is designed for geophysicists, mathematicians, physicists, geodesists and geologists dealing with the theory and
practice of the interpretation of gravitational measurements and determination of the Earth's figure.
Part I. Inverse Gravimetric Problem in Geoprospecting. General formulation of the inverse gravimetric problem. Accuracy and
stability of the solution. Minimization strategy. Families of gravi-equivalent bodies. Gravi-Equivalent mass scattering. Obtaining
gravi-equivalent bodies and simple layers by the method of partial and total gravi-equivalent mass scattering. Solution of the
inverse gravimetric problem. Conditions for the uniqueness of the solution. Joint solution of the inverse potential fields problem.
Part II. Inverse Gravimetric Problem in Geodesy. Application of the solution of inverse gravimetric problems for
determination of the earth's figure. Bibliography. Subject index
By D.P.Zidarov
DSEGDevelopments in Solid Earth Geophysics19
Out of print
284 pages
Hardbound
0-444-98777-0
070702
504059
BK
Out of print
Oncology,
Internal Medicine
Practical Modalities of an Efficient Screening for Breast Cancer in the European Community
Proceedings of the International Symposium of the Association Against Cancer (Belgium), Brussels, Belgium, 20-21 January 1989
1989
EXCERPTA MEDICA
At the beginning of the European year of information on Cancer, the international symposium organized by the Association Against
Cancer (Belgium) made it possible to gather essential information about conditions for an efficient application of breast cancer
screening in Europe. In preparation for this conference, the Association Against Cancer invited specialists from all Belgian
universities and scientific societies in order to discuss the application of breast cancer screening in Belgium. A postal inquiry was
undertaken to study the availability of mammographic equipment and accessory techniques in Belgium. These data focus the discussion
on the concrete situation in the field.
SECTION 1: Relative contribution (detection rate / sensitivity / specificity / Predictive value) of physical examination,
mammography and breast self-examination in the detection of breast cancer (2 papers). SECTION 2: Frequency of screening
depending on age and risk groups in view of the latest results (2 papers). SECTION 3: Technical requirements of screening for
breast cancer in view of past experiments (2 papers). Panel discussion: How to organize a successful screening programme
depending on local conditions? SECTION 4: Detected lesions (non palpable lesions, in situ cancers, intracanalicular and benign
tumors), follow-up and implications for breast cancer screening programmes (3 papers). SECTION 5: Organizational aspects and
cost/benefit evaluation of breast cancer screening programmes (5 papers). Panel discussion: How to optimize the cost/benefit
ratio of breast screening? SECTION 6: The Belgian situation and conclusions of preparatory Belgian round table conferences (4
papers). Panel discussion: How to organize a successful screening programme in Belgium? SECTION 7: Population
participation (2 papers). Panel discussion: How to stimulate participation in screening programmes? Index of authors.
Edited by G.Ziant
ICSInternational Congress Series865
Out of print
xiv + 216 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81157-5
096965
505115
BK
Out of print
Lipids and Lipid Metabolism,
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine,
Nutrition,
Oncology
Lipids and Health
Proceedings of the Second European Symposium on Lipids and Health: Lipids and Cancer, Lipids and Cardiovascular Diseases, Brussels, Belgium, 1-2 December 1989
1990
EXCERPTA MEDICA
This symposium was aimed at bringing up to date current knowledge in the field of lipids and health, to permit an exchange of ideas
and to establish a base for the development of strategies in dietary prevention in the fields of cancer and cardio-vascular diseases.
Specialists were invited from the field of lipids and cancer as well as the field of lipids nad cardiovascular diseases. They agreed
to give a syntheses of the latest discoveries concerning these subjects, resulting in the topics listed hereunder, to include the
epidemiological and experimental aspects, dietary profiles and alternatives in dietary behavior.
Experimental aspects. Lipids and cancer (2 papers). Lipids and cardiovascular disease (3 papers). Epidemiological aspects. Lipids and
cancer (3 papers). Lipids and cardiovascular disease (4 papers). Dietary patterns. Contributions of nutritionists (3 papers).
Contributions of anthropologists (4 papers). Dietary modifications: Which ones? How to get the message across? (4 papers plus Panel
discussion plus General conclusion). Index of authors.
Edited by G.Ziant
ICSInternational Congress Series953
Out of print
xiv + 290 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81393-4
096965
502645
BK
Sedimentology,
Geology,
Petroleum Geology and Engineering,
Stratigraphy,
Tectonics
Chinese Sedimentary Basins
1989
ELSEVIER
This volume summarizes the geology of Chinese sedimentary basins, their origin, sedimentary history, tectonic evolution and economic
potential, presenting much up to date geological and geophysical information from the files of regional surveys and
petroleum-research organizations. Basic data are presented in the various chapters written by Chinese scientists. Much of the
information presented was previously only available in Chinese geological literature. It includes a new synthesis on the tectonics of
South China, which is revolutionizing the geology of China. This new synthesis permits the reader to understand the geology of China
in terms of the modern plate-tectonic theory. It also gives a penetrating analysis on the economic potential of Chinese sedimentary
basins, especially in those relic back-arc basins, such as Tarim and Junggar. Previous books on the geology of China have provided
rather a narrow interpretation of plate-tectonics due to the now defunct geosyncline theory. This volume gives a new interpretation
which completely opposes the concept of the old school. It shows, for example, that South China is not a post-Caledonian platform,
but a Mesozoic orogenic belt, and points out that the Tarim and Junggar are not intracratonic basins, but relic back-arc basins of
the Black Sea type with tremendous potential for hydrocarbon occurrences. Invaluable for university courses because of its new
perspective of basin analysis, this book will quickly become the definitive source on the geology of China.
Introduction to the series. Dedication. Editorial staff. List of contributors. 1. Remarks on the Chinese Mesozoic-Cenozoic
Sedimentary Basins (X. Zhu). References. 2. Unstable Cratonic and Paleozoic Basins of China (H. Chen, D. Qin).
Introduction. The basement of Paleozoic basins and their principal characteristics. Prototypes and distribution of Paleozoic basins.
Conclusions. References. 3. Tectonic Features of the Junggar Basin and Their Relationship with Oil and Gas Distribution (X.
Peng, G. Zhang). Introduction. Regional background, basement and the basin's general characteristics. Stages of the basin's formation
and development. Delimitation of contemporary tectonic provinces. Structural evolution and distribution of hydrocarbons. References.
4. Tectonic Evolution of the Tarim Basin (Z. Tian et al.). Introduction. Phases of evolution. Evolution of the tectonic
framework. Regional tectonic characteristics. Petroleum prospect. References. 5. Mechanism of Formation of the Qaidam Basin and
its Control on Petroleum (S. Gu, H. Di). Introduction. The basement. The Paleozoic evolution. Formation and formation of the
basin. Structural units and oil/gas distribution. Other mineral resources. References. 6. Tectonic Characteristics and
Hydrocarbons of the Hexi Corridor (W. Xu et al.). Introduction. Regional stratigraphy and sedimentary environment.
Characteristics of the regional tectonics. Stages of tectonic evolution. Hydrocarbon accumulation and their relation to faults.
References. 7. Ordos Basin - A Typical Example of an Unstable Cratonic Interior Superimposed Basin (Z. Sun et al.).
Introduction. Regional setting. Basement rock and its structure. The development history of the cover sediments and the superimposed
characteristics of the basin. Geothermal history and economic mineral deposits. References. 8. Songliao Basin - An
Intracratonic Continental Sedimentary Basin of Combination Type (L. Ma et al.). Introduction. The deep and shallow structures and
stratigraphy of the basin. The sedimentary characteristics. The nature and evolution of the basin. The features of the geothermal
field and the generation of hydrocarbons. The type and distribution of oil and gas pools. References. 9. The Bohai Bay Basin
(J. Hu et al.). Introduction. Formation and evolution of the Bohai Bay Basin. Sedimentary characteristics of the Tertiary in the
Bohai Bay Basin. Diagenetic epigenesis and evolution of organic matter. Petroleum geology and petroleum resources in the Bohai Bay
Basin. References. 10. The North Jiangsu-South Yellow Sea Basin (Y. Zhang et al.). Introduction. The nature of the basement.
Cratonic marginal subsidence during the Sinian-Early Paleozoic. Late Paleozoic-Early Mesozoic cratonic depression. Basement
decoupling basin in the Jurassic-Cretaceous. Transformation from Tertiary downfault to downwarp. The prospects of oil and gas traps.
References. 11. The Generation and Evolution of the Hehuai Basin (J. Han et al.). Introduction. Geological setting before the
generation of the Meso-Cenozoic basin. Generation and development of the Hehuai Basin in Meso-Cenozoic time. Generation mechanism and
principal characteristics of the Hehuai Basin. Oil and gas potential. Acknowledgements. References. 12. The Cretaceous-Paleogene
Salt-Bearing Basins in Eastern China (F. Chen et al.). Introduction. The distribution of the Cretaceous-Paleogene salt-bearing
basins in eastern China. Regional tectonic characteristics and evolution of the salt-bearing basins. Actual case - The Jianghan
Basin. References. 13. Formation and Development of the Sichuan Basin (J. Wang et al.). Introduction. Basement of the Sichuan
basin. Tectonic disturbance and the development history of the basin. Sedimentary system and paleogeographic evolution of the Sichuan
Basin. An outline of mineral resources and the conditions for oil and gas mineralization in the Sichuan Basin. References. 14.
Characteristics and Tectonic Evolution of the East China Sea (Z. Zhou et al.). Introduction. The basement and its basic tectonic
characteristics. The Cenozoic stratigraphy and paleogeography. The tectonic characteristics. The evolutionary history. Oil and gas
prospects. Acknowledgement. References. 15. Geology, Tectonics and Evolution of the Pearl River Mouth Basin (Z. Guong et al.).
Introduction. Regional geology and tectonics. Depositional characteristics of the basin. Hydrocarbon resources and potential.
References. 16. Petroleum Geology of Cenozoic Basins in the Northwestern Continental Shelf, South China Sea (Q. Zhang, C.
Kou). Introduction. Tectonic setting and basement rocks. Cenozoic stratigraphy. Basin framework. Tectonic evolution. Basin
characteristics. Conclusions. Acknowledgements. References. 17. Origin of Sedimentary Basins of China (K.J. Hsü).
Introduction. Evolution of geological thoughts in China. Polycyclic orogenic deformations. Tectonic evolution of China. Junggar,
Tarim and Qaidam basins. Ordos Basin. Turpan, Jiuquan and other pull-apart basins of northwest China. Erlian and Hailar basins.
Songliao Basin. Gulf of Bohai Basin. Sichuan Basin. Mesozoic and Cenozoic basins of south China. Chinese offshore basins.
Classification of Chinese basins. References. Author Index. Subject Index.
Edited by X.Zhu
SBWSedimentary Basins of the World1
Out of print
xviii + 238 pages
Hardbound
0-444-43017-2
070700
503751
BK
Out of print
Civil Engineering (General),
Soil and Rock Mechanics
Computing in Civil Engineering
Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference, 5-9 June 1985, Hangzhou, China
1985
NORTH-HOLLAND
The 98 papers in this volume reflect new trends and achievements in computing in civil engineering. The conference was organized
with the support and help of well-known scientists from all over the world, among whom were such experts as Professors Qian Linxi
(China), O.C. Zienkiewicz (England), M.S. Cheung (Canada) and Dr. Robert C.Y. Young (USA). The book provides a wealth of valuable
information on: computer graphics, computer-aided design, applications of artificial intelligence to structural engineering, theory
and approach of structural analysis and applications of computer science.
Edited by C.Zhao,
Z.Fu,
Z.Tao,
R.Young,
M.S.Cheung
Out of print
xiv + 1238 pages
Hardbound
0-444-99560-9
060605
26504
BK
Out of print
Mechanical Engineering
Theory and Technique of Precision Cutting
1990
PERGAMON
Technological developments in areas where machine cutting is required, such as the energy industry, and aeronautical and aerospace
engineering, have meant that there is a greater need for accurate machining and surface quality. This book provides unique and
important information on the development of this area covering subjects such as deformation in the process of precision cutting,
temperature, cutting force, wear, cutting edge, surface roughness and grinding technology. The author uses practical examples with
illustrations to explain his research, offering valuable procedures and design principles for the reader to understand.
Chapter headings and selected papers: Preface. Nature of Deformation in the Process of Precision Cutting. Influence of
crystallographic orientation on the cutting process in micro-cutting. Nature of Cutting Force Variation in Precision Cutting.
Influence of various factors on cutting force. The Control of Temperature in Precision Cutting. Generation and transmission of
cutting heat. Methods for control of thermal deformation of workpiece. The Wear Characteristics of Precision Cutting Tools.
Wear characteristic of natural diamond tools. Mechanism of Formation of Surface Roughness. Reproducible nature of the cutting
edge.Machine surface scale. Stick-slip motion. Factors Influencing Surface Roughness. Cutting variables. Cutting fluid.
Sharpness of Cutting Edge. Rounded cutting edge and its formation. The Grinding Technology of Carbide Precision Tools.
Mechanism of grinding with a diamond grinding wheel. Requirements for a tool grinder. Design and Grinding Technology of Diamond
Tools. The structure and character of diamond. Orientation of the diamond crystal. Main Parameters of the Cutting Edge of
Precision Tools and their Measurement. The measurement of surface roughness. Appendices. Chemical compositions of Chinese
cemented carbides. Chemical compositions of Chinese cemented carbides with fine and superfine grains. Chemical compositions of
Chinese steels. Chemical compositions of Chinese nonferrous metals. Bibliography. Index.
211 illus.
Edited by Jin-HuaZhang
Out of print
212 pages
Hardbound
0-08-035891-8
060600
523707
BK
Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems,
Analysis of Algorithms and Problem Complexity,
CAD,CAM,CAE
Theory and Applications of Problem Solving
1992
NORTH-HOLLAND
Research results obtained by the authors in recent years form the basis of this volume. The motivation behind this research is the
authors' belief that more human-like characteristics in problem solving should be involved in a formal representation in order to
achieve better performance for computer-based problem solvers. A large part of the material is presented in the language of
mathematics, including elementary topology, set theory and statistics. To help the less mathematically-trained readers follow the
basic concepts and techniques, basic definitions and theorems are presented before the discussions. A conscious effort is made to
introduce simple examples and applications in each topic. This book is designed for graduate students, research fellows and
technicians in Computer Science, especially Artificial Intelligence, and also those concerned with computerised problem solving.
Problem Representations. Problem Solving. World Representations at Different Granularities. The Relation Between Different
Grain Size Worlds. Semi-Order Lattice. Attribute-Preserving. Selection and Adjustments of Grain-Sizes. Mergence.
Decomposition. Conclusions. Hierarchy. The Model of Hierarchy. The Estimation of Computational Complexity. The
Assumptions. The Estimation of The Complexity Under Deterministic Model. The Estimation of The Complexity Under Probabilistic Model.
Successive Operation in Hierarchy. The Extraction of Information on High Abstraction Level. Examples. Constructing [f] Under
Unstructured Domain. Constructing [f] Under Structured Domain. Conclusions. Fuzzy Equivalence Relation and Hierarchy. Fuzzy
Quotient Structure. Cluster. Combination. Introduction. The Mathematical Model of Combination. The Combination of
Domains. The Combination of Topologic Structure. The Combination of Semi-Order Structure. The Graphical Constructing Method of
Quotient Semi-Order. The Combination of Semi-Order Structure. The Combination of Attribute Functions. The Combination
Principle of Attribute Functions. Examples. Conclusions. Reasoning Model. Reasoning Models. Inference Network (I).
Projection. Combination. Inference Network (II). Modeling. The Projection of AND/OR Relations. The Combination of AND/OR
Relations. Operations and Quotient Structures. The Existence of Quotient Operation. Construction of Quotient Operations. The
Approximation of Quotient Operation. Constraints and Quotient Constraints. Qualitative Reasoning. Qualitative Reasoning
Model. Examples. The Procedure of Qualitative Reasoning. Planning. Automatic Generation of Assembly Sequences.
Algorithms. Examples. Computational Complexity. Conclusions. Geometrical Methods of Motion Planning. Configuration Space
Representation. Finding Collision-Free Paths. Topological Model of Motion Planning. Rotation Mapping Graph (RMG). The
Topologic Model of Motion Planning. Homotopically Equivalent Classification. Dimension Reduction Method. Basic Principle.
Characteristic Network. Applications. Collision-Free Paths Planning For A Planar Rod. Motion Planning For A Multi-Joint
Arm. The Application of The Hierarchical Technique. The Hierarchical Motion Planning of Multi-Joint Arm. Estimation of The
Computational Complexity. Statistical Heuristic Search. Statistical Inference Method in Heuristic Search. Heuristic
Search. Statistical Inference. Statistical Heuristic Search. The Computational Complexity. The Model of Search Tree. SPA
Search. SAA Search. Different Kinds of SA. The Extraction of Global Information. Hypothesis I. The Extraction of Global
Statistic. Algorithm SA. The Comparison Between the Statistical Heuristic Search and A*. Comparison With
A*. Comparison To Other Weighted Techniques. General Graph Search. Conclusions. References.
By B.Zhang,
L.Zhang
SCSAStudies in Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence9
Out of print
x + 234 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89565-5
050504
24699
TB
Out of print
Educational Technology
New Technologies in Language Learning
1986
PERGAMON
This is the first book to provide a comprehensive survey of the use of new technologies in language learning. In order to explain
how new technologies open up possibilities for language learning, numerous practical experiments made with various electronic media
are analysed. They include the use of microcomputers, videotex (viewdata), teletext, video and videodiscs. In addition, artificial
intelligence, synthetic speech, robots, distance education, language testing as well communicative training and the problem of
accuracy and fluency are dealt with.
(partial) Can our present language training methods be improved on? Views on the future. The balance between accuracy and fluency.
The communicative approach. New technologies and basic needs. Microcomputers in language learning. Grammar, spelling, vocabulary,
pronunciation, au??oring systems. Videotext (viewdata). The use of large databases. Teletext. Teleflashers. Making your own
video programme. The functional approach. Videodiscs. Role-playing, simulation, drama, combinatory acquisition. Artificial
intelligence. Synthetic speech. Robots. The use of authentic material. TV, film, video, radio, satellites. The use of telephone
exercises. Teleconferency. Satellite communication.
A.Zettersten
Out of print
189 pages
Paperback
0-08-033888-7
080809
521844
BK
Mathematical and Computational Psychology
Fuzzy Sets in Psychology
1988
NORTH-HOLLAND
This volume provides an up-to-date picture of the current status of theoretical and empirical developments in the application of
fuzzy sets in psychology. Fuzzy set theory could benefit researchers in at least two ways: first, as a metaphor or model for ordinary
thought, and secondly, as an aid to data analysis and theory construction. One can find examples for both kinds in the volume, which
will be of interest both to the advanced student in the field as well as to anyone possessing a basic scientific background.
Possibility Theory, Fuzzy Logic, and Psychological Explanation (M. Smithson). Quantifiers as Fuzzy Concepts (S.E. Newstead). A Common
Framework for Colloquial Quantifiers and Probability Terms (A.C. Zimmer). An Empirical Study of the Integration of Linguistic
Probabilities (R. Zwick, D.V. Budescu, T.S. Wallsten). A Fuzzy Propositional Account of Contextual Effects on Word Recognition (J.
Rueckl). M-Fuzziness in Brain/Mind Modeling (G. Fuhrmann). The Weighted Fuzzy Expected Value as an Activation Function for the
Parallel Distributed Processing Models (D. Kuncicky, A. Kandel). Fuzzy Logic with Linguistic Quantifiers: A Tool for Better Modeling
of Human Evidence Aggregation processes? (J. Kacprzyk). Origins, Structure, and Function of Fuzzy Belief (G. Greco, A.F. Rocha).
Acquisition of Membership Functions in Mental Workload Experiments (I.B. Turksen, N. Moray, E. Krushelnycky). A Fuzzy Set Model of
Learning Disability: Identification from Clinical Data (J.M. Horvath). Towards a Fuzzy Theory of Behaviour Management (V.B. Cervin,
J.C. Cervin). Practical Applications and Psychometric Evaluation of a Computerized Fuzzy Graphic Rating (B. Hesketh et al.). Indexes.
Edited by T.Zétényi
AIPAdvances in Psychology56
Out of print
xii + 470 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70504-X
080805
697207
BK
ISBN/0721686850
Nursing: Issues and Trends
Nursing Today
Transition and Trends
Third Edition
2000
SAUNDERS
Here's the new edition of the AJN Book of the Year award-winner! Reflecting rapid changes in the field, the fully updated third
edition prepares graduating nurses for entry into the health care system; provides a solid understanding of the problems and
opportunities nurses face; and details the practical skills essential for success.
Reality Shock · Historical Perspectives: Influences of the Past · Image of Nursing: Influences of the Past ·
Nursing Education · Challenges of Nursing Management · Group Process and Team Building · Effective Communication
· Conflict Management · Time Management · Delegation in the Clinical Setting · Using Nursing Research in
Practice · The Health Care Organization and Patterns of Nursing Care Delivery · Health in the Community ·
Alternative and Complementary Medicine · Trends and Economics in the Health Delivery System · Political Action in
Nursing · A Collective Voice in the Workplace · Ethical Issues · Legal Issues · Employment
Considerations: Opportunities and Resumes · Interviewing for Employment · Self-Care Strategies · NCLEX-RN(tm)
and the New Graduate
By JoAnnZerwekh,
Jo CarolClaborn
Out of print
575 pages
Paperback
0-7216-8685-0
999999
692525
BK
ISBN/0721677436
Advanced Practice Nursing,
Nursing: Review
Family Nurse Practitioner Certification Review
First Edition
1999
SAUNDERS
This comprehensive review book provides the necessary tools to prepare for the Family Nurse Practitioner certification exam. Provides
over 1300 questions on common complaints, with problems subdivided into physical exam and diagnostic tests, disorders, and
pharmacology. Also features separate chapters on test-taking strategies, growth and development, health promotion, and emergencies.
Test-Taking Strategies. Growth and Development. Health Promotion and Management. Cardiovascular. Respiratory. Immune & Allergy. Head,
Eyes, Ears, Nose, & Throat. Integumentary. Endocrine. Musculoskeletal. Neurology. Gastrointestinal & Liver. Urinary. Womens Health.
Prenatal Care. Labour & Postpartum. Mental Health. Emergencies. Theory & Research. Issues & Trends. Legal & Ethical Issues.
By JoAnnZerwekh,
Jo CarolClaborn
Out of print
359 pages
Paperback
0-7216-7743-6
999999
697205
BK
ISBN/0721677444
Advanced Practice Nursing,
Nursing: Review
Adult Nurse Practitioner Certification Review
First Edition
1999
SAUNDERS
Introducing a review text designed to assist in the successful preparation of the Adult Nurse Practitioner certification examination.
Over 900 review questions parallel the up-to-date content of the examination. Features a helpful section on test taking strategies
and chapters covering growth and development, health promotion, and maintenance. Also features clinical chapters on physical
examination and diagnostic tests, disorders, and pharmacology. In addition, this review book includes coverage of theory and
research, issues and trends, and legal and ethical aspects.
By JoAnnZerwekh,
Jo CarolClaborn
Out of print
288 pages
Paperback
0-7216-7744-4
999999
523575
BK
Out of print
General Materials Science,
Electronic / Photonic Materials,
Materials Physics,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry,
Polymer Science and Technology
Polyconjugated Materials
Proceedings of Symposium G on Polyconjugated Materials: Chemistry, Physics and Technology, E-MRS Fall Conference, Strasbourg, France, 4-7 November 1991
Reprinted from the journal Synthetic Materials, Volume 51
1992
NORTH-HOLLAND
In the past ten years the science of Polyconjugated Organic Materials has grown rapidly and is now experiencing the uncorrelated
explosive development typical of a new science. The transfer of the basic scientific knowledge of these materials to the field of
technology and industry is presently the focus of interest in academic and industrial circles. New devices are being developed which
are paving the way for future technologies. Organic materials have become the focus of attention in these technologies. The large and
very fast nonlinear optical response of organic molecules has generated new theoretical and experimental physics as well as new
synthetic chemistry. The advancement of knowledge and the new achievements in this field require the interdisciplinary practice of
chemists, physicists and engineers who can talk the same technical language on molecular systems which show specific physical
properties. The purpose of this book is to introduce beginners to the field of nonlinear optics in organic materials and to expose
specialists in one field to the problems of the other fields. Since organic molecules with a large and very fast nonlinear optical
response are being continuously discovered the contributions focus on this class of materials. The volume provides a useful
introduction for all those interested in the theoretical and experimental aspects of this expanding field.
Abbreviated. 1. Structure, Electrical Properties and Transport Properties. The design of polymeric organic metals:
structure-property relationships (V. Enkelmann et al.). Heterogeneous electrical conductivity in metallic polyacetylene films (F.
Körner et al.). Electrochemical doping of poly(rho-phenylene sulfide) in concentrated sulfuric acid (C. Arbizzani et al.).
Environmental and electrochemical stability of poly(dithienothiophene) (M. Siekierski, J. Plocharski). Electrochemical properties of
thermally-structurized polymers (L. Sawtschenko et al.). 2. Optical Properties, Electronic Properties and Photoconductivity.
Nonlinear optical processes in conjugated polymers: configuration interaction description of linear polyenes and VEH/SOS evaluation
of polyarylene vinylenes (Z. Shuai et al.). Molecular orbitals and optical nonlinearities for symmetrically substituted benzylidene
anilines (Y. Mori et al.). Extended states in disordered doped polyacetylene chains (F.C. Lavarda et al.). Characterization of
segmented and highly oriented polyacetylene by electron spin resonance (A. Bartl et al.). An investigation into the electronic
structure of poly(isothianaphthene) (I. Hoogmartens et al.). Picosecond photoconductivity in (CH)x (J. Reichenbach et
al.). In situ optical spectroscopy of electrochemical doping of polypyrole (S. Skaarup et al.). 3. Synthesis and
Electropolymerization. Fusion of heterocyclic polymerogenic units onto a central ring: A fruitful approach to the investigation
and specific tailoring of the dependence of electrical properties on monomer structure in conductive polyheterocycles (A. Berlin et
al.). Dependence of polypyrrole production on potential (T.F. Otero, C. Santamaría). Electropolymerization of benzene in a
two-phase strong proton acid-benzene system (L.M. Goldenberg et al.). 4. Devices. Conjugated polymer semiconductor devices:
characterisation of charged and neutral excitations (R.H. Friend). Polypyrrole microtubules and their use in the construction of a
third generation biosensor (C.G.J. Koopal et al.). Charge separation in mixed-halide MX crystals: novel device applications (A.
Saxena et al.). Author index. Subject index.
Edited by G.Zerbi
EMRSEuropean Materials Research Society Symposia Proceedings30
Out of print
x + 444 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89573-6
060657
524411
BK
Out of print
Polymer Science and Technology,
Electronic / Photonic Materials,
Electronic, Optical and Magnetic Materials,
Molecular Spectra and Interactions of Molecules with Photons,
Optical Properties and Condensed Matter Spectroscopy and other Interactions of Matter with Radiation,
Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology
Organic Materials for Photonics
Science and Technology
1993
NORTH-HOLLAND
Polyconjugated organic materials are revealing amorphous electrical and non-linear optical properties; this fact is opening up a
whole new field of Materials Science aimed at the development of new technologies. For many years inorganic materials were studied
mostly for non-linear optical properties. When organic molecules began to show larger and faster responses, both physical chemists
and organic chemists became involved in understanding the physical phenomena at a molecular level, with the hope of synthesizing new
and better molecular systems. The non-linear optical responses of this class of organic materials are presently attracting
considerable attention as an active field of research both in academic and industrial laboratories.
Due to the variety of problems
and techniques involved, students and beginners with different backgrounds who approach polyconjugated materials do not find it an
easy field to enter. This book introduces in a comprehensive and tutorial way the necessary concepts and relevant references which
will help the reader to grasp the fundamental concepts of polyconjugated organic materials and perceive the relations between them.
Sections: I. 1. Introduction. 2. Optronics (W. Frank). II. Isolated Molecules. 3. Molecular optics (M. Gussoni et al.).
4. Molecular electronic spectroscopy (B.E. Kohler). 5. Kinetics of charged excitations in conjugated polymers. An example for the
application of picosecond- and femtosecond spectroscopy (H. Bleier). 6. Experimental methods for picosecond spectroscopy and
applications to polyacetylene (Z.V. Vardeny). 7. Electronic and nonlinear optical properties of conjugated molecules and polymers: A
quantum chemistry approach (J.L. Bredas). 8. Synthesis and manipulation of conjugated hydrocarbon polymers (W.J. Feast). III.
Optics of Condensed Media. 9. Optics of media (G. Leising). 10. Optics in crystals; application to phase-matching in quadratic
nonlinear anisotropic media (I. Ledoux). 11. Measurement of nonlinear optical susceptibilities (C. Bubeck). IV. Applications and
Devices. 12. Electrooptic with polymers (P. Robin). 13. Polymeric optical nonlinear X[2] waveguiding devices (G.R.
Molhmann). 14. A heuristic view of NLO processes in conjugated polymers (S. Etemad). 15. General principles of waveguides (A.P.
Persoons). 16. Waveguide structures for integrated optics (W. Knoll). 17. Photoresists (S. Birkle et al.). 18. Organic materials in
optical data storage (G.H.W. Buning). 19. Digital optical computing (R.H. Brenner).
Edited by G.Zerbi
EMRSMEuropean Materials Research Society Monographs6
Out of print
430 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89916-2
060653
692524
BK
ISBN/0721672396
Family Practice
Women's Mental Health in Primary Care
First Edition
1999
SAUNDERS
This user-friendly resource examines the basic psychiatric issues affecting women such as depression, anxiety disorders, and simple
phobias. Reviews the biological, psychological, and social therapies applicable to women.
Anxiety Disorders. Depression. Bipolar Disorder. Misuse of Substances. Eating Disorders. Trauma and Violence. Insoma. Somatization.
Catastrophic Loss and Bereavement. Major Medical Illness. Menstruation, Pregnancy, and Menopause. Psychosis. Sexuality and Intimacy.
The Older Patient.
By KathrynZerbe
Out of print
380 pages
Paperback
0-7216-7239-6
999999
504803
BK
Out of print
Functional Analysis
A Quarter Century of IFIP
The IFIP Silver Summary
Proceedings of the 25th Anniversary Celebration of IFIP, Munich, FRG, 27 March 1985
1986
NORTH-HOLLAND
Edited by H.Zemanek
Out of print
Hardbound
0-444-70003-X
050500
503750
BK
Out of print
Control Systems
Theory of Reflection and Cybernetics
The Concepts of Reflection and Information and their Significance for Materialist Monism
1988
NORTH-HOLLAND
This volume aims at a unified picture of the world from the standpoint of materialist philosophy and of modern exact science,
introducing the possibility for mathematical models on some spheres of reality. An analysis is made of the connection between the
concepts and approaches developed by the materialist theory of reflection and cybernetics, particularly information theory, in order
to elucidate the material unity of the world from the angle of scientific philosophy based on the results and interdisciplinary
research of modern science. The first version of this volume was published in Czech (Prague 1978) and in Bulgarian (Sofia 1984).
This is the first English edition and it presents a broadened and revised scope of the subject, especially with regard to the
cosmological problematics and up-to-date bibliography list. The first half of the volume deals with the general, ontological and
natural-science aspects of reflection and information, the second discusses specific applications of the concepts of reflection and
information in psychology and epistemology. Thus, the entire work covers both the general problems of reflection and information and
the epistemological issues attendant on these concepts. Based primarily on literature covering problems of cybernetics and the
theory of information, the bibliography contains a comprehensive list of relevant publications. The book will be of interest to all
those involved in the study of the unity of philosophy and natural sciences.
1. The Struggle of Materialism and Idealism in Contemporary Science, especially in Cybernetics. 2. Reflection.
Development of the theory of reflection. The reflection concept in contemporary Marxist literature. Types of reflection. Reflection
in inorganic and organic nature. The problem of elementary reflection. The immediate and the mediated. The potential and the actual.
The subject-object relation, the active-passive relation. Reflection as a problem. 3. Entropy and Information. Development of
the concepts of entropy and information. The information concept in contemporary cybernetic and philosophical literature. Aspects and
types of information. Information and variety. Structure, order and their objective character. Information as a problem. 4.
Development. Modern idealist theories of development. Bergsonism and neovitalism. Holism and organicism. Emergentism and
creationism. Teilhardism. Development in the light of reflection theory and cybernetics. Development and reflection. Development and
cybernetics. Development and time as a problem. 5. Consciousness. General problems. Consciousness in brief outline.
Consciousness and reflection. The historical character of mind. Consciousness and memory. The internal aspect of consciousness.
Activity and creativity of consciousness. Consciousness and information. The problem of formalizability of thought. 6.
Cognition. The information sphere. Epistemological transformation. Mode of representation. Models of epistemological systems.
Potential and actual ideas. Scientific information as a form of social information. 7. Characteristic Features of the Universe and
the Problem of Orderliness. 8. Materialist Monism and Organization of Matter. Bibliography. Index of names. Mutual interaction.
Centripetal action. Centrifugal action.
By J.Zeman
Out of print
258 pages
Hardbound
0-444-98953-6
060605
521273
BK
Out of print
Nuclear Physics (General)
Few Body Problems in Physics
Volume II - Contributed Papers
Proceedings of the 10th International IUPAP Conference, Karlsruhe, Germany, 21-27 August, 1983
1984
NORTH-HOLLAND
Edited by B.Zeitnitz
Out of print
xiv + 756 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86902-6
040401
27896
BK
Out of print
Internal Medicine
Directory of International and National Medical and Related Societies
2nd Edition
1990
PERGAMON
This completely revised second edition lists data and information on 4,000 medical and related societies. The directory is divided
into international and national sections with related indexes. Data for each organisation include the name and address of the
society, contact person, dates and sites of future meetings, and details of society journal publications.
Section headings: Introduction. Listing of Societies. Indexes. Questionnaire.
Compiled and Edited by G.Zeitak,
F.Berman
Out of print
350 pages
Paperback
0-08-037495-6
096965
523562
BK
Out of print
Accounting,
Economywide Country Studies,
History of Economic Thought since 1925
Company Financial Reporting
A Historical and Comparative Study of the Dutch Regulatory Process
1992
NORTH-HOLLAND
Based on more than 80 interviews and an in-depth examination of primary and secondary resource materials, the authors trace the major
developments in company financial reporting from the latter part of the 19th century to recent times. Included are the parliamentary
history of major laws, the contents of significant reports by study committees, the annual reports of important companies, commentary
in the financial press and in professional journals, the opinions of the Enterprise Chamber, and the work of the Tripartite Study
Group and the Council on Annual Reporting. Introductory sections are provided to orientate non-Dutch readers to the Dutch economy,
financial market, political system, company organization, and the auditing profession.
Introductory Notes. Aspects of the Economy and the Capital Market. National Government and Political Parties. Company
Organization. A Sketch of the Auditing Profession. Universities, the NIVRA and Education for the Auditing Profession. Professional
Journals and the Financial Press. Some Factors Impinging on the Framework of Financial Reporting. From the Nineteenth Century to
the Onset of World War II. Developments Leading to the Enactment of the 1928 and 1929 Revisions of the Commercial Code. Run-Up to
the 1928-29 Legislation. Developments During the 1930's. Developments from 1945 to 1959: Agitation for Improved Financial
Reporting. Post-World War II Developments: 1945-1949. Private-Sector Initiatives to Improve Financial Reporting: 1950-1959.
Appendix 3.1. Companies Surveyed. Developments from 1959 to 1970: The Swift Political Current Toward a New Company Law.
Further Private-Sector Inititatives. Public-Sector Initiatives. The Decade of the Tripartite Study Group. Origins and Early
Work of the Tripartite Study Group. The Years 1972-75: Burggraaff as Chairman. Integration of the 1970 Act into the New Civil Code.
The Years 1976-81: Schoonderbeek's First Six Years as Chairman. Appendix 5.1. Membership of the Tripartite Study Group and the
Council on Annual Reporting. Appendix 5.2. Chronological List of Considered Views and Guidelines. The First Decade of the Council
on Annual Reporting. Preview of the Decade. Adaptation of Dutch Law to the EEC's 4th Directive. Council on Annual Reporting.
Comparisons with Other Countries: National Culture, Capital Market and the Legal System and Regulatory Environment.
Differences in National Culture. Differences in Capital Markets. Differences in Legal Systems and Regulatory Environments.
Consequences for the Process of Improving Financial Reporting. Conclusions and Policy Recommendations. Indexes.
By S.A.Zeff,
F.van der Wel,
K.Camfferman
Out of print
xvi + 410 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89525-6
080853
500677
BK
Out of print
Industry Studies: Manufacturing
Industrial Price Formation
1986
NORTH-HOLLAND
By developing, analyzing and empirically applying models of industrial price formation (particularly in open economies), this book
aims to show how models that are derived from the micro-economic theory of producer and consumer behaviour can actually help to
explain price formation in industry. In general, existing models of macro-economic or industrial price formation are often
constructed ad hoc, with little theory and many `plausibility' arguments. This yields little interpretation of the coefficients and
thus few restrictions. A micro-economic approach, on the other hand, does present a clear interpretation of the coefficients and
provide a theoretical basis for the inclusion of variables. This approach of applying models of industrial price formation can be
used to answer questions surrounding the differences in profit margins and price flexibility between concentrated and less
concentrated industries, and to examine whether strong foreign competition leads to low profit margins and lower price increases.
Costs and Prices. Price Formation in Input-Output Models. Dynamics of Price Formation. Price Formation under Pure
Competition. The Law of One Price for a Small Open Economy. Price Formation in General Equilibrium. Price Formation under
Imperfect Competition. Foreign Competition and Price Formation. Price Formation under Imperfect Competition: Extensions to the
Basic Model. Market Structure and Price Formation. Price Formation in General Equilibrium under Imperfect Competition. Appendices:
Two-Stage Budgeting. Consumer and Producer Demand Systems. Data. Subject & Author Indexes.
By C.Zeelenberg
CEAContributions to Economic Analysis158
Out of print
xviii + 250 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70102-8
081850
505198
BK
Out of print
Medicinal Chemistry
Medicinal Chemistry of Steroids
1990
ELSEVIER
The many new and fascinating data which have been gathered in the period 1985-1990 have made molecular endocrinology into a mature
discipline stimulating creative chemists to design innovative drugs. Within a few years, the primary structures of all the steroid
receptor proteins and most of the steroid-converting enzymes have been determined and detailed studies of their mechanism of action
at a molecular level have become possible. Medicinal chemists have developed steroidal affinity probes to examine the binding sites
of enzymes and receptors, and these investigations were supplemented with studies of modified enzymes and receptors prepared with the
aid of site-directed mutagenesis. In view of these rapid scientific developments, the author deemed it appropriate to review the
present knowledge of the medicinal chemistry of the steroids. In this book, the discussion is supported by the addition of some
chapters which summarize the available data on the biological counterparts of the steroids, the steroid-converting enzymes and the
steroid receptors. The book is intended for use by graduate students in chemistry, medicinal chemistry, pharmacy and biological
sciences, and should also prove useful to those engaged in the industrial development of steroid drugs. For their benefit some 900
references to recent literature have been included.
1. The Steroids. 2. Steroid-Protein Interactions. 3. The Biosynthesis of the Sterols. 4. The Cytochrome P-450 Isoenzymes. 5. The
Progestins. 6. Central Nervous System Activity of Progesterone Metabolites. 7. The Mineralocorticoids. 8. The Glucocorticoids. 9. The
Androgens. 10. The Steroid Odorants. 11. The Estrogens. 12. Steroids and Cancer. 13. The Bile Acids. 14. Vitamin D. 15. Biological
Activities of Sterols. 16. Steroid Antibiotics. 17. The Cardiotonic Steroids. 18. Synthetic Steroids with Pharmacological Activities.
19. Steroid Synthesis. Subject Index.
By F.J.Zeelen
PLPharmacochemistry Library15
Out of print
370 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88727-X
095951
502277
BK
Out of print
Hardware and Architecture (General),
Software (General)
Real-Time Systems: Theory and Applications
Proceedings of the Conference organized by the British Computer Society, York, UK, 28-29 September 1989
1990
NORTH-HOLLAND
Distributed real-time computing systems have become a fast growing area of research and development. This book is the result of a
forum which brought together a number of practitioners and researchers in the field, from both industry and universities. The papers
are wide-ranging, covering topics such as logic and semantics of distributed real-time computations, specification and the design of
real-time systems and reliability issues for existing real-time systems. The main features of the book are: 1. Recent advances in
the theory of real-time systems and computations 2. New developments in specification and design methodologies for real-time
systems 3. Description of existing working real-time control systems.
Compositional Verification of Distributed Real-Time Systems (J. Hooman). Factorising Proofs in Timed CSP (J. Davies, S. Schneider).
Defining Time Domains for Computation (A. Goswami, M. Joseph). Intervals as Time Lattices (C.M. Holt). Using Temporal Logic for
Prototyping: The Design of a Lift Controller (R. Hale). Using High-Level Petri Nets for Testing Concurrent and Real-Time Systems (S.
Morasca, M. Pezzè). Observing Concurrent Histories (R. Janicki, M. Koutny). Implementing Real-Time Systems by Transformation
(A. Moitra, M. Joseph). Evaluation and Design of Local Area Network Based Real-Time Systems (M. Merabti, D. Hutchison).
Implementation of a Fault-Tolerant Transputer-Based Gas Turbine Engine Controller (H.A. Thompson, P.J. Fleming, C.G. Legge).
Modelling Fault Tolerance in Large Scale Homogeneous Multicomputers (G. Morgan). Performance Aspects of Transputers in Fault-Tolerant
Systems (J. Standeven, M.J. Colley). Towards a Realistic Real-Time System (C.B. Marshall). Tolerating Processor Failure Using the
Virtual Node Approach to the Distributed Execution of Ada Programs (A.D. Hutcheon, A.J. Wellings). Real-Time Expert Systems for the
Civil and Construction Industries (D.A. Bradley, D.W. Seward, R.H. Bracewell, M. Anson). Building Reliability into Mission-Critical
Real-Time Systems (M.C. Birch, D.G. Edgar-Nevill). High Speed Processing for Real-Time Control of Multiple Axes Continuous Path
Manipulators (N. Sherkat, P.D. Thomas). CNCSIM - A Distributed Simulator for Decentralised Algorithms (O. Kremien, J. Kramer, J.
Magee). Real-Time Signal Processing using Prime Number Fourier Transforms (J.E.M. Tyler). Distributed Hard Real-Time Systems: What
Restrictions Are Necessary? (A. Burns). Design Issues for Reliable Time-Critical Systems (A. Dix, R.F. Stone, H.S.M. Zedan).
Edited by H.Zedan
Out of print
400 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88625-7
050503
500327
BK
Out of print
Animal Science,
Animal Behaviour and Welfare,
Animal Biochemistry, Physiology and Endocrinology
Cognitive Aspects of Social Behaviour in the Domestic Fowl
1987
ELSEVIER
The problem of cognition has been increasingly raised in discussions on animal welfare. This reference book of modern experimental
data on domestic fowl, results from the conviction that progress in this area requires a conjoined approach of experimental
psychology and of applied animal ethology. Interest in the cognitive processes in the domestic fowl is by no means recent. For
example, it has long been assumed that colour discrimination in chicks could be learned, and that the formation of a dominance
hierarchy in some way depended on individual recognition. However, these processes conjectured in studies of social behaviour were
implicit rather than well defined, incidental rather than the central theme, and more the object of literary comment than of specific
experiments. The traditional emphasis on social dominance at the expense of individual recognition is a good example. Because
research in ethology, both fundamental and applied, has reached a stage where cognition appears as an indispensable construct, the
time has come to be explicit about what and how to study these matters. The methods used here for approaching elementary cognition
in the fowl can be described, first as critical examination of some notions (e.g. preference, awareness and fear) as they appear in
the literature and, second, as experimental testing of some hypotheses relating to these notions in social environments.
PART I. 1. The Scientific Assessment of Animal Subjective Experiences: From Buytendijk's Animal Psychology to Animal Welfare.
2. The Relevance of Subjective Experience and Cognitive Abilities to Animal Welfare. 3. Social Preference and Cognition. 4.
Awareness and Self-Awareness in the Domestic Fowl and their Relationship to Animal Welfare. 5. The Assessment of Fear in the
Domestic Fowl. 6. Social and Environmental Aspects of Fear in the Domestic Fowl. PART II. 7. Individual Preference Related
to Social Rank in Domestic Fowl. 8. The Attractive Value of an Egg, a Hen and a Hen with an Egg to Hens of Two Different Social
Classes. 9. An Analysis of Dominance and Subordination Experiences in Sequences of Paired Encounters between Hens. Part I:
Frequency Analysis of Agonistic Outcomes. Part II: Analysis of Outcome Sequences. Part III: Comparison Between Symmetric and
Asymmetric Contests in the Strictly Agonistic Pairings. 10. Recognition Between Individuals Indicated by Aggression and Dominance in
Pairs of Domestic Fowl. 11. Recognition of Individuals Indicated by Activity Independent of Agonistic Context in Laying Hens.
Bibliography.
Edited by R.Zayan,
I.J.H.Duncan
Out of print
xvi + 492 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42756-2
070708
502485
BK
Out of print
Earth-Surface Processes,
Hydrology,
Sedimentology
Morphometry of Drainage Basins
1985
ELSEVIER
The book describes the drainage basin as a system unit resulting from the interaction between runoff and topography - a lengthy
process of evolution that occurs according to well-defined laws. It aims not to quantify the agents which created the present forms,
but to analyse the forms themselves in order to establish the laws according to which they develop, and to define a series of
inter-relationships between morphometrical parameters and river discharge.
1. The Drainage Basin as a System Unit. 2. Formation of Channel Networks. 3. Systems of Stream Classification. 4. Drainage Basin
Area. 5. Perimeter of Drainage Basins. 6. Basin Shape. 7. River Length. 8. Stream and Drainage Densities. 9. Vertical Distances. 10.
Slope. 11. Hypsometric Curves and Longitudinal Stream Profiles. 12. Relationships between Morphometrical and Hydrological Features.
13. Morphometrical Models of the Ialomita Basin.
By I.Zavoianu
DWSDevelopments in Water Science20
Out of print
xii + 238 pages
Hardbound
0-444-99587-0
070704
692521
BK
ISBN/0815198949
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Obstetrics and Gynecology Drug Handbook
Second Edition
1996
MOSBY
This handbook outlines drug information for the treatment of women, with specific recommendations for pregnant and breastfeeding
patients. It includes the mechanisms of action, indications, contra-indications, adverse effects, dosage and availability of
different formulations. Alphabetical listing and consistent format make it easy to use.
By GeraldZatuchni,
RamonaSlupik
Out of print
560 pages
Paperback
0-8151-9894-9
999999
697201
BK
ISBN/0723408130
Orthopedics and Biomechanics
Color Atlas of Foot Conditions
First Edition
1992
MOSBY
By MichaelZatouroff
Out of print
Hardbound
0-7234-0813-0
999999
27977
TB
Chemical Engineering
Absorption
Fundamentals & Applications
1993
PERGAMON
This book gives a practical account of the modern theory of calculation of absorbers for binary and multicomponent physical
absorption and absorption with simultaneous chemical reaction. The book consists of two parts: the theory of absorption and the
calculation of absorbers. Part I covers basic knowledge on diffusion and the theory of mass transfer in binary and multicomponent
systems. Significant stress is laid on diffusion theory because this forms the basis for the absorption process. In the next chapters
the fundamentals of simultaneous mass transfer and chemical reaction, the theory of the desorption of gases from liquids and the
formulation of differential mass balances are discussed. Part II is devoted to the calculation of absorbers and the classification of
absorbers. The chapters present calculation methods for the basic types of absorber with a detailed analysis of the calculation
methods for packed, plate and bubble columns. The authors illustrate the presented material with a large number of examples, starting
with simple ones for binary systems and ending with column calculation for multicomponent systems.
Notation. Introduction. Theory of Absorption. Gas-Liquid Equilibria. Expressions of concentrations and properties of fluids.
Model of the interfacial region. Thermodynamics of gas-liquid equilibria. Diffusion. Introduction. Velocity of flow of a
multicomponent solution. Definitions of fluxes and diffusion fluxes. Constitutive relations for diffusion flux. Methods of
calculation of the generalized Stefan-Maxwell diffusion coefficients. Equations of Change for Multicomponent Systems. Introduction.
Rate of homogeneous chemical reactions. Differential mass balance equations. Other balance and constitutive equations.
One-dimensional diffusion in a gas layer. Unsteady-state diffusion in a semi-finite gas medium. Steady-state one-dimensional
diffusion in the real fluid layer. Steady-state one-dimensional simultaneous diffusion and heat transfer in a fluid layer. Mass
Transfer in Turbulent Flow. Turbulent flow and restricted applicability of equations of change. Models of mass transfer in turbulent
flow. Definitions of mass transfer coefficients. General remarks on transfer models. Some comments on the determination of
experimental binary mass transfer coefficients. The effect of solid particles on the rate of physical absorption. The effect of
surface tension on mass transfer rate. Interphase Mass Transfer. Introduction. Mass and energy flux continuity across interfase.
Overall mass transfer coefficient. Calculation of interphase mass transfer. Simultaneous Mass Transfer with Chemical Reaction.
Introduction. The mechanism and model of absorption with chemical reaction. Kinetics of absorption with chemical reaction. The
effect of solid on the rate of absorption with chemical reaction. Interphase mass transfer with chemical reaction. Final remarks.
Desorption. Mechanism of desorption. Physical desorption of gases. Simultaneous physical absorption and desorption of gases.
Supersaturation effect. Desorption preceded by a chemical reaction. Kinetics of simultaneous desorption and absorption with chemical
reaction. Balance Equations of the Equipment for Multicomponent and Binary Systems. Introduction. Mass balances. Energy balances.
Final remarks. Calculation of Absorbers. Introduction to the Design of Absorbers. The aims of absorption. Basic
characteristics of absorbers. Mass balance of an absorber in physical processes (binary, dilute, isothermal systems). Mean mass
transfer driving force in various absorbers. Mass balance of the absorber for pure gases. Conditions for the application of chemical
absorption. Thermal effects in absorption process. Calculation of desorbers. Models of fluid flow in absorbers. Methodology of
absorber calculations. Packed Columns. Introduction. Hydrodynamics of packed columns. Mass transfer coefficients in packed columns.
Cocurrent phase flow. Balance equations of packed columns for binary systems. Balance equations of packed columns for multicomponent
systems. Simulation of industrial packed columns. Plate Columns. Introduction. Sieve plate hydrodynamics. Mass transfer kinetics on
plate column. A theoretical plate. Methods of column calculation using the concept of the theoretical plate. Balance equations for
diffusional methods of plate column calculation. Bubble Columns. Introduction. Hydrodynamics of bubble columns. Mass transfer
coefficients in bubble columns. Balance equations for bubble columns. Appendix. Solution of algebraic equation systems. Systems of
ordinary differential equations. Subject Index.
By R.Zarzycki,
A.Chacuk
Out of print
Hardbound
0-08-040263-1
030305
521885
BK
Out of print
Geotechnical Engineering / Engineering Geology
Landslides and Their Control
1969
ELSEVIER
By Q.Zaruba,
V.Mencl
DGEDevelopments in Geotechnical Engineering2
Out of print
.
070700
502484
BK
Out of print
Geotechnical Engineering / Engineering Geology,
Materials in Civil Engineering,
Rock Mechanics,
Soil Mechanics,
Soil and Rock Mechanics
Landslides and Their Control
Second Revised Edition
1982
ELSEVIER
By Q.Záruba,
V.Mencl
DGEDevelopments in Geotechnical Engineering31
Out of print
324 pages
Hardbound
0-444-99700-8
070705
693472
BK
ISBN/8481743526
Clinical Neurology
Neurologia
Second Edition
1998
ELSEVIER ESPANA
By .Zarranz
Out of print
Hardbound
84-8174-352-6
999999
25887
TB
Out of print
Development
A Future Preserved
International Assistance to Refugees
1988
PERGAMON
The Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) was set up in the wake of the Second World War to address the
immediate and massive refugee problem created by that conflict. Although conceived as a temporary body with a narrowly defined
mission, UNHCR has remained essential throughout the postwar period to the lives and welfare of millions of refugees worldwide.
Today, UNHCR continues to perform a vital service in protecting the rights of refugees and in seeking durable solutions to their
problems. A Future Preserved describes the background to the creation of UNHCR and its efforts to secure international
recognition of the status of refugees, and details its past and continuing work in Europe, Africa, Asia and Latin America. The book
also presents a striking photographic record of the lives of refugees and includes excerpts from reports and personal accounts of
those directly involved in the administration of humanitarian aid.
(partial) Commitment and challenge. For every problem a solution. International protection. Europe: the cradle of refugee
protection. Africa: tormented continent. Refugees in Asia: innumerable, dissimilar, dispersed. Refugees in Latin America: the
tradition of asylum put to the test. The faces of providence. Bibliography. Index.
Y.Zarjevski
Out of print
326 pages
Hardbound
0-08-034262-0
080809
692557
BK
ISBN/081511740X
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
Nuclear Cardiology
State of the Art and Future Directions
Second Edition
1999
MOSBY
This latest edition of NUCLEAR CARDIOLOGY provides up-to-the-minute information on current and future uses of radionuclides in
imaging diagnosis of the heart. Thoroughly revised and updated, it contains practical information on radiopharmaceuticals, tracer
kinetics, instrumentation, ventricular function, perfusion, acute ischemic syndrome, viability, and metabolic images, as well as a
discussion of the role of nuclear cardiology in a changing health care system. Practitioners in nuclear medicine, radiology, and
cardiology will benefit from having current information on a wide range of topics in one focused reference.
Radiopharmaceuticals/Tracer Kinetics Overview of Kinetics and Modeling Kinetics on a Cellular Level Tracer Kinetics in the Isolated
Heart Preparation Role of Intact Biological Models for Evaluation of Radiotracers Animal Models for the Study of PET Tracers Fatty
Acid Analogs Nitroimidazoles for Imaging Hypoxic Myocardium Instrumentation Future Developments in SPECT Quantification and Display
Recent Advances in Cardiac PET Imaging Attenuation/Scatter Correction for SPECT Dynamic Cardiac SPECT Ventricular Function Monitoring
of Left Ventricular Function with Miniaturized Non-Imaging Detectors Measurement of Ventricular Function and Volume Regional and
Global Ventricular Function Analysis with SPECT Perfusion Imaging Perfusion State of the Art for Coronary Artery Disease Detection:
Thallium-201 State of the Art for Coronary Artery Disease Detection: Technetium-99m Labeled Myocardial Perfusion Imaging Agents
Dual-Isotope Myocardial Perfusion SPECT with Rest Thallium-201 and Stress Technetium-99m-Sestamibi Detection of Coronary Artery
Disease in Women State of the Art for Pharmacological Stress Imaging Prognosis in Stable Coronary Artery Disease Preoperative Risk
Stratification: An Overview Stress Echocardiography Versus Nuclear Imaging Myocardial Perfusion Imaging Using Tracers Other Than
Radioisotopes and Detectors Other than Gamma Cameras Assessment of Revascularization Acute Ischemic Syndrome Myocardium at Risk and
the Effect of Reperfusion Therapy in Acute Myocardial Infarction --- New Insights from Technetium-99m-Sestamibi Risk Stratification
After Acute Myocardial Infarction Employing Noninvasive Radionuclide Imaging Emergency Department Triage and Imaging of Patients with
Acute Chest Pain Risk Stratification in Unstable Angina Pectoris Viability/Metabolic Imaging Assessment of Myocardial Viability with
Thallium-201 Assessment of Myocardial Viability Using Technetium-99m Labeled Agents Metabolic Assessment of Myocardial Viability: A
Physiologic Perspective PET Assessment of Viability with FDG Detection of Viable Myocardium by PET and C-11-Acetate Fatty Acid
Imaging New Approaches Neurotransmitter Imaging Receptor Imaging Imaging in Ischaemic Cardiomyopathy: Therapeutic Considerations
By BarryZaret,
GeorgeBeller
Out of print
640 pages
Hardbound
0-8151-1740-X
999999
697228
BK
ISBN/0815198612
Dentistry
TMJ/Mastic Muscle Disorder
First Edition
1995
MOSBY
By GeorgeZarb
Out of print
Hardbound
0-8151-9861-2
999999
697232
BK
ISBN/081519899X
Dentistry
Boucher's Prosthodontic Treatment for Edentulous Patients
Eleventh Edition
1997
MOSBY
This text has enjoyed a distinguished reputation for almost 50 years. It has been completely revised for this 11th edition, and
includes chapters by several clinical educators of international stature. The text synthesizes the diverse scientific, clinical and
bio-mechanical knowledge required to manage the edentulous predicament. It analyzes the sequelae of edentulism and provides a
ratinale for treatment with complete dentures. This knowledge base is also fundamental for alternative treatment modalities such as
implant-supported prostheses. Particular emphasis is given to the special aspects of the aging edentulous state.
By GeorgeZarb,
GunnarCarlsson,
CharlesBolender
Out of print
576 pages
Hardbound
0-8151-9899-X
999999
522076
BK
Out of print
Internal Medicine
Novel Biochemical, Pharmacological and Clinical Aspects of Cytidinediphosphocholine
Proc. of the Int. Meeting, Sorrento, Italy, 12-14 June 1984
1985
ELSEVIER
Edited by V.Zappia,
E.P.Kennedy,
B.I.Nilsson,
P.Galletti
Out of print
xviii + 406 pages
Hardbound
0-444-00967-1
096965
504866
BK
Out of print
Functional Analysis
Functional Analysis, Holomorphy and Approximation Theory II
Proceedings of the Seminário, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 3-7 August 1981
1984
NORTH-HOLLAND
Edited by G.I.Zapata
NHMSNorth-Holland Mathematics Studies86
Out of print
Hardbound
0-444-86845-3
050500
503748
BK
Out of print
Electric Power,
Nuclear Energy and Engineering
Power Station Simulators
1989
NORTH-HOLLAND
Advances in electronics have made possible the production of a vast variety of tools for the simulation of ever more complex problems
related to physics and engineering. Applications to the nuclear field have been consistently enlarged over the years up to the point
where simulators have now been developed both for engineering design and for nuclear power plant operator training. The number and
the variety of simulators have grown to such an extent that it has become necessary to classify the numerous types now available.
Simulators are of paramount importance for the design of nuclear power plants, for optimizing their efficiency and for the training
of their operators: factors that contribute to their overall security. This study of power plants was commissioned by the
Directorate-General Energy, of the European Communities, and its appearance marks the first comprehensive text of its kind on the
entire panoply of nuclear power plant simulators. To complete the picture, the simulation of fossil fuel stations is also included.
The volume gives a systematic view of a very complex field and allows the reader to find his way toward a classification. It also
represents a timely study on the latest research and industrial developments. The book will prove to be an essential reference source
for all those involved with nuclear economy and safety, and its implementation.
1. The Development of Power Plant Simulators. The earlier simulators. The development of nuclear training simulators before
TMI-2. Simulators after TMI-2. The interrelated development of the fossil and nuclear power station simulators. 2. Components and
Classification of Simulators. The components of training simulator. Features of instruction commands. A classification of
training simulators. Engineering simulators and plant analyzers. Models and codes. 3. Simulator Technology. The basic
mathematical model. Fidelity of the basic model of paragraph 3.1. Model of the pressurizer. Nodal models. Moving boundary model of
the steam generator. Model of the steam drum. Solution of model in real time. Computer hardware. 4. Simulator Performance.
Requirements of present replica simulators. The American National Standard. Fidelity required of a modern simulator. Specification of
simulators. The validation of simulators. Studies of simulator fidelity. 5. Simulator Industry. The industry of simulators.
The industry in the European Community. Manufacturers in other European Countries. The simulation in the United States. Manufacturers
in: Canada; Japan. 6. Survey of Principal Simulators and Simulator Training Centres. The European Community. Other
European countries. Asian countries. African countries. United States. Other American countries. 7. Problems in Simulator
Training. Different requirements of education and training. The importance of instructor's knowledge and ability. The case for
plant-reference simulators. The number of malfunctions. The case for training centres as opposed to that of on-site simulators. On
the assessment of operators' performance. 8. Bibliography. Appendices. Bibliography on early nuclear simulators.
ANSI/ANS-3.5-1985: American National Standard. A simulator study of the TMI-2 accident. Alphabetical list of simulators.
By D.Zanobetti
Out of print
xiv + 262 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87479-8
060601
525420
BK
Out of print
Cognitive Science,
Cognitive Neuroscience,
Experimental and Cognitive Psychology (General),
Neurology,
Neurophysiology,
Ophthalmology
Visual Attention and Cognition
1996
NORTH-HOLLAND
The goal of this book is to put together some of the main interdisciplinary aspects that play a role in visual attention and
cognition. The book is aimed at researchers and students with interdisciplinary interest. In the first chapter a general discussion
of the influential scanpath theory and its implications for human and robot vision is presented. Subsequently, four characteristic
aspects of the general theme are dealt with in topical chapters, each of which presents some of the different viewpoints of the
various disciplines involved. They cover neuropsychology, clinical neuroscience, modeling, and applications. Each of the chapters
opens with a synopsis tying together the individual contributions.
Foreword (S. Zeki). Introduction (W.H. Zangemeister, H.S. Stiehl, C. Freksa). From Early Scanpath Theory to
Application to Robot Vision. Experimental metaphysics: The scanpath as an epistemological mechanism (L.W. Stark, Y.S. Choi).
Neuropsychological Aspects. Synopsis. Neuropsychological aspects of visual attention and eye movements (G.W.
Humphreys). Search and selection in human vision: Psychological evidence and computational implications (G.W. Humphreys, I.
Gilchrist, L. Free). Visual attention and saccadic eye movements in normal human subjects and in patients with unilateral neglect
(J.M. Findlay, R. Walker). New developments in the understanding of the hemispatial neglect syndrome (H. Haeske-Dewick, A.G.M.
Canavan, V. Hoemberg). Attention and communication: Eye-movement based research paradigms (B. Velichkovsky, M. Pomplun, J. Rieser).
Clinical Neuroscience Aspects. Synopsis. Clinical neuroscience aspects of visual attention and cognition (W.H.
Zangemeister). The role of attention in human oculomotor control (M. Husain, C. Kennard). Imaging of visual attention with positron
emission tomography (R.J. Seitz). Evidence for scanpaths in hemianopic patients shown through string editing methods (W.H.
Zangemeister, U. Oechsner). Modeling Aspects. Synopsis. Visual perception and cognition: A synopsis of modeling
aspects (H.S. Stiehl). The collicular motor map as modelled by a two-dimensional mapped neural field (A. Schierwagen). Optomotor
processing in the prey catching of amphibia (H. Schwegler). Designing an active vision system (K. Pahlavan). Saccadic camera control
for scene recognition on an autonomous vehicle (H. Janßen). From active perception to active cooperation - fundamental
processes of intelligent behaviour (R. Bajcsy). Application Aspects. Synopsis. Visuo-manual process control (A.H.
Clarke). Adaptive control of teleoperators in response to visuo-manual relationship alteration (G.M. Gauthier, O. Guedon, R.
Purtulis, J. Vercher). Current trends in eye movement measurement techniques (A.H. Clarke). Selective visual attention during
multiple-process control (A.G. Fleischer, G. Becker). Closing Comment (V. Braitenberg). Contributors. Index.
Edited by W.H.Zangemeister,
H.S.Stiehl,
C.Freksa
AIPAdvances in Psychology116
Out of print
412 pages
Hardbound
0-444-82291-7
080803
504191
BK
Out of print
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine,
Internal Medicine
Pathophysiology of Hypertension. Regulatory Mechanisms
1986
ELSEVIER
Volumes 7 and 8 in this successful reference series in hypertension deal with pathophysiology (see also volume 7). The subject matter
has been organized in two broad categories: cardiovascular changes occurring in hypertension and regulatory processes
involved as causative or maintaining factors. This division was made for practical rather than disciplinary reasons. Chapters
assigned to either one of these categories have been elucidated with aspects belonging to the other whenever necessary to improve
understanding of the phenomena discussed. The incidental overlap thus created however serves as one of the many features of these
volumes. The reader is now not only appraised of the full spectre of views held by a wide international board of expert authors, but
also of some of the differences in approach or emphasis which are essential to create understanding.
Section I - Neural Mechanisms of Cardiovascular Regulation. 1. Central neural control of the cardiovascular system (M.J.
Brody). 2. Chemical messengers and transmitters in the brain and cardiovascular regulation (F.C. Luft, Th. Unger, R.E. Lang and D.
Ganten). 3. Reflex control of the circulation (G. Mancia, A.U. Ferrari and A. Zanchetti). 4. Positive feedback reflexes (A. Malliani,
M. Pagani and F. Lombardi). 5. The role of neural mechanisms in cardiovascular regulation and dysregulation (P. Sleight). 6.
Peripheral mechanisms in cardiovascular regulation: transmitters, receptors and the endothelium (P.M. Vanhoutte and T.F.
Lüscher). 7. Alpha-adrenoceptors and neural control of the circulation: studies in experimental animals (C.A. Hamilton, J.
Vincent and J.L. Reid). 8. Neural-renal interactions: physiological evidence (A. Zanchetti and A. Stella). 9. Neural-renal
interactions: evidence in experimental hypertension (S. Oparil, M.K. Donovan and J.M. Wyss). 10. Sodium and the adrenergic system
(P.W. de Leeuw and W.H. Birkenhäger). 11.Testing neural control of the circulation in patients: plasma catecholamines (M.
Esler). 12. Testing of neural control of circulation in patients: hemodynamic response to exercise and stressful stimuli (S. Lundin,
S. Jern and L. Hansson). 13. Behavioral influences on blood pressure control: implications for the hypertensive process (P.A. Obrist,
K.C. Light, A. Sherwood and M.T. Allen). Section II - Renal Mechanisms of Cardiovascular Regulation. 14. Sodium excretion and
its role in blood pressure regulation (G. Bianchi). 15. The pressure-diuresis-natriuresis mechanism in normal and hypertensive states
(A.W. Cowley Jr. and R.J. Roman). 16. The biochemistry of renin (R. Day and E. Haber). 17. Proteolytic activation of prorenin and its
relation to the kallikrein-kinin and fibrinolytic systems (M.A.D.H. Schalekamp). 18. The renin-angiotensin system: physiological
regulation (A. Stella and A. Zanchetti). 19. Angiotension II: conformation and receptor interaction (R.B. Howard and R.R. Smeby). 20.
Physiological effects of angiotensins on the blood vessels and heart (T.L. Goodfriend). 21. The brain renin-angiotensin system:
pathway for angiotensin II formation in brain (A. Husain and R.B. Moffett) 22. The renin-angiotensin sytem: physiological actions on
the central nervous system (C.M. Ferrario, Y. Ueno, D.I. Diz and K.L. Barnes). 23. The renin-angiotensin system: physiological
actions on the kidney (P.W. de Leeuw and W.H. Birkenhäger). 24. The renin-angiotensin system: inhibitors and antagonists (K.G.
Hofbauer and J.M. Wood) 25. The renin-angiotensin system: role in experimental and human hypertension (B. Waeber J. Nussberger and
H.R. Brunner). 26. Sensitivity to sodium and non-modulation of renal and adrenal responsiveness to angiotensin II: implications for
the pathogenesis of essential hypertension (N.K. Hollenberg and G.H. Williams). 27. The renal medullary system (E.E. Muirhead and
J.A. Pitcock). 28. Eicosanoid-dependent mechanisms and the regulation of blood pressure (M.J.S. Miller, J. Quilley and J.C. McGiff).
Section III - Hormones, Ions and Membranes in Cardiovascular Regulation. 29. Aldosterone and other adrenal steroids (E.
Bravo). 30. Vasopressin in cardiovascular regulation (C.I. Johnston, M. Hiwatari, J. Abrahams, L. Arnolda and A. Culvenor). 31.
Atrial natriuretic factor (J. Genest and M. Cantin). 32. The [el]natriuretic hormone[/e] and hypertension (H.E. de Wardener and G.A.
MacGregor). 33.Membrane markers of arterial hypertension (M. Baudouin-Legros, J.F. Cloix, M. Crabos, G. Dagher, M. Davis-Dufilho,
M.A. Devynck, R.P. Garay, M.L. Grichois, P. Guicheney, S. Koutouzov, P. Marche, M. de Mendonca, M.G. Pernollet and P. Meyer). Subject
index.
Edited by A.Zanchetti,
C.Tarazi
HHHandbook of Hypertension8
Out of print
xxii + 704 pages
Hardbound
0-444-90422-0
096965
504190
BK
Out of print
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine,
Internal Medicine
Pathophysiology of Hypertension. Cardiovascular Aspects
1986
ELSEVIER
Volumes 7 and 8 in this successful reference series in hypertension deal with pathophysiology. The subject matter has been organized
in two broad categories: cardiovascular changes occurring in hypertension and regulatory processes involved as causative or
maintaining factors. This division was made for practical rather than disciplinary reasons. Chapters assigned to either one of
these categories have been elucidated with aspects belonging to the other whenever necessary to improve understanding of the
phenomena discussed. The incidental overlap thus created however serves as one of the many features of these volumes. The reader is
now not only appraised of the full spectre of views held by a wide international board of expert authors, but also of some of the
differences in approach or emphasis which are essential to create understanding.
Foreword (W.H. Birkenhäger and J.L. Reid). Introduction (A. Zanchetti). I. The Heart and Hypertension. 1. Cardiac
adaption to acutely increased afterload (M.N. Levy and Y. Masuda). 2. Biochemical regulation of myocardial hypertrophy (J.
Wikman-Coffelt). 3. Excitation-contraction coupling in hypertensive hypertrophy (P.A. Khairallah and F.M. Fouad). 4. Cardiac
responses to experimental chronic pressure overload (R. Jacob). 5. Hypertension and the heart: clinical studies (B.E. Strauer). 6.
Cardiac reflexes in hypertension (P. Thoren). II. Hemodynamics in Hypertension. 7. Hemodynamic changes during development (F.
Magrini). 8. Blood pressure variability (G. Mancia and A. Zanchetti). 9. Hemodynamics of essential hypertension (S. Julius and B.
Egan). 10. Hemodynamics in the spontaneously hypertensive rat (S. Lundin and M. Nordlander). 11. Hemodynamics in renovascular and
renal hypertension (Th. G. Coleman). 12. Hemodynamics in mineralocorticoid hypertension (J. Conway). 13. Hemodynamics in systolic
hypertension (M.E. Safar and A. Ch. Simon). 14. The effect of ventricular hypertrophy on the coronary circulation (L.F. Hiratzka,
D.G. Harrison, R.J. Tomanek, Ch. L. Eastham, W.C. Lamberth Jr. and M.L. Marcus). 15. The cerebral circulation in hypertension (S.
Strandgaard, J. Olesen and O.B. Paulson). 16. Hemodynamics in obesity (E. Reisin and E.D. Frohlich). 17. Hemodynamics in pregnancy
and in pregnancy hypertension (S.N. Hunyor). III. The Blood Vessels in Hypertension. 18. Physiological mechanisms regulating
peripheral vascular resistance (D.F. Bohr and R.C. Webb). 19. Physiology of vascular smooth muscle (B. Johansson). 20. The
homeostasis of calcium in smooth muscle cells (M. Chiesi and E. Carafoli). 21. Calcium entry blockers (C. Cauvin and C. van Breemen).
22. Prostacyclin and vascular smooth muscle (G.J. Dusting, K.M. Mullane and S. Moncada). 23. The structural responses of the vascular
wall in experimental hypertension (G.L. Rorive, P.G. Carlier and J.M. Foidart). 24. Common mechanisms of cell proliferation in
hypertension and atherosclerosis (S.M. Schwartz). 25. The microcirculation in hypertension (G. Schmid-Schönbein and S. Chien).
Subject index.
Edited by A.Zanchetti,
R.C.Tarazi
HHHandbook of Hypertension7
Out of print
xvi + 502 pages
Hardbound
0-444-90421-2
096965
500702
BK
Out of print
Statistics
Optimization in Statistics
1982
NORTH-HOLLAND
Preface: A Prelude to Optimization in Statistics (S.H. Zanakis and J.S. Rustagi). Parts: I. Regression and Correlation.
Contributors: R.D. Armstrong, T. Dielman, G. Kimeldorf, D. Klingman, M.T. Kung, J.H. May, J. Mote, S.C. Narula, R. Pfaffenberger,
A.R. Sampson, A. Tishler, C.F. Wu and I. Zang. II. Multivariate Data Analysis and Design of Experiments. Contributors: R.S.
Garfinkel, R.E. Hausman, A.S. Kunnathur, G.E. Liepins, C.A. Mount-Campbell, J.B. Neuhardt, R. Plante, P. Sinha, L.E. Stanfel and C.
Wang. III. Parameter Estimation, Reliability and Quality Control. Contributors: P.K. Eswaran, C.M. Harris, G. Klein, N.A.
Langberg, R.V. León, J. Lynch, J. Mandelbaum, N.R. Mann, H. Moskowitz, F. Proschan, A. Ravindran and N.D. Singpurwalla. Index.
Edited by S.H.Zanakis,
J.S.Rustagi
TIMSTIMS Studies in the Management Sciences19
Out of print
x + 334 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86544-6
080851
697230
BK
ISBN/0815198558
Dentistry
Hospital Dentistry
First Edition
1997
MOSBY
Hospital Dentistry is a practical handbook that guides you through the hospital structure with the goal of providing effective care
to the dental patient. It explores the importance of the dentist as a member of the health care team. And, it stresses the hospital
dentist's role in the patient's total care.
By RaymondZambito,
HaroldBlack,
LorraineTesch
Out of print
448 pages
Paperback
0-8151-9855-8
999999
501338
DY
Out of print
Linguistics
Dictionary of Russian Technical and Scientific Abbreviations
In Russian, English and German
1968
ELSEVIER
Primarily intended for readers of Russian scientific publications, this dictionary will also be useful to any reader of Russian
newspapers and magazines as well as to teachers and students of Russian. It contains a trilingual key for acronyms in modern
scientific Russian - both written and spoken. Each abbreviation or acronym is followed by its full Russian equivalent and
explanatory translations are provided in English and in German.
By H.Zalucki
Out of print
xii + 387 pages
Hardbound
0-444-40657-3
080856
692554
BK
ISBN/0815198922
Critical Care
The Critical Care Drug Handbook
Year Book Handbooks Series
Second Edition
1997
MOSBY
The Critical Care Drugs Handbook provides essential drug information in a handy, portable format. It is packed with tables,
descriptions and dosages covering a broad range of drugs commonly used in the critical care unit. PART I covers drugs most commonly
used to treat specific medical problems. PART II lists drugs alphabetically with information on trade names, drug action,
indications, pharmacokinetics, dosage, adverse effects,drug interactions and monitoring. A large appendix section includes various
lists, tables and nutritional formulas.
By GaryZaloga,
DrewMacGregor
Out of print
656 pages
Hardbound
0-8151-9892-2
999999
522224
BK
Out of print
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry,
Chemical Kinetics,
Food Chemistry,
Pharmaceutical Chemistry,
Physical Organic Chemistry
Similarity Models in Organic Chemistry, Biochemistry and Related Fields
1991
ELSEVIER
Since Hammett devised the rho-sigma equation in 1937, the application of similarity models through linear free energy relationships
(correlation analysis) has become increasingly important for systematising the quantitative data of organic chemistry and related
fields. More than twelve years have elapsed since the last appearance of a multi-author, international monograph on this subject,
during which time there have been substantial developments. Sophisticated chemometric techniques, such as principal component
analysis, have been added to the basic statistical techniques of simple and multiple regression. The interaction with quantum
mechanics, particularly in the form of ab initio molecular orbital calculations, has also developed considerably.
Such
matters are dealt with in the various chapters of this book, not only in connection with main-stream areas of substituent and solvent
effects on reactivity and on spectroscopic properties, but also in connection with topics as diverse as gas chromatography, organic
electrochemistry, biological activity, and food chemistry. The book will be of interest to a wide range of organic, physical
organic, and physical chemists; to medicinal chemists, environmental scientists, biochemists, and analytical chemists; and to
chemometricians in general.
1. Similarity models: statistical tools and problems in using them (T.M. Krygowski and K. Wozniak). 2. Substituent effect
parameters and models applied in organic chemistry (J. Shorter). 3. The transmission of substituent effects in organic systems (M.
Godfrey). 4. Properties of hydrogen as a substituent in planar organic pi-systems (G. Häfelinger). 5. Similarity models in IR
and UV spectroscopy (C. Laurence). 6. Description of properties of binary solvent mixtures (H. Langhals). 7. Additivity rules and
correlation methods in gas chromatography (J. Oszczapowicz). 8. Similarity models in organic electrochemistry (J.S. Jaworski and M.K.
Kalinowski). 9. Principal component analysis as a tool in organic chemistry and food chemistry (R.I. Zalewski). 10. Quantitative
structure-activity relationships (D.J. Livingstone). 11. The quantitative description of steric effects (M. Charton). Index.
Edited by R.I.Zalewski,
T.M.Krygowski,
J.Shorter
SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry42
Out of print
xvi + 694 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88161-1
030302
500174
BK
Out of print
Industrial Chemistry,
Chemical Kinetics,
Pharmaceutical Chemistry,
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
Natural Products Chemistry 1984
A Collection of Invited Section and Colloquium Lectures presented at the 14th IUPAC International Symposium on the Chemistry of Natural Products, Poznan, Poland, 9-14 July 1984
1985
ELSEVIER
This book contains 52 invited lectures, grouped into five main sections. The first part contains papers dealing with isolation,
structure elucidation and transformation of different classes of natural products. The papers in Part B cover topics including total
synthesis, new synthetic methods and synthesis of nucleic acid fragments. Next is a group of papers (Part C) which emphasize new
applications of spectral methods and organic crystal chemistry. Part D covers several aspects of the field of bioorganic chemistry
such as enzyme and co-enzyme chemistry, mode of action of biologically active compounds, and bio-synthesis of proteins and alkaloids.
Finally Part E (Biopolymers) deals with the chemistry, structure and dynamics of nucleic acids, specific interaction of nucleic acids
with proteins, modified nucleotides in nucleic acids, conformation and function of proteins. In addition some papers are devoted to
recent achievements and prospects of application of DNA recombinant technology in plant science and agriculture with emphasis on
nitrogen fixation. The book reflects the growing keen interest of the majority of chemists in this field throughout the world. It
contains much of interest to scientists working in the field of chemistry of natural products, biochemistry, biorganic chemistry,
pharmacology, agriculture, and enzymology.
A. Structure and Properties of Natural Products (9 papers). B. Synthesis and Transformation of Natural Products. Synthesis of Nucleic
Acids Fragments (14 papers). C. Physical and Theoretical Methods in the Structure Elucidation of Natural Products. Organic Crystal
Chemistry (10 papers). D. Bioorganic Chemistry (7 papers). E. Biopolymers. Genetic Engineering in Agriculture with Emphasis on
Nitrogen Fixation (12 papers).
Edited by R.I.Zalewski,
J.J.Skolik
SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry20
Out of print
xviii + 686 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42457-1
030302
502121
BK
Out of print
Hardware and Architecture (General),
Software (General)
Hardware and Software for Real Time Process Control
Proceedings of the IFIP WG5.4/IFAC/EWICS Working Conference, Warsaw, Poland, 30 May - 1 June 1988
1989
NORTH-HOLLAND
As the title suggests, the focus of this volume is on the hardware and software aspects of real time process control, rather than on
control problems. The (mostly invited) papers may be divided into three themes: hardware, software, and integration. Providing
extensive coverage of the state-of-the-art in real time computer control, the papers examine both recent developments and future
trends in the field. The contributors are from universities, industry and government institutions, and the volume will be of interest
to hi-tech research institutes in e.g. the nuclear, aerospace, chemical and electronics fields, and to those concerned with
standardization issues.
Programming Languages. Bus Systems. Reliability and Safety. Software Specification. Software Development. Databases and Expert
Systems. Multiprocessor Systems. Distributed Systems. Operating Systems. Real Time Applications. Standardization and Licensing.
Edited by J.Zalewski,
W.Ehrenberger
Out of print
xvi + 580 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87127-6
050503
697226
BK
ISBN/0721648363
Gastroenterology and Hepatology
Hepatology
A Textbook of Liver Disease, 2-Volume Set
Third Edition
1996
SAUNDERS
A thoroughly revised edition by expert contributors presents definitive coverage of liver disease. This state-of-the-art text has
been reorganized into two stand-alone volumes--the first volume deals with the basic sciences of biochemistry, physiology, and
pathophysiology while the second is completely devoted to clinical issues. New chapters cover metabolism of collagen, autoimmune
liver disease, clinical pharmacology of anti-viral agents, and AIDS and the liver.
By DavidZakim,
ThomasBoyer
Out of print
2085 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-4836-3
999999
503980
BK
Out of print
Biochemistry / Biophysics
Protein Structure-Function Relationship
Proceedings of the International Symposium on Protein Structure-Function Relationship, Karachi, Pakistan, 18 - 20 January 1988, and
of the Protein Sequencing Workshop, Karachi, Pakistan, 21 - 30 January 1988.
1988
EXCERPTA MEDICA
Proteins play a pivotal role in all life processes. The structural and dynamic aspects of these biologically active macro-molecules
have been the focus of attention of scientists for the last two decades. This book comprises papers presented at Karachi and covers
burning topics in the field of protein structure and function, dynamics, evolution and physiology and provides an insight into the
most recent developments in these areas. The emphasis is laid on the structure of the protein molecule and its physiological
function. The book covers numerous facets of protein chemistry, namely: physico-chemical aspects of proteins; studies on hemoglobin,
hemocyanin, fibrinogen, toxins, enzymes and application of techniques for elucidation of protein structure.
Hemoglobin - structure, physiology and evolution (A. Abbasi and G. Braunitzer). A novel dye for staining eletrophoretically
resolved proteins (R. Ali and S.A. Sayeed). Viscosimetric studies on a glycoprotein from gastointestinal mucus (H. Quast, W.
Voelter and H. Bauer). Protein structure activity relationships: New strategies and biotechnological implications (M.A.
Coletti-Previero, M. Pugnière, A. Favel and A. Previero). Structural homology of beta-lactoglobulin with a superfamily of
hydophobic molecule transporters (J. Godovac-Zimmermann and A. Conti). sigma Conotoxins as probes for subtypes of neuronal
calcium channels (D.S. Johnson, G.P. Corpuz and L.J. Cruz). Relation between structure of plasma proteins and their metal
complexes (A.M. El-Naggar, M.R. Zaher, F.A. Kora and I.A. Mahdi). Structure-Function relationships in rhodopsin and related
proteins (J.B.C. Findlay). Fibrinogen - Relationships between structure, function and evolution (A. Henschen).
Flexibility and rigidity of proteins and protein-pigment complexes (R. Huber). Fluorescence properties of bilirubin binding to
the major camel glutathione S-transferase isoenzyme obtained from lung, liver and kidney (A.A. Hunaiti, K.A. Al-Hassan and
I.K. Abukhalaf). Dihydrofolate reductase from goat liver (M.P. Iqbal, M.A. Waqar, N. Khan and N.M. Mahboobali). Alcohol
dehydrogenases and related enzymes (H. Jörnvall). A highly reliable prediction of protein secondary structure (Y.
Konishi). Structure-function relationship of S-1 component from chicken skeletal muscle myosin (G. Matsuda, T. Maita, T.
Miyanishi and Y. Komine). Structure-function relationships of Hemocyanin c from panulirus interruptus (B. Neuteboom and J.J.
Beintema). Micromethods for structural characterisation of highly glycosylated proteins (R.J. Paxton, S.A. Hefta and J.E.
Shively). The serum proteins in health and disease (M.A. Qamar, A. Ahmed, I.A. Malik, M. Luqman and M.A. Akhtar). Two
dimensional NMR Spectroscopy - principles and applications (Atta-ur-Rahman). Electron transfer in hydroxylamine-modified
cytochrome c (T. Ramasarma, S. Vijaya, R.S. Puranam and C.K.R. Kurup). Intra-molecular dynamics in protein components as
monitored by proton magnetic relaxation (T.Z. Rizvi). Electrophoretic separation of adult and foetal hemoglobin formation of
mixed hybrids (S.A. Saeed). Strategic approaches to protein microsequencing: application of high-sensitivity peptide mapping
(R.J. Simpson and R.L. Moritz). Structural characterisation of peptides and proteins by mass spectroscopy (D.L. Smith
and Y. Sun). Purification and characterisation of microquantities of proteins (A. Tsugita, N. Shikama, T. Uchida, M. Kamo and
C.S. Jone). Structure and function of cholera toxin submit A1 (Q.C. Xia). Proteins - Structure and function
(Z.H. Zaidi). Author index.
Edited by Z.H.Zaidi
Out of print
356 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81052-8
096965
521292
BK
Out of print
Instrumentation, Techniques, and Astronomical Observations,
Astronomy, Astrophysics and Space Science (General),
Fluid Dynamics
Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics
Proceedings of the Les Houches Summer School, Course XLVII, June/July 1987
1993
NORTH-HOLLAND
This book aims to lay the basis of astrophysical fluid dynamics and the topics treated cover various aspects of this discipline.
These include: the essential properties of turbulence; dynamical systems; the effects of magnetic fields significant in the sun,
including magnetohydrodynamics in general and dynamo theories; the use of numerical simulation to explore the behavior of thermal
convection in a highly stratified medium; stellar pulsations. The resulting book is intended as both a manual for the graduate
student as well as for the seasoned scientist.
Preface. Courses: 1.Astrophysical fluid dynamics (E.A. Spiegel). 2. Hydrodynamic turbulence (M. Lesieur).
3.Generic instabilities and nonlinear dynamics (O. Thual). 4.Magnetohydrodynamic turbulence (A. Pouquet).
5.Dynamo theory (P.H. Roberts). 6.Thermal convection and penetration (J. Toomre).7.Linear adiabatic stellar
pulsation (D.O. Gough). Instabilities and turbulence in rotating stars (J.-P. Zahn).
Edited by J.-P.Zahn,
J.Zinn-Justin
LHSSLes Houches Summer School Proceedings47
Out of print
650 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81797-2
050505
692543
BK
ISBN/0801674824
Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
Genitourinary Radiology
The Requisites
First Edition
1997
MOSBY
As part of the successful Requisites series, this volume presents what the resident needs to know about genitourinary radiology. Its
concise and up-to-date coverage prepares readers for exams, while providing the practicing radiologist with a quick, practical
reference guide. Organized logically by the organs in the GU system and the various diagnostic problems that may be encountered.
By RonaldZagoria,
GlennTung
Out of print
432 pages
Hardbound
0-8016-7482-4
999999
692540
BK
ISBN/0702025771
Pulmonary and Respiratory Medicine
Pulmonary Differential Diagnosis
First Edition
2001
SAUNDERS
Pulmonary Differential Diagnosis is a portable practical handbook designed to be used by physicians at the bedside, in the Radiology
Department, office, clinic setting, and during rounds. Instead of bogging down readers with physiology, pathology, biology, anatomy,
and other disciplines that do not directly affect an initial differential diagnosis, this handy resource contains only the pertinent
diagnostic features of both common and uncommon diseases involving the lungs.
A, B, Cs Of Radiologic Evaluation
Abscess Of Lung
Acid-Base Disorders Respiratory
Airspace Disease
Alcohol And
Cigarettes Pulmonary Manifestations
Alveolar Hemorraghe Syndromes
Alveolar Proteinosis
Arteriovenous Fistulas Pulmonary
(Pavf)
Aspiration Injuries
Asthma
Atelectasis
Axillosubclavian Vein Thrombosis
Azygous Shadows
Biopsy Of
Granulomas
Biopsy Of Lymphocytes Typical/Atypical
Breast And Genital Tract Diseases - Pulmonary
Manifestations
Bronchiectasis Etiologic Investigations
Bronchiolitis Diagnosis And
Differential
Broncholithiasis
Bronchopulmonary Sequestration (Bps)
Calcifications
Cardiac Diseases - Pulmonary
Manifestations
Chest Wall Disorders
Chylothorax
Collagen Diseases - Pulmonary
Manifestations
Copd
Cough
Cyanosis
Cystic Cavitary Disease
Cystic Fibrosis (Cf) Diagnostic
Features
Diaphragm
Drug-Induced Lung Disease
Dyspnea Normal Chest X-Ray
Embolic Diseases
Empyema
Endocrine
Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
Eosinophilic Granuloma Vs Lymphangioleiomyomatosis
Eosinophilic Lung
Disease
Gastrointestinal Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
Head And Neck Cancer - Pulmonary Manifestations
Hematologic
Diseases - Pulmonary Manifestations
Hemoptysis Nyd
Hilar Shadows
Hiv Pulmonary Disease
Hyperlucent
Lung
Hypoxemia
Infiltrates
Inhalational Diseases
Interstitial Lung Disease
Lung Resection Complications
Masses
Nodules Opacities
Mediastinum
Neoplasms
Neuromuscular Disorders
Pleura - Mass, Thickening, Effusion
Pleuritic Chest
Pain R/O Pulmonary Embolus
Pneumonia
Pneumonias (Specific)
Pneumothorax
Pregnancy Related
Pulmonary
Edema
Pulmonary Hypertension
Pulmonary Renal Syndromes - Goodpasture`S
Radiation-Induced Lung Disease
Renal Diseases -
Pulmonary Manifestations
Sarcoid
Skin Disorders - Pulmonary Manifestations
Sleep Related Breathing Disorders
Small
Hemithorax
Systemic Blood Supply To Lung
Thoracoscopy (Medical)
Tracheobronchial Disease Chronic
Transplants
Lung/Heart-Lung
Trauma Non-Surgical
Tuberculosis And Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
Upper Airways
Obstruction
Vasculitis
Vocal Cord Dysfunction (Vsd)
By HaroldZackon
Out of print
896 pages
Paperback
0-7020-2577-1
999999
697217
BK
ISBN/0721649467
Physical Therapy
Athletic Injuries and Rehabilitation
First Edition
1996
SAUNDERS
Over eighty world-renowned physical therapists, physicians and athletic trainers take a comprehensive, step-by-step,
multidisciplinary approach to sports injury management--from evaluation through rehabilitation. This text not only provides a solid
foundation in basic and applied science, it also serves as a superb study source for sports certification exams and provides
practical therapeutic advice.
By JamesZachazewski,
DavidMagee,
WilliamQuillen
Out of print
1051 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-4946-7
999999
502483
BK
Out of print
Earth-Surface Processes,
Geomorphology,
Soil Biology
Soil Erosion
1982
ELSEVIER
By D.Zachar
DSSDevelopments in Soil Science10
Out of print
548 pages
Hardbound
0-444-99725-3
070704
502120
BK
Out of print
Functional Analysis
Riesz Spaces II
1983
NORTH-HOLLAND
While Volume I (by W.A.J. Luxemburg and A.C. Zaanen, NHML Volume 1, 1971) is devoted to the algebraic aspects of the theory, this
volume emphasizes the analytical theory of Riesz spaces and operators between these spaces. Though the numbering of chapters
continues on from the first volume, this does not imply that everything covered in Volume I is required for this volume, however the
two volumes are to some extent complementary.
11. Prime Ideal Extension. 12. Order Bounded Operators. 13. Kernel Operators. 14. Normed Riesz Spaces. 15. Order Continuous Norms.
16. Embedding in Biduals. 17. Abstract Lp Spaces. 18. Compact Operators. 19. Orlicz Spaces and Irreducible Operators. 20.
Orthomorphisms and f-Algebras. Bibliography. Subject Index.
By A.C.Zaanen
NHMLNorth-Holland Mathematical Library30
Out of print
xii + 720 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86626-4
050500
523951
BK
Out of print
Internal Medicine,
Biochemistry / Biophysics,
Gastroenterology and Hepatology,
Neurology,
Oncology,
Pharmacology
Cytoprotection and Cytobiology
Proceedings of the Ninth Symposium on Cytoprotection, Kyoto, Japan, 2 March 1991
1992
EXCERPTA MEDICA
Biological homeostasis is maintained by protective mechanisms, involving local reactions in the injured tissue and whole body
reactions. Overexpression of the protective mechanisms is, however, sometimes injurious to the organism. The Symposia on
Cytoprotection are held annually to discuss cytoprotective mechanisms from both basic and clinical viewpoints. The topics of the
presentations vary widely, from gastrointestinal mucosal disturbances, liver and pancreatic dysfunctions, cerebral ischemia,
endothelial cell function to biochemical characteristics of cancer cells, and tissue damage produced by excessive production of
superoxides and free radicals and protective procedures for such damage.
In one of the two Special Lectures, Professor Kyoko Hotta reviewed recent results of biochemical studies of mucus glycoprotein and the relations between the protective functions and the structural properties of mucus. Professor Shin-ichi Akiyama reported that multi-drug resistance is due to drug efflux resulting from a 170 kD membrane glycoprotein (P glycoprotein) and that agents that reverse multidrug resistance do so by competing with cytotoxic drugs for a binding site on P glycoprotein, the drug efflux pump.
The concept of cytoprotection should be applied to protective
mechanisms against various stresses in organisms. The results reported in this Proceedings will contribute to the further development
of biochemical physiological research. Original reports are published as full papers. Papers that have appeared or will appear in
other publications are published here as summaries.
Preface. I. Special lectures. Mucus and mucin: Fundamental aspects (Kyoko Hotta). The expression of P-glycoprotein in human
tumors and mechanisms to overcome multidrug resistance (Shin-ichi Akiyama). II. Gastrointestinal mucosal injury (I).
Chairman's remarks (Yukio Nagamachi). 7 papers. III. Gastrointestinal mucosal injury (II). Chairman's remarks (Norio
Nakamura). 8 papers. IV. Liver and pancreas. Chairman's remarks (Takayoshi Tobe). 4 papers. V. Brain. Chairman's
remarks (Hideo Mabe). 8 papers. VI. Metabolism in endothelial cells, connective tissue, and others. Chairman's remarks (Ikuro
Maruyama). 6 papers. VII. Cancer cells and others. Chairman's remarks (Masaki Kitajima). 6 papers. VIII. Free radicals
(I). Chairman's remarks (Masaharu Tsuchiya). 6 papers. IX. Free radicals (II). Chairman's remarks (Keiichi Kawai). 6 papers.
Author index.
Edited by K.Yunoki
CCPCurrent Clinical Practice62
Out of print
xiv + 300 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89429-2
096965
502279
BK
Out of print
Processor Architectures,
Computer Systems Organization (General),
Special-Purpose and Application-Based Systems
New Generation Computing
Recent Research
1990
NORTH-HOLLAND
New Generation Computing and Supercomputing have attracted a large amount of research effort throughout the world. This book
introduces some of the recent research carried out in China. It consists of forty-two papers covering five main areas: logic-based
inference machines from sequential to parallel; knowledge-based systems; heuristic search in AI; dataflow computer architecture; and
optimization techniques for supercomputing.
Introduction. Logic Programming. Knowledge-Based Systems. Dataflow Computation. Problem Solving and Search. Supercomputing.
Sequential Prolog Systems. On Some Issues in Implementation of Prolog. Extending the WAM with Execution Mechanisms for
Non-Logical Components of Prolog. Implementation and Management of Prolog Code Databases. Implementation and Management of Prolog
Source Databases. Implementation of Prolog Builtins in the WAM-PLUS. Designing the Architecture of a Prolog Machine Based on the
WAM-PLUS. An Integrated Implementation of Database Operations. Clause Representations. An Efficient Type System for Prolog. listof: A
Pragmatic Consideration on setof. Partial Solution, An Incomplete Inference Way to Approximate to the Solution of Negated Goal.
Parallel Processing of Logic Programs. The OR-Forest Description. The PSOF Process Model. Parallel Execution of Negative
Goals. Automatic Partition of Subgoals. Compile-Time Detection of AND-Parallelisms. An Environment Sharing Scheme. An Algorithm for
Environment Reduction. An OR-Forest-Based Parallel Abstract Machine. Knowledge-Based Systems. Foundations for Knowledge
Systems. On Knowledge Base System Architecture. The Knowledge Base System KBS-1. Design and Implementation of a Relational Knowledge
Base Prototype Machine. Performance Evaluation of the Relational Knowledge Base Prototype Machine. A Tool for Building Second
Generation Expert System. Improving Expert System Behavior. Knowledge Acquisition Mechanism. Attribute Theory in Learning System.
Dataflow Computation and Architecture. A Performance Evaluation Model for Static Dataflow Computers. An Ordered Model
Combining Dataflow with Control Flow. Architecture of a Synchronous Dataflow System. A Multi-Microcomputer System for Simulating
SDS-1. Macro-Dataflow Computational Model and Its Simulation. Heuristic Search and Statistical Inference. Statistical
Inference Method in Heuristic Search Techniques. The Computational Complexity. The Extraction of Global Information. The Comparison
Between the Statistical Heuristic Search and A*. Hierarchy and Heuristic Search. Issues of Supercomputing.
Parallel Execution of Non-DO Loops. Optimization for the Parallel Execution of Non-DO Loops under the LIM. Speedup Studies of the LIM
for Non-DO Loops in Comparison with the SIM. Processor Self-Scheduling for Parallel Loops in Preemptive Environments. Approaches to
Decentralized Control of Job Scheduling for Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Parallel Computer Systems. References. Index.
Edited byYungui Ci,
Chengxi Zhang,
Chengzheng Sun
Out of print
xvi + 348 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88730-X
050502
692539
BK
ISBN/0443088926
Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
MRI of Head and Neck Anatomy
First Edition
1994
CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE
By WilliamYuh,
E. TurgutTali,
AdelAfifii,
KayihanSahinoglu,
FengGao,
RonaldBergman
Out of print
384 pages
Hardbound
0-443-08892-6
999999
505377
BK
Out of print
Civil Engineering (General),
Transportation Engineering
Transportation Engineering
1982
ELSEVIER
This important text and reference reflects the recent dramatic growth in the field of transportation engineering and serves as a
comprehensive introduction to both the theoretical and practical aspects of the field. It covers the six major families of
transportation systems: highway, urban mass transit, air, rail, water, and pipeline.
By J.C.Yu
Out of print
xiv + 462 pages
Hardbound
0-444-00564-1
060600
523741
BK
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Neurochemistry,
Neuropharmacology
Neuronal-Astrocytic Interactions
Implications for Normal and Pathological CNS Function
1992
ELSEVIER
Neurons and astrocytes have an intimate anatomic and functional realtionship and are heavily dependent on each other. This intensive
relationship is virtually important not only in normal CNS function, but also in disease states. Research to better define and
underatand this relationship will lay the foundation for rational new therapies for disorders of the CNS.
The chapters in this
volume have been written by scientists and physicians from around the world. To have optimum diversity of approach, the volume
discusses basic research as well as clinical experience regarding the interactions of neurons and astrocytes in both normal and
pathological conditions.
1. A century of neuronal and neuroglial interactions, and their pathological implications; an overview. 2. The brain as a chemical
machine. Ion Homeostasis 3. Intracellular pH regulation in mammalian astrocytes. 4. Role of astrocytes in ionic and volume
homeostasis in spinal cord during development and injury. 5. Functional consequences of astrocytic swelling. 6. Swelling of C6 glioma
cells and astrocytes from glutamate, high K+concentrations, or acidosis. 7. Pharmacological regulation of astrocytic ion
channels: Implications for the treatment of seizure disorders. 8. The expression of sodium channels in astrocytes in situ
and in vitro. 9. Ion involvement in memory formation: the potential role of astrocytes. Calcium, Signalling and Gene
Expression 10. Do astrocytes process informations? 11. Distribution of calcium in ischemic brain of gerbils. 12. Signalling by
extracellular ATP: physiological and pathological considerations in neuronal-astrocytic interactions. 13. The role of
polyphosphoinositides in agonist-evoked release of vasoactive factors from astrocytes. 14. Isolation of transcriptionally regulated
sequences associated with neuronal and non-neuronal cell interactions. 15. Early response gene induction in astrocytes as a mechanism
for encoding and integrating neuronal signals. 16. c-Fos induction occurs in cultured cortical neurons and astrocytes via multiple
signalling pathways Glutamate: Metabolism and Toxicity 17. Regulatory role of astrocytes for neuronal biosynthesis and
homeostasis of glutamate and GABA. 18. Nitrogen metabolism: neuronal-astroglial relationships. 19. Ultrastructural immunocytochemical
observations on the localization, metabolism, and transport of glutamate in normal and ischemic brain tissue. 20. Release of
exogenous and endogenous neurotransmitter amino acids from cultured astrocytes. 21. Glutamate as an energy substrate for
neuronal-astrocytic interactions. 22. Hepatic encephalopathy: a disorder in glial-neuronal communication. 23. Kainic acid induced
excitotoxicity in neurons and glial cells Catecholamines, Peptides and Acetylcholine 24. Effects of monoamine transmitters on
neurons and astrocytes: correlation between energy metabolism and intracellular messengers. 25. Cellular localization of responses to
catecholamines in brain tissue. 26. Neuronal and astroglial monoamines oxidase: Pharmacological implications of specific MAO-B
inhibitors. 27. Peptidergic and cholinergic receptors on cultured astrocytes of different regions of the rat CNS Gangliosides
28. Gangliosides and neuronal-astrocytic interactions. 29. An in vitro study on increased neuronal and astrocytic
vulnerability to neurotoxic injury after in utero cocaine exposure: the reversal effects of GM 1 treatment Astrogliosis,
Injury and Ischemia 30. Astrocytic response to injury. 31. CNS glial scar tissue: a source of molecules which inhibit central
neurite outgrowth. 32. Regional heterogeneity of reactive astrocytosis following cerebral ischemia Aging and Degenerative
Diseases 33. Role of astrocytes in aging: late passage primary mouse brain astrocytes and C-6 glial cells as model. 34.
Association between cell-mediated demyelination and astrocyte stimulation. 35. Oligodendroglial and neuronal cytoplasmic inclusions
in multisystem atrophy. 36. Astrocytes and Parkinson's disease. 37. PrPSc causes nerve cell death and stimulates astrocyte
proliferation: a paradox. 38. The involvement of astrocytes and a brain acute phase response in amyloid deposition on Alzheimer's
disease. 39. S-100B and serotonin: a possible astrocytic-neuronal link to neuropathology of Alzheimer's disease. 40. Astrocytic
gliosis in the amygdala in Down's syndrome and Alzheimer's disease. Subject index.
Edited by A.C.H.Yu,
L.Hertz,
M.D.Norenberg,
E.Syková,
S.G.Waxman
PBRProgress in Brain Research94
Out of print
xvi + 494 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89537-X
090910
525432
BK
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Molecular Neuroscience,
Neuroscience Methodology
Gene Expression in the Central Nervous System
1995
ELSEVIER
Gene expression is an active ongoing process that maintains a functional CNS, as proteins are being made on a continual basis.
Processes such as learning and memory, nerve cell repair and regeneration and its response to stress are critically dependent on gene
expression. This volume highlights the role of gene expression in normal CNS function, and presents many research methods at the
cutting edge of neuroscience, which will provide insight into therapeutic approaches through which the control of gene expression may
be used in the treatment of many nervous system diseases.
List of contributors. Preface. Section I - Techniques in Analysis of Gene Expression. 1. The gene knockout technology for the
analysis of learning and memory, and neural development. 2. Molecular biology of transmissible spongiform encephalopathies. 3.
Molecular genetic analysis of myelin deficiency and cerebellar ataxia. 4. Gene expression of serotonergic neurons in the central
nervous system: molecular and developmental analysis. Section II - Signal Transduction and Gene Expression. 5. The involvement
of PKC and multifunctional CaM kinase II of post-synaptic neuron in induction and maintenance of long-term potentiation (T.P. Feng).
6. Neuronal calcium channels encoded by the alpha1A subunit and their contribution to excitatory synaptic transmission in
the CNS. 7. Synaptic vesicle proteins and regulated exocytosis. 8. The molecular organization of voltage-dependent K+
channels in vivo. 9. Decoding Ca2+ signals to the nucleus by multifunctional CaM kinase. 10. Kainate-induced changes in
gene expression in the rat hippocampus. 11. Mechanisms of neuronal plasticity as analyzed at the single cell level. Section III -
Development, Differentiation, and Aging. 12. Plasticity and commitment in the developing cerebral cortex. 13. Growth factors in
the CNS and their effects on oligodendroglia. 14. Social control of cell size: males and females are different. 15. The
differentiation and function of the touch receptor neurons of Caenorhabditis elegans. 16. Functions of the L2/HNK-1
carbohydrate in the nervous system. 17. Neurotrophic factors and their receptors. 18. Induction of non-catalytic TrkB neurotrophin
receptors during lesion-induced synaptic rearrangement in the adult rat hippocampus. 19. Plasticity of developing neuromuscular
synapses. 20. A RT-PCR study of gene expression in a mechanical injury model. 21. Stimulation of phospholipase A2
expression in rat cultured astrocytes by LPS, TNFalpha and IL-1beta 22. Correlation between proto-oncogene, fibroblast growth factor
and adaptive response in brain infarct. 23. Gene expression in astrocytes during and after ischemia. 24. Gene expression of
neurotropic retrovirus in the CNS. 25. Cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8): a negative feedback control mechanism for opioid
analgesia. 26. The transport of neurotransmitters into synaptic vesicles. 27. Preliminary molecular neurobiology study on the
pathogenesis of primary epilepsy. 28. Expression of immune-related molecules in a murine genetic demyelinating disease. 29.
Expression of myelin proteolipid protein in oligodendrocytes and transfected cells. 30. Glial fibrillary acidic protein mRNA and the
development of gliosis in mice with chronic relapsing experimental allergic encephalomyelitis. 31. Structure and function of
peripheral nerve myelin proteins. 32. The molecular basis of the neuropathies of mouse and human. 33. Expression of the
neurofibromatosis type 1 (NF1) gene during mouse embryonic development. Subject index.
Edited by A.C.H.Yu,
L.F.Eng,
U.J.McMahan,
H.Schulman,
E.M.Shooter,
A.Stadlin
PBRProgress in Brain Research105
Out of print
358 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81852-9
090910
504742
BK
Control Systems,
Control Applications,
Electronic Devices and Materials,
Manufacturing Processes and Systems,
Metrology,
Robotics,
Robotics and Industrial Automation
Variable Structure Control for Robotics and Aerospace Applications
1993
ELSEVIER
A broad perspective of the many potential applications of variable structure control (VSC) are presented in this volume. Numerous
interesting practical industrial application problems in a multitude of engineering fields are reviewed. The application studies
featured are primarily in the areas of robotics and aerospace systems. Sliding mode which is currently experiencing a wide
multidisciplinary appeal in other areas of control engineering is also discussed. Three basic categories of material are analysed:
The first group of chapters analyse the basic design principles and future directions for engineering applications. The second group
focuses on robotics applications. The third group is devoted to aerospace, and more specifically spacecraft control design problems.
The number of researchers participating in this field has increased exponentially worldwide. Breakthroughs in the theoretical
domain, and more fascinating industrial control applications are just around the corner. The papers in this volume will help to
further inspire practicing control engineers in examining and evaluating the merits of variable structure control (VSC) and sliding
mode from their own respective domains of applications.
1. Introduction (K-K.D. Young). 2. Variable structure systems and sliding mode - State-of-the-art assessment (V.I. Utkin). 3.
Nonlinear pulse width modulation controller design (H. Sira-Ramirez). 4. Variable structure control and observation of
nonlinear/uncertain systems (S.H. Zak et al.). 5. Decentralized and adaptive variable structure control for robotic systems (Ü.
Özgüner, H. Chan). 6. Variable structure control of AC electric drives (H.G. Kwatny). 7. Adaptive sliding mode control of a
magnetic suspension system (J.K. Hedrick, W.H. Yao). 8. Sliding mode for constrained robot motion control (K-K.D. Young). 9. Variable
structure control of redundant mechanisms (K-K.D. Young et al.). 10. Robust control of robot arm with sliding mode: Engineering
design considerations (H. Hashimoto). 11. Variable structure control and learning controls for robotic manipulators (R. Shoureshi).
12. Variable structure control of flexible manipulators (K-K.D. Young et al.). 13. Bandwidth-limited robust sliding control of multi
axial spacecraft pointing and tracking maneuvers (T.A.W. Dwyers III, J. Kim).
Edited by K.-K.D.Young
SIACStudies in Automation and Control10
Out of print
x + 316 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87446-1
060605
503747
BK
Out of print
Telecommunications,
Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition,
Electric Power,
Electromagnetics, Signal Processing and Communications
Signal Processing III
Theories and Applications
Proceedings of EUSIPCO-86, 3rd European Signal Processing Conference, The Hague, The Netherlands, 2-5 Sept. 1986
1986
NORTH-HOLLAND
The diversity of topics presented in this volume attests to the vitality of the field as a whole - a field in which work is taking
place at an extraordinary tempo. All aspects of signal processing theory and practice are covered in this book, providing the reader
with a comprehensive picture of a vast variety of current developments. In addition to more than 300 papers, two tutorials by
experts are included, on the subjects of ``Compiling Silicon'' and ``Spectral Estimation''.
One-Dimensional Signal Theory (23 papers). One-Dimensional Signal Processing (9 papers). One-Dimensional Filtering (31 papers).
Spectral Analysis (25 papers). Speech and Sound (9 papers). Audio and Speech Processing (7 papers). Speech Coding (23 papers). Speech
Analysis and Recognition (25 papers). Applications (17 papers). Two-Dimensional Signal Processing (17 papers). Image Processing (23
papers). Digital Video (9 papers). Image Analysis (23 papers). Detection and Estimation (36 papers). Communications (19 papers).
Radar (10 papers). Geophysics (4 papers). Chips (8 papers). Implementations (24 papers). Biomedical Applications (20 papers). Author
Index.
Edited by I.T.Young,
R.P.W.Duin,
J.Biemond,
J.J.Gerbrands
Out of print
lii + 1436 pages (in 2 vols.)
Hardbound
0-444-70085-4
060601
16782
BK
Out of print
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Oxides of Nitrogen
1981
PERGAMON
Scientists in many fields are interested in the oxides of nitrogen, which surround us both in the atmosphere and in the many fluids
we encounter daily. This volume comprises experimental solubility data of gaseous nitrous oxide and nitric oxide in all liquids as
reported in the scientific literature; tables of smoothed mole fraction solubility values for systems which have been studied over a
range of temperatures; and critical evaluations of the experimental data
(partial) Foreword
Preface
Introduction
Nitrous oxide
Water
Seawater
Electrolyte solutions (aqueous)
Weak electrolyte and non-electrolyte solutions (aqueous)
Colloids (aqueous)
Organic compounds
Biological fluids
Miscellaneous fluids
Nitric Oxide
Water
Salt solutions
Ferrous salts (aqueous)
Ferrous salts (non-aqueous)
Ferric salts
Copper salts (aqueous)
Copper salts (non-aqueous)
Other salt solutions
Organic compounds
Inorganic compounds
System index
Registry number index
Author index
Edited by C. L.Young
SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series8
Out of print
384 pages
Hardbound
0-08-023924-2
030300
697212
BK
ISBN/0721618103
Nursing: Leadership and Management
Nursing Administration
From Concepts to Practice
First Edition
1988
SAUNDERS
This advanced text and reference for graduate nursing administration courses and practicing administrators balances management
concepts with practical examples from the "real world". Especially interesting chapters include "Games and Playing Strategies" and
"Risk Management".
By LauraYoung
Out of print
456 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-1810-3
999999
704442
BK
ISBN/1416024611
Medical Assisting and Transcription
Medical Assisting Online to Accompany Kinn's The Medical Assistant (Text, User Guide and Access Code)
First Edition
2005
SAUNDERS
By AlexandraYoung,
DeborahProctor
Out of print
Network Version
1-4160-2461-1
999999
504864
BK
Out of print
Mathematics History and Biography
Mathematicians and Their Times
1981
NORTH-HOLLAND
By L.Young
NHMSNorth-Holland Mathematics Studies48
Out of print
Hardbound
0-444-86135-1
050500
29591
RJ
Out of print
Physics (General)
Life Sciences and Space Research XXIV (1)
Gravitational Biology
Proceedings of Symposia 10 & 13 and the Topical Meeting of the COSPAR Interdisciplinary Scientific Commission F (Meetings F1
& F2) of the COSPAR Twenty-eighth Plenary Meeting held in The Hague, The Netherlands, June 1990
Previously published as Advances in Space Research, Volume 12, Number 1 and supplied to subscribers as part of their subscription but available for separate purchase
1992
PERGAMON
With the development of space flight, the new environmental parameter "weightlessness" or "microgravity" has become a powerful tool
to biologists. Manipulating the g factor from its norm of 1 down to nearly zero offers the opportunity of studying the
mechanisms of biological response to the gravity stimulus. The relationships of gravity, and its absence, to structure, function and
evolution of living cells, organs or organisms were extensively dealt with during the symposium on "Biological Response to Gravity".
Commencing with theoretical considerations, the symposium explored results on adaptation processes of subcellular and cellular
structures, developmental biology, polarity and graviresponses in plants, and musculoskeletal and cardiovascular phenomena in
mammals, including humans. Human expeditions to Mars have been considered as an ideal candidate for international cooperation in
space enterprises for the next century. To this end, discussions took place regarding the problems arising during long-term human
stay in space and potential concepts to counteract physiological and psychological stress were submitted, incorporating both
habitability and architecture considerations.
Section headings and selected papers: Biological Response to Gravity. Theories and models of biological response to gravity -
an introduction, A Cogoli. Possible actions of gravity on the cellular machinery, D A M Mesland. Physical effects at the cellular
level under altered gravity conditions, P Todd. Synaptic plasticity and gravity; ultrastructural, biochemical and physico-chemical
fundamentals, H Rahmann et al. The function of calcium in plant graviperception, N A Belyavskaya. Peculiarities of the
submicroscopic organization of chlorella cells cultivated on a solid medium in microgravity, K M Sytnik et al. Developmental
biology on unmanned space craft, G A Ubbels. Microcomputer-based monitoring of cardiovascular functions in simulated microgravity, K
Tahvanainen et al. Circadian rhythms in a long-term duration space-flight, A M Alpatov. Human Factors with Respect to
Manned Missions to Mars. Human factor in manned Mars mission, E A Ilyin et al. An attempt to determine the ideal
psychological profiles for crews of long-term space missions, H Ursin et al. Human Performance in Space. Summing-up
cosmonaut participation in long-term space flights, A I Grigoriev. Some medical aspects of an 8-month's space flight, O Yu Atkov.
Development of life support requirements for long-term space flight, J D Rummel. Gravitational Effects in Bio-Processing and
Bio-Separation. Influence of buoyancy-driven convection on protein separation by free-flow electrophoresis, M J Clifton et
al. Protein crystal growth aboard the US space shuttle flights STS-31 and STS-32, L J DeLucas et al. Author Index.
Edited by R.S.Young,
A.Cogoli,
H.Planel,
G.A.Ubbels,
A.Sievers
ASRAdvances in Space Research12/1
Out of print
416 pages
Paperback
0-08-041843-0
050505
702976
BK
ISBN/1416001174
Medical Assisting and Transcription
Kinn's The Medical Assistant - Text and Workbook Package (Revised Reprint)
Ninth Edition
2004
SAUNDERS
New edition! This convenient, money-saving package is a must-have for students training for a career in medical assisting. It
includes Kinn's The Medical Assistant, 9th Edition Textbook and Student Workbook. For further information on each individual product,
please click on the link provided below.
By AlexandraYoung
Out of print
.
1-4160-0117-4
999999
697474
BK
ISBN/0721601332
Medical Assisting and Transcription
Kinn's The Medical Assistant - Text and Workbook Package
Ninth Edition
2003
SAUNDERS
This convenient, money-saving package is a must-have for students training for a career in medical assisting. It includes The Medical
Assistant textbook and Student Workbook. For further information on each individual product, please click on the link provided below.
By AlexandraYoung
Out of print
.
0-7216-0133-2
999999
501342
BK
Out of print
Neuroscience and Physiological Psychology (General),
Clinical Neuropsychology
Handbook of Research on Face Processing
1989
NORTH-HOLLAND
The high degree of scientific interest in face processing is readily understandable, since people's faces provide such a wealth of
social information. Moreover, investigations have produced evidence of highly precocious face processing abilities in infants, and of
neural mechanisms in adults that seem to be differentially involved in face perception. Such findings demonstrate that, as one might
expect, the psychological importance of the face has clear biological underpinnings. There are also urgent practical reasons for
wanting to understand face processing. The most extensively investigated of these involve forensic issues. Other applications include
the development of automated recognition systems for security and other purposes, and understanding and rehabilitating disorders and
impairments linked to brain injuries and psychiatric conditions. Current studies of face processing are grouped in the volume into
eleven topic areas. For each area, the editors approached an acknowledged authority and commissioned a review chapter summarising the
findings that have been made. These chapters were then circulated to other experts who were asked to write brief commentaries that
developed theoretical or empirical points of importance to each area. In this way, a balanced coverage of each topic is achieved.
The book begins with a section examining the evidence suggesting that there may be something `special' about face processing. This is
followed by consideration of the face as a visual pattern. Then there are four sections dealing with major uses of facial
information, followed by sections discussing the development of face processing abilities and the neural mechanisms involved. The
last three sections of the book deal with topics for which there are important practical applications for the studies reported.
Specificity. Papers by: H.D. Ellis, A.W. Young; E. de Renzi; S.C. Levine; J. Morton, M. Johnson. Structural Processing.
Papers by: J. Sergent; J.L. Bradshaw; V. Bruce. Expressions. Papers by: H. Oster, L. Daily, P. Goldenthal; R.D. Phillips,
C.E. Izard; T. Pitcairn; E.A. Salzen. Lipreading. Papers by: R. Campbell; A.W. Ellis; M. Studdert-Kennedy; Q. Summerfield et
al. Semantic Processing. Papers by: A.W. Young, H.D. Ellis; J.C. Bartlett; P.H.K. Seymour; G. Tiberghien. Social
Attribution. Papers by: J. Shepherd; J.C. Brigham; B.A. Shapiro, M. Eppler. Development. Papers by: R. Flin, S.
Dziurawiec; S. de Schonen; D.M. Thomson; G. Turkewitz. Neural Mechanisms. Papers by: A.R. Damasio; B. Kolb; C.A. Marzi.
Disorders. Papers by: R. Bruyer; E.H.F. de Haan; P. Zoccolotti, L. Pizzamiglio. Computer Recognition. Papers by: V.
Bruce, M. Burton; R.J. Baron; W.A. Phillips, L.S. Smith. Forensic Issues. Papers by: K.R. Laughery, M.S. Wogalter; G.M.
Davies; K.A. Deffenbacher; J. Goodman, E.F. Loftus. Indexes.
Edited by A.W.Young,
H.D.Ellis
Out of print
xiv + 606 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87143-8
050504
692534
BK
ISBN/0721654479
Clinical Neurology
Diagnosis and Management of Disorders of the Spinal Cord
First Edition
1996
SAUNDERS
A comprehensive source of information about the spinal cord and its disorders, particularly as related to the management of clinical
problems frequently encountered in patients with myelopathies. The text begins with basic material and then continues on to present
a scheme for analysis and interpretation of the signs and symptoms of spinal cord disease. In addition, the many spinal cord
disorders are reviewed to present concepts regarding their etiology, clinical features and treatment possibilities.
By RobertYoung,
RobertWoolsey
Out of print
500 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-5447-9
999999
30158
BK
Out of print
Analytical Chemistry,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Cumulative Index Volumes 40-52
Volume 53 of the IUPAC Solubility Data Series
1993
PERGAMON
This Cumulative Index covers Volumes 40 to 52 inclusive of the IUPAC Solubility Data Series. The first cumulative index,
Volume 19, covered the first eighteen volumes and the second cumulative index covered Volumes 20 to 38 inclusive. These indices have
been produced in the hope that it will enable workers to locate data for a system of interest together with data on closely related
systems without the necessity of consulting several indices of the individual volumes. The index consists of three sections: a System
Index, a Chemical Abstracts Registry Number Index and an Author Index.
Foreword. Preface. System Index. Registry Number Index. Author Index. Solubility Data Series: Published Volumes.
Edited by C.L.Young
SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series53
Out of print
190 pages
Hardbound
0-08-042255-1
030300
27346
BK
Out of print
Analytical Chemistry,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Cumulative Index Volumes 20-38
1989
PERGAMON
This Cumulative Index covers Volumes 20 to 38 of the Solubility Data Series. The first cumulative index, Volume 19, published in
1985, covered the first eighteen volumes of the series. Both indexes have been produced to enable workers to locate data both for the
system of interest and closely related systems without the necessity of consulting the indexes of individual volumes. The index
consists of three sections: a System Index, an Author Index and a Chemical Contracts Registry Number Index.
Section headings: System Index. Registry Number Index. Author Index.
Edited by C.L.Young
SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series39
Out of print
382 pages
Hardbound
0-08-037205-8
030300
22101
BK
Out of print
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Cumulative Index
1985
PERGAMON
The first 18 volumes in the Solubility Data Series were published between 1979 and 1984 and encompass a wide range of systems for
which reported solubility data have been compiled and critically evaluated. This volume contains three comprehensive cumulative
indexes (chemical system, author and Chemical Abstracts Registry Number), enabling workers to locate data for a system of interest
and alerting them to the fact that data for closely related systems may also be available, without the necessity of checking the
several individual indexes in each published volume.
Foreword. Preface. System index. Registry Number index. Author index.
Edited by C.L.Young
SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series19
Out of print
310 pages
Hardbound
0-08-032495-9
030300
500671
BK
Out of print
Fuzzy Sets and Systems,
Marketing, Marketing Research
Cost Allocation
Methods, Principles and Applications
1985
NORTH-HOLLAND
Cost Allocation is concerned with the problem of how to share the common costs of an enterprise fairly among its beneficiaries. This
important issue has, until recently, received relatively little attention in the economics and accounting literature. This book
fills that gap by giving an in-depth treatment of recent theoretical advances. A series of case studies cover a broad range of
practical problems, including telecommunication pricing, airport landing fees, and multipurpose reservoir charges. It also considers
the broader fairness issues inherent in the pricing of public services. This volume will appeal to practitioners interested in how
the available methods work, and to theorists concerned with the axiomatic foundations of allocation methods.
I. Theory. Methods and Principles of Cost Allocation (H.P. Young). Common Cost Allocation in the Firm (G.C. Biddle and
R. Steinberg). On the Use of Game-Theoretic Concepts in Cost Accounting (L.J. Mirman, Y. Tauman and I. Zang). The Cooperative Form,
the Value, and the Allocation of Joint Costs and Benefits (M. Shubik). The Impossibility of Incentive-Compatible and Efficient Full
Cost Allocation Schemes (T. Groves). Bargaining and Fair Allocation (T. Lensberg). II. Applications. Perceived Economic
Justice: The Example of Public Utility Regulation (E.E. Zajac). Economic and Game-Theoretic Issues Associated with Cost Allocation in
a Telecommunications Network (W.W. Sharkey). Cost Allocation and Pricing Policy: The Case of French Telecommunications (N. Curien).
Auctioning Landing Rights at Congested Airports (M.L. Balinski and F.M. Sand). Cost Allocation in Multipurpose Reservoir Development:
The Japanese Experience (N. Okada).
Edited by H.P.Young
Out of print
xvi + 206 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87863-7
080853
31088
CD
atlowcdrom
Atmospheric Science,
Climatology,
Extractive Metallurgy,
Marine Science and Technology,
Meteorology,
Ocean and Coastal Engineering
Atlas of the Oceans: Wind and Wave Climate, CD-ROM
1996
PERGAMON
The Atlas of the Oceans: Wind and Wave Climate is the first CD-ROM in this field to offer integrated dynamic access
to spatially-consistent data, abstracts, video, graphics and full electronic text in a cross-platform multimedia environment.
The CD-ROM provides a complete information resource for all those interested in global wind and wave regimes. No need for
complicated user manuals - just install and go! The user-friendly interface provides intuitive access to:
Charts
Graphs
Searchable Ilustrated Text Includes:
The atlas is the first CD-ROM title in the Ocean Science Interactive Series. It is also available
packaged with an illustrated hardbound book of the same title.
By I.Young,
G.Holland
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-08-042434-1
070703
692498
BK
ISBN/0721637027
Hematology
Aplastic Anemia
Acquired and Inherited
First Edition
1994
SAUNDERS
A complete review of aplastic anemia. Disease descriptions are provided, along with information on physical and laboratory
manifestations, pathophysiology, treatment and outcome. Routine clinical and specialized research evaluations are described in
detail. Everything that is needed to workup, treat and determine the prognosis of a patient with bone marrow failure, pancytopenia
and single cytopenia is included.
By NealYoung,
BlancheAlter
Out of print
438 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-3702-7
999999
18091
BK
Out of print
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Ammonia, Amines, Phosphine & Arsine
Ammonia, Amines, Phosphine and Arsine in Organic Solvents
Proceedings of the 2nd IFAC Workshop, Indiana, USA, 11-14 October 1982
1985
PERGAMON
This volume presents a comprehensive collection and critical evaluation of solubility data published prior to June 1983 for the
compounds of the title. A variety of techniques were used in the original determinations; the merits of these have been considered
in the evaluation of the data. Emerging patterns of solubility behaviour for comparable systems are indicated. The editors believe
that the book will both draw attention to areas where good data are lacking and stimulate further experimental work.
(partial) Foreword. Preface. The solubility of gases in liquids. Ammonia solubilities. Critical evaluation of data on amine
solubilities. Methanamine solubilities. N-Methylmethanamine solubilities. N,N-Dimethylmethanamine. Solubilities of deuterated
amines. Solubilities of other amines. Phosphine solubilities. Arsine solubilities. Stibine solubilities. Solubilities of silane,
germane and stannane. System index. Chemical Abstracts registry number index. Author index.
Edited by C. L.Young,
Edited by P. G. T.Fogg
SDSIUPAC Solubility Data Series21
Out of print
360 pages
Hardbound
0-08-026177-9
030300
524457
BK
Out of print
Toxicology
Agent Orange and its Associated Dioxin: Assessment of a Controversy
1988
ELSEVIER
Agent Orange was a mixture of chemicals that have confronted and still challenge the scientific community to develop new chemical,
analytical, biochemical, toxicological and clinical tools. The widespread appearance of the Agent Orange associated dioxin has proven
to be of outstanding importance for the scientific world as well as for politicians, health authorities and environmentalists. This
book explores the numerous facets of the controversy as well as the dioxin related problems accounted for by military men, doctors,
scientists and lawyers.
Preface. List of contributors. Introduction (A.L. Young, G.M. Reggiani). The military use of herbicides in Vietnam (A.L. Young).
Historical overview of the controversy surrounding Agent Orange (G.M. Reggiani). Assessment of the animal toxicologic data for TCDD
(G. Lumb). The epidemiology of Agent Orange and its associated dioxin (G.D. Lathrop). The risk of soft tissue sarcoma in veterans of
the Vietnam conflict (B.M. Shepard et al.). Soft tissue sarcoma: law, science and logic, an Australian perspective (B.
O'Keefe). A legal assessment of the Agent Orange controversy (A. Maskin). The political assessment: a congressional view (M. Gough).
Social assessment of the Agent Orange controversy (A.L. Young). Case studies: The Missouri dioxin episode (A.F. Yanders).
The Seveso, Italy, episode - July 10, 1976. (G.M. Reggiani). The Michigan dioxin episode (R.W. Leader, M.A. Kamrin). The Agent Orange
phenomenon: the report of the Australian Royal Commission (J. Coombs). Conclusions and implications for the future (A.L. Young, G.M.
Reggiani). Index.
Edited by A.L.Young,
G.M.Reggiani
Out of print
346 pages
Hardbound
0-444-80980-5
095952
697432
BK
ISBN/0721601340
Medical Assisting and Transcription
The Administrative Medical Assistant - Text and Workbook Package
An Applied Learning Approach
Fifth Edition
2003
SAUNDERS
This convenient, money-saving package is a must-have for students training for a career in medical assisting. It includes the
Administrative Medical Assistant textbook and Student Workbook. For further information on each individual product, please click on
the links provided below.
By AlexandraYoung,
DeborahProctor
Out of print
.
0-7216-0134-0
999999
692496
BK
ISBN/0721651410
Neurosurgery
Neurological Surgery
A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems
Fourth Edition
1996
SAUNDERS
The 4th edition of this comprehensive text contains over 40 chapters with contributions from many new leading experts. Section
editors lend their own expertise and experience to their individual topics. Each of the five volumes is individually indexed to
provide for easy reference. Includes material on the neurological examination of infants and children, pulmonary care and
complications, shunt infection, aneurysms, injuries of the cervical spine and spinal cord, biomechanics of the spine, herniated disk
disease, tumors, ethics in neurosurgery, and much more.
By JulianYoumans
Out of print
4242 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-5141-0
999999
692495
BK
ISBN/0721668445
Neurosurgery
CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems
Fourth Edition
1998
SAUNDERS
Access Youmans: NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY, 4th Edition with all the speed, power, and convenience of CD-ROM (multi-user version). A simple
search command brings you information on the neurological examination of infants and children, pumonary care and comlications, shunt
infection, aneurysms, injuries of the cervical spine and spinal cord, biomechanics of the spine, herniated disk disease, tumors,
ethics in neurosurgery, and much more!
By JulianYoumans
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-7216-6844-5
999999
692494
BK
ISBN/0721668402
Neurosurgery
CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurological Problems
Fourth Edition
1998
SAUNDERS
Access Youmans: NEUROLOGICAL SURGERY, 4th Edition with all the speed, power, and convenience of CD-ROM (single-user version). A
simple search command brings you information on the neurological examination of infants and children, pumonary care and comlications,
shunt infection, aneurysms, injuries of the cervical spine and spinal cord, biomechanics of the spine, herniated disk disease,
tumors, ethics in neurosurgery, and much more! Also features abstracts attatched to the references.
By JulianYoumans
Out of print
CD-ROM
0-7216-6840-2
999999
697181
BK
ISBN/0721668461
Neurosurgery
Book and CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems
Fourth Edition
1998
SAUNDERS
By JulianYoumans
Out of print
.
0-7216-6846-1
999999
692493
BK
ISBN/0721668453
Neurosurgery
Book and CD-ROM for Neurological Surgery
A Comprehensive Reference Guide to the Diagnosis and Management of Neurosurgical Problems
Fourth Edition
1998
SAUNDERS
By JulianYoumans
Out of print
.
0-7216-6845-3
999999
24997
BK
Out of print
Control Systems
Automation in Mining, Mineral & Metal Processing 1986
Selected Papers from the 5th IFAC Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, 24-29\August 1986
1987
PERGAMON
This volume discusses the developments and automation in mining and in mineral and metal processing industries. Topics covered
include the use of robot controlled tunnelling machines; mineral separation and processing techniques; gridding systems, and the
design of plants to give an overview of these industries today.
(partial) Recent developments in automation of steel rolling, M Oshima. The power of model based control strategies for mineral
processing operations, J Herbst. A design method for the control of coal clearance system, G A Evans & J B Edwards. Design of
automated jumbo drilling robot manipulator, C Y Ho & Yao Jianchi. Wireless control system for mining machine, V Antipov & V
Kononov. Process control for mineral processing plants, W J Whiten. Blast furnace system identification by a Maximum Likelihood
Method, T N Chang et al.
Edited by Y.Yoshitani
IFPSIFAC Symposia Series8710
Out of print
538 pages
Hardbound
0-08-034069-5
060600
523200
BK
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Gastroenterology and Hepatology,
Neuroendocrinology,
Neuroimmunology,
Neuropathology,
Neurophysiology,
Pharmacology
New Trends in Autonomic Nervous System Research
Basic and Clinical Integration
Selected Proceedings of the 20th International Congress of Neurovegetative Research, Tokyo, Japan, 10-14 September 1990
1991
EXCERPTA MEDICA
The autonomic nervous system innervates every organ of the body and plays a vital role in "Supporting Life and Health". This
main theme of the 20th International Congress of Neurovegetative Research reflects the enormous scope and importance of medical
research relating to the autonomic nervous system. The field of neurovegetative research is attracting interdisciplinary interest
from both basic medical research scientists and clinicians. This volume covers recent advances and introduces new insight into the
autonomic nervous system, notably the interaction between autonomic nervous system and immune processes, biorhythm and psychosomatic
processes, occurring in the body and mind. Its content was extracted from 10 special lectures, 13 symposia and many free papers and
contributes to a growing body of research stemming from the most innovative methodologies and broad-based approaches. As
interdisciplinary links grow stronger, neurovegetative research will ultimately play a direct role in finding cures for disease and
developing medical treatments.
Preface. Lectures (9 papers). Autonomic nervous system and immune disorders (5 papers). Temperature regulation and
its dysfunction - Contribution of humoral factors (5 papers). Thermal regulation (14 papers). Autonomic nerve
innervation of pupil and accommodation (5 papers). Pupil (7 papers). Diabetes mellitus and autonomic nerve: Heart,
sensory nerve, pupil and others (4 papers). Neural control and dysfunction of gastrointestinal tract (4 papers).
Clinical autonomic function testing: Reappraisal and new technologies (3 papers). Clinical evaluation of autonomic
functions (16 papers). Recent advances in the treatment of autonomic disorders (4 papers). Gastrointestinal tract
(30 papers). Autonomic control and dysfunction of circulation and respiration (4 papers). Circulation and respiration I
( 16 papers). Circulation and respiration II (19 papers). Somatosensory regulation of autonomic and endocrine functions
(4 papers). Somatosensory regulation (7 papers). Transmitters and receptors I (3 papers). Transmitters and receptors
II (9 papers). Autonomic nervous regulation of metabolic activities (8 papers). Sexual function and the autonomic
nervous system (5 papers). Sexual and urinary functions and disorders (6 papers). Multiple system atrophy with
autonomic failure (4 papers). Autonomic dysfunction (15 papers). Chronobiology and chronomedicine (6 papers).
Autonomic interactions and acupuncture (6 papers). Autonomic nervous centers (9 papers). Index of Authors.
Edited by M.Yoshikawa,
M.Uono,
H.Tanabe,
S.Ishikawa
ICSInternational Congress Series951
Out of print
xxviii + 624 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81407-8
096965
502119
BK
Out of print
CAD,CAM,CAE
New Technologies for Production Management Systems
Proceedings of the IFIP TC5 Working Conference, Tokyo, Japan, 1-3 October 1986
1987
NORTH-HOLLAND
This book gives valuable insight into the differences in the approach to Production Management between Japan and the West. The
invited paper by O. Kimura of Toyota, scientific papers by K. Ando et al. and H. Onari et al., The Round Table on ``Japanese Way of
Production Management'', and the discussion after many of the papers, all help towards a better understanding of the difference
between the two approaches.
Invited Paper: The Toyota Production System: Today and Tomorrow (O. Kimura). Principles of Production Management.
Reconsidering Ten Conventions of Production Management (E. Eloranta, J. Räisänen). A Multi-Dimensional Approach to
Incorporating Production Management Systems in Integrated Manufacturing (J.O. Riis). Dynamic Analysis as Part of Technological
Planning - A Tool for Designing Future-Oriented Production Management Systems (H. Hübner). Impacts and Consequences of New
Technologies on Production Management Systems (S. Augustin, R. Gündling, H. Hübner). Integration and Decentralization in an
Assemble-to-Order Company (J.C. Wortmann, J.P.J. Timmer). Computer-Aided Design of Production Systems. Computer Aided Design
for Advanced Manufacturing Systems (G. Doumeingts, E. Poumeyrol). Two-Stage Decision-Making for Feasible and Efficient FMS Management
(L. Pun). Towards Integration. The Automated Manufacturing Research Facility at the National Bureau of Standards (C.R. McLean,
P.F. Brown). CAD/CAM Integration for Production Management (K. Ando, H. Yoshikawa). Knowledge Engineering. Application of
Knowledge Engineering in Production Management: A Case Study on Aggregate Planning (J. Hynynen). A Data-Driven Simulator (P.
Falster). Design of Information Systems. Hierarchical Control Structure of FMS - Petri Net Method (J. Favrel et al.).
Intelligent Mail - Tool for Decentralisation of Production Management (H. Hämmäinen, E. Eloranta, A.-M. Milin). A New
Method for On-Line Storage, Access and Update of Engineering Documents in a Manufacturing Industry (D. Krishnamurthy et al.).
Production Control Command System (H. Onari et al.). Throughput Time and Profitability (J.L. Burbidge). Round Table. The
Japanese Way of Production Management.
Edited by H.Yoshikawa,
J.L.Burbidge
Out of print
x + 380 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70250-4
050504
521379
BK
Out of print
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems,
CIM / CAM,
Manufacturing Logistics,
Robotics
Intelligent CAD, III
Selected and Reviewed Papers and Reports from the IFIP TC5/WG5.2 Third International Workshop on Computer Aided Design, Osaka, Japan, 26-29 September 1989
1991
NORTH-HOLLAND
Design is at least as much a process of discovery as it is a purposeful manipulation of facts into a contemplated solution. Although
the aspect of design which involves discovery can perhaps never be fully automated, we can expect to build systems to aid or to
automate various problem solving aspects of design. The concept of an intelligent CAD system as the computer side of an effective
human-computer team working on a design problem is by now well established. Such a team should relieve human designers from the
routine and more mundane tasks encountered in the course of a design, allowing them to concentrate on more creative aspects. A
conventional CAD system merely documents the outcome of a design, while an intelligent CAD system makes a meaningful
contribution to the actual progress of a design.
This volume contains the results of the IFIP workshop on intelligent CAD.
Included are reports from the chairpersons of the three subgroups and plenary sessions, invited papers, and papers selected from
contributions. The selected papers were first reviewed by the program committee and chairpersons and then revised based on their
comments. Together with the proceedings from the previous two workshops, this volume contains an exhaustive documentation of the
development of intelligent CAD.
Invited Paper. Possible Contributions of Information Processing Technology to CAD (M. Nagao). Chairpersons' Reports.
The 1989 IFIP Intelligent CAD Workshop: Introduction to Sub-Group Discussions (T. Holden). Emergent Themes in Intelligent CAD (D.C.
Brown). General Discussion 3 (A. Bijl). Design Object Representation (F. Arbab). Architecture and Implementation Subgroup (F.
Kimura). Design Processes and Intelligent Computer-Aided Design (M.B. Waldron). Selected Papers. Relations, Functions and
Constraints without Prescriptions (A. Bijl). Compilation: The Hidden Dimension of Design Systems (D.C. Brown). Implementing the
Design Methodology (H. Grabowski, T. Benz). A Transformational Programming Architecture (I. Green, T. Holden). A Truth Maintenance
System for Assisting Prototype Based Machine Design (M. Inui, F. Kimura). An Architecture to Model Design Intelligence for Creative
Conceptual Design (Y. Kishi). WAYT: Towards a Modeling Environment for Assembled Products (M. Mäntylä). Hypermedia
Integration into Intelligent CAD Environments (J.A. McCullough). A Constraint-Based Hybrid Engineering Design System (N. Murtagh, M.
Shimura). On the Role of Delegation and Inheritance in Object-Oriented Database Systems (D.B.M. Otten, P.J.W. ten Hagen). Learning in
Engineering Design (A. Persidis, A. Duffy). The Generation of Design Solutions Using Metric Space Methods (T. Taura, H. Yoshikawa).
Improving Design Knowledge by Learning (J. Váncza). Observations and Conclusions from Industrial Use of a Prototype
Intelligent CAD System (J.D. Wilker, S.A. Conradson). A Philosophical Basis for Support Systems for Evolutionary Design (D.O.
Williams). Participants List.
Edited by H.Yoshikawa,
F.Arbab
Out of print
xii + 350 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89172-2
050503
504635
BK
Out of print
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems,
CIM / CAM,
Manufacturing Logistics,
Robotics
Intelligent CAD, II
Proceedings of the IFIP TC5 Second Workshop, Cambridge, UK, 19-22 September 1988
1990
NORTH-HOLLAND
CAD systems are able to manipulate geometrical shapes but some would say that ``Computer-Aided Design'' is a misnomer, that current
CAD systems help with drawing rather than designing. This book presents the latest research regarding the concept of intelligent CAD
systems that assist designers throughout the design process, are capable of dealing with any object, and may be connected with any
other information processing system (i.e. CAM).
Preface (H. Yoshikawa, T. Holden). Invited Papers: Mental Models (P.N. Johnson-Laird). The Boundaries and Internals of
Expert Systems in Engineering Design (S.A. Gregory). Chairperson's Report. Papers from Participants: Reasoning about
Geometric Constraints (F. Arbab, B. Wang). A Methodology and Languages for Design Knowledge Acquisition (J.-M. Boyle). Exploiting
Knowledge in a CAD/CAM System Architecture (U. Cugini, B. Falcidieno, P. Mussio). Qualitative Kinematics and Computer-Aided Design
(B. Faltings). An Intelligent Assistant for the Interactive Design of Complex VLSI Systems (T. Holden). Representation and
Manipulation of Product Modeling Process by Using Data Dependency (M. Inui, F. Kimura). Functional Modelling: A New Development in
Computer-Aided Design (A.L. Johnson). An Intelligent Mixed Symbolic/Numerical System for the Design of Mechanical Linkages (G.A.
Kramer, H.G. Barrow). Position Paper on Intelligent CAD Issues (J. McCullough). Conceptual Combination in CAD (R. Murphy). Design
Objects and their Representation for Buildings and Structures (D.R. Rigopoulos, I.J. Oppenheim). GRAFLOG: A Notion of Design for
Intelligent CAD (L.A. Pineda, J. Lee, A. Bijl). IBDE, VIKA, ARCHPLAN: Architecture for Design Knowledge Representation, Acquisition,
and Application (G. Schmitt). Synthesizing Product's Shapes with Geometric Design Constraints and Reasoning (H. Suzuki, H. Ando, F.
Kimura). Logical Formalization of Design Processes for Intelligent CAD Systems (H. Takeda, T. Tomiyama, H. Yoshikawa). Geometric
Search Spaces in Design (R. Woodbury, C. Carlson, J. Heisserman). An Architecture of Intelligent CAD Having Natural Language
Interface (M. Yukishita, Y. Nakamura, Y. Ishikawa).
Edited by H.Yoshikawa,
T.Holden
Out of print
xiv + 380 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88850-0
050503
502172
BK
Out of print
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems and Knowledge-Based Systems,
CIM / CAM,
Manufacturing Logistics,
Robotics
Intelligent CAD, I
Proceedings of the IFIP TC5 Workshop, Boston, MA, USA, 6-8 October 1987
1989
NORTH-HOLLAND
Current CAD (Computer-Aided Design) systems, as used in many industries, are able to manipulate geometrical shapes very successfully.
However, some would say that CAD means ``Computer-Aided Drawing'', i.e. CAD is only a very sophisticated drawing board, never
intended to assist the thought processes of the designer. Automated design systems do exist, but these are limited to specific
products with only a few varying parameters. This book deals with ``Intelligent CAD'', the concept of a system that could assist
designers throughout the design process, deal with any object, and be connected to any other information processing system, such as
CAM. The research papers collected here are from designers, and from researchers in Artificial Intelligence and Computer Science.
Part I: Reports. Design Object Modeling (F. Arbab). Modeling of the Design Process (M.B. Waldron). Architecture of Intelligent
CAD Systems (F. Kimura). Intelligent CAD Research Issues (K.J. MacCallum). Report on the Closing Session (D.C. Gossard). Part II:
Invited Papers. General Design Theory as a Formal Theory of Design (H. Yoshikawa). Part III: Selected Papers. The Third
Meaning of a Logical Formula (T. Yagiu). Multiple Worlds in an Intelligent CAD System (P.J. Veerkamp). A Consideration of Intelligent
CAD Systems (S. Ohsuga). A Discussion of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning in ``Intelligent'' CAD (H. Schmekel, L. Wingard, T.
Kjellberg). A Framework on Formalization of Design Object for Intelligent CAD (M. Onosato, H. Yoshikawa). Research in Designing with
Features (J.R. Dixon, J.J. Cunningham, M.K. Simmons). An Approach to Geometric Reasoning (R.F. Woodbury, I.J. Oppenheim).
Design-Diagnosis Using Feature Description (T. Murakami, N. Nakajima). Making Design Routine (D.C. Brown). Design Knowledge Capture
and Causal Simulation (P. Pu, N.I. Badler). Achieving Multiple Goals in Conceptual Design (K.T. Ulrich, W.P. Seering). Design in a
Distributed Blackboard Framework (C. Kitzmiller, V. Jagannathan).
Edited by H.Yoshikawa,
D.Gossard
Out of print
xii + 242 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87474-7
050503
524872
BK
Out of print
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Applications (General),
Information Systems Applications,
Manufacturing Processes and Systems,
Physical Sciences and Engineering,
Software Engineering
Information Infrastructure Systems for Manufacturing
Proceedings of the JSPE/IFIP TC5/WG5.3 Workshop, DIISM '93, Tokyo, Japan, 8-10 November 1993
1993
NORTH-HOLLAND
The possible benefits, the external characteristics, and the broad-range requirements of information infrastructure systems for
intelligent manufacturing systems are widely known. However, it is recognized that various problems are impeding achievement in this
area, including the lack of understanding and agreement about techniques and methods for coordinating and
systematizing the broad-range information processing requirements, and for synthesizing these requirements
into deeply structured, easily adaptable and comprehensive conceptual models. This hampers the development of
information infrastructures amalgamating the conceptual models and computing/communication/storage technologies, and the
development of intelligent manufacturing systems amalgamating the information infrastructures with advanced machine tools
and skillful people.
This publication elaborates on these issues and affords a greater understanding of, and agreement about,
methods, techniques and tools for solving related problems. To ensure an in-depth coverage of the wide problem domain, contributions,
sourced from reknowned experts, are focused on some of the most relevant research and development issues. The book will provide a
useful foundation of information for further research and development on information infrastructure systems for manufacturing.
Preface. Program Committee. Organizing Committee. Sponsors. Table of Contents. Keynote Papers. Architectures for integrating
manufacturing activities and enterprises (T.J. Williams, P. Bernus, J. Brosvic, D. Chen, G. Doumeingts, L. Nemes, J.L. Nevins, B.
Vallespir, J. Vlietstra, D. Zoetekouw). Intelligent manufacturing systems: technical cooperation that transcends cultural differences
(H. Yoshikawa). Enterprise Modelling Frameworks. Invited paper: The Purdue Enterprise Reference Architecture (T.J. Williams).
Invited paper: CIMOSA: enterprise modelling and enterprise integration using a process-based approach (F. Vernadat). Invited paper:
Architecture of integrated information systems (ARIS) (A.-W. Scheer). GIM (GRAI Integrated Methodology) and its evolutions - a
methodology to design and specify advanced manufacturing systems (G. Doumeingts, D. Chen, B. Vallespir, P. Fénié, F.
Marcotte). Modelling Tools & Concepts. Invited paper: Enterprise formulae and information infrastructures for
manufacturing (J. Goossenaerts). Towards a formal agent-oriented requirements definition of manufacturing systems (M. Derroitte, E.
Dubois, P. Du Bois, M. Petit, J.-P. Michel). Enterprise process integration model and infrastructure (C. Bussler). A social human
activity model as an information infrastructure system (R. Atsumi). An enterprise model as a design tool for information
infrastructure (U. Graefe, W. Chan). Requirements and Case Studies. Invited paper: The role of information systems
infrastructure in production management (K. Inagaki). Invited paper: Information infrastructure requirements for preserving
flexibility of flexible manufacturing systems (H. van Brussel, P. Valckenaers). CIMOSA pilot implementation for technology transfer
(B.R. Katzy, W. Eversheim, M. Dobberstein, K. Feuerborn, J. Friedrich, O. Krah, G. Mueller, F.-J. Stepprath). The use of design
management frameworks to support an information infrastructure for CIM (D.C.H. Sng, T.K. Wang, R.K.L. Gay). A framework of
intellectual infrastructure for complex product realization (Y. Shibata, T. Sumita). Conflicts in manufacturing systems - a problem
setting (M. Horváth, A. Márkus, J. Váncza). Intelligent assembly system in distributed production environment
(E. Arai, N. Uchiyama, K. Iwata). NORMAN/DEBORA: a powerful CAD-integrating automatic sequencing system including advanced DOE/RSM
techniques for various engineering optimization problems (R. Cartuyvels, L.H. Dupas). Optimized information structure for design and
scheduling (R. Rentsch). A product assembly and restoration planning system for ecologically conscious factories (S. Wong, J.C. Fu,
C.A. Troy). Man-machine cooperation in real-time control: two case studies for future control systems (X. Gandibleux, I.
Crévits, P. Millot). Information & Communication Technology. Invited paper: A computer-supported framework for
concurrent engineering - an approach based on virtual manufacturing (F. Kimura). Invited paper: Time critical communication
architecture in factory automation (N. Nakano).Invited paper: Architectures for real-time intelligent control systems (M.G. Rodd, J.
Holt, A.V. Jones). Engineering office systems for concurrent engineering (H. Masui, A. Tanaka, K. Miyoshi). Cooperation issues in
holonic manufacturing systems (S.M. Deen). Transaction model of automated guided vehicles (S. Hamada, M. Takizawa). Participants
& Authors. Participants' list. Index of authors.
Edited by H.Yoshikawa,
J.Goossenaerts
IFIPTBIFIP Transactions B: Computer Applications in TechnologyB-14
Out of print
444 pages
Paperback
0-444-81681-X
050504
502118
BK
Out of print
CAD,CAM,CAE
Design Theory for CAD
Proceedings of the IFIP WG5.2 Working Conference, Tokyo, Japan, 1-3 October 1985
1987
NORTH-HOLLAND
Since the process of design is determined by the amount and type of knowledge available to the designer, it may be treated as a
problem of information processing. This book aims at establishing a paradigm of design theory through scientific discussion -
essential to the continued development of computer-aided design. The contributions are drawn from many fields of technology:
mechanical, electrical, architectural, naval architectural, and computer software. This broad base allows an accurate presentation of
the state-of-the-art in the research and development of intelligent CAD, and an assessment of practical problems such as the
selection of CAD tools. The conclusions drawn will be of importance to those involved in both basic and applied research, and in
design.
1. An Approach to Design Theory (A. Bijl). Structures as Models in the Design and Development of a System (W.E. Eder).
2. Representing and Reasoning about Designs (G.A. Kramer). Extended General Design Theory (T. Tomiyama, H. Yoshikawa). Invited
paper: An Attempt at a Holistic View of Design (J. Hatvany). 3. Geometric Reasoning: A New Paradigm for Processing
Geometric Information (F. Arbab, J.M. Wing). CONMOTO: A Machine Part Description System Based on Designer's Mental Processes (M. Ito,
M. Kono and K. Hayashi). 4. Knowledge-Based Mathematical Programming: A Hybrid Approach for Decision Making in Design (F.
Mistree, H. Karandikar and S. Kamal). Activities in CAD System Research (G. Spur, F.-L. Krause). Models and Methods for the
Implementation of Decision Support Systems Aiming at the Evaluation and Selection of CAD-Systems (J.L. Encarnacao, L.A.
Messina and Z. Markov). 5. An Intelligent Concept Design Assistant (K.J. MacCallum, A. Duffy and S. Green). Theoretical
Framework for Computer Aided Innovative Design (T. Takala). Knowledge-Based Planning as a Design Paradigm (J.S. Gero, R.D. Coyne).
6. Invited paper: A Specific Problem and Design Theory (E. Warman). The Arcade and OSA Contribution to the Theory of Integrated
CAD Systems (G. Marechal).
Edited by H.Yoshikawa,
E.A.Warman
Out of print
x + 464 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70151-6
050503
504802
BK
Out of print
Theory and Mathematics (General)
Design and Synthesis
Proceedings of the International Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, 11-13 July 1984
1985
NORTH-HOLLAND
Edited by H.Yoshikawa
Out of print
Hardbound
0-444-87705-3
050504
500921
BK
Out of print
Chemical Health and Safety,
Chemical Engineering,
Ecotoxicology,
Environmental Chemistry, Substances and Processes,
Industrial Chemistry
Safety of Reactive Chemicals
1987
ELSEVIER
Accidents involving reactive chemicals can often be prevented, or their effects alleviated, if those handling them have a sound
knowledge both of their hazardous properties and of appropriate handling methods. This book provides the necessary information. It
opens with a description of some typical case histories of accidents involving reactive chemicals. Evaluation methods of energy
hazard without computation and testing are then given (useful for preliminary hazard assessment), followed by two practical methods
for predicting energy hazard by computation. All the data necessary for calculation are given so that the reader may easily apply
these methods to his own problems. In the next three chapters, the testing methods are introduced in detail and examples of results
of each test and comprehensive evaluations are given. The final three chapters deal in turn with activities of safety organizations
in different countries, emergency response systems, and countermeasures to be adopted for the storage and handling of reactive
chemicals in areas where earthquakes may occur. There are few books available on this subject and none which covers it so
comprehensively. The contents are both comprehensive and new; each of the methods described is practical, effective and of low
cost; and many of the application results are from the author's own laboratory. The book will be useful to those in public and
industrial safety laboratories, R & D chemical laboratories, Fire Departments, explosives manufacturers, and those responsible
for the transportation of hazardous materials.
1. Fire and Explosion Hazards of Reactive Chemicals. 2. Evaluation of Energy Hazard. 3. Calculations to Predict Heat of Reaction,
Explosion, Deflagration and Exothermic Decomposition. 4. Standard Tests for Reactive Substances. 5. Screening Tests. 6. Comprehensive
Evaluation. 7. Activities of Safety Organizations in Different Countries. 8. Emergency Response Systems for Hazardous Goods. 9.
Countermeasures in Earthquakes for Reactive Chemicals. Subject Index.
By T.Yoshida
ISSIndustrial Safety Series1
Out of print
420 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42748-1
030305
504058
BK
Out of print
Clinical Endocrinology
Recent Progress in Posterior Pituitary Hormones 1988
Proceedings of the Satellite Symposium on Posterior Pituitary Hormones, Hakone, Japan, 14-16 July 1988.
1988
EXCERPTA MEDICA
Due to the rapid progress and expansion during the past decade in both clinical and basic research regarding the specialized field of
posterior pituitary hormones it was considered appropriate to organize a satellite symposium of the 8th International Congress of
Endocrinology in order to clarify the status of the present knowledge available. Held in Hakone, Japan, July 14-16, 1988, the recent
progress in research was presented in 49 lectures and 76 posters, and was discussed by nearly 150 scientists from 17 countries. This
volume contains the proceedings of the lectures given during this symposium. The various aspects of posterior pituitary hormones and
related fields were covered, leaving the impression that greater insight into this specialized endocrine system would lead to a
significant unravelling of many of the as yet unanswered questions in neurobiology a well as in clinical medicine. Researchers and
students who are interested in the field of neuroendocrinology and female reproductive endocrinology along with physicians who are
interested in the field of water and electrolyte metabolism will find this volume interesting and informative.
I. CNS Control of Posterior Pituitary Hormones (14 papers). II. The Role of Posterior Pituitary Hormones on Behaviour
(3 papers). III. Pharmacological Use of Vasopressin and Oxytocin Analogues (5 papers). IV. Biosyntheses and Release
of Posterior Pituitary Hormones (10 papers). V. Distribution of Posterior Pituitary Hormones and their Physiological
Significance in the Body (4 papers). VI. Mechanism of Action of Posterior Pituitary Hormones (3 papers). VII.
Interaction of Vasopressin and Oxytocin with Other Hormones (4 papers). VIII. Posterior Pituitary Function in Clinical
Disorders (6 papers). Author index.
Edited by S.Yoshida,
L.Share
ICSInternational Congress Series797
Out of print
xii + 428 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81045-5
096965
500229
BK
Out of print
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
New Synthetic Methodology and Functionally Interesting Compounds
Proceedings of the 3rd International Kyoto Conference on New Aspects of Organic Chemistry, Kyoto, Japan, 18-22 Nov. 1985
1986
ELSEVIER
The creation of organic compounds with novel functions is a relatively new field and one with a remarkably bright future. There are
many problems to explore, and new concepts are required for interpreting discoveries - concepts which, in turn, will lead to further
discoveries. The internationally known experts, whose plenary and invited lectures appear in this book, covered the following
topics: new methodology and strategy in organic synthesis; functionally interesting (i.e. biochemically interesting) compounds or
systems; and photochemically, electrically and magnetically interesting organic compounds. Chemical developments aimed at creating
organic compounds with novel functions have the potential to make important contributions to the biosciences, physical sciences, and
materials science. This volume will therefore provide much to interest a wide-ranging readership.
I. New Synthetic Methodology. The invention of new organic reactions (D.H.R. Barton, S.Z. Zard). Carbene-metal complexes:
new processes and applications in organic synthesis (M.F. Semmelhack et al.). Organic synthesis with the use of silica gel as an
effective catalyst (M. Hojo). Ortho-exclusive Friedel-Crafts reaction of anilines and its use in drug synthesis (T. Sugasawa). An
introduction of chiral centers into acyclic systems based on stereoselective ketone reduction. A total synthesis of (+)-pederin (T.
Oishi). Applications of amides to organic synthesis (L. Ghosez). Aldol reactions directed to synthetic control (T. Mukaiyama).
II. Biologically Interesting Compounds. Synthesis of physiologically active steroidal natural products (T. Kametani). Tumor
promotion: pharmacological and synthetic studies (P.A. Wender et al.). Total synthesis of the latrunculins: architecturally novel
marine natural products (A.B. Smith III et al.). Recent progress towards the total synthesis of the antitumor agent vinblastine (P.
Magnus et al.). Synthetic studies on microbial metabolites (Ch. Tamm). Syntheses of complex oligosaccharide chains of
glycoconjugates (H. Paulsen). Structural studies on bio-active molecules (D.H. Williams). Recent advances in the chemistry of
cypridina bioluminescence (T. Goto). Design of sequence specific DNA binding molecules: bis(distamycin) phenoxazone (P.B. Dervan,
J.P. Sluka). III. Photochemically, Electrically or Magnetically Interesting Compounds. A novel type of organic semiconductors:
molecular fastener (H. Inokuchi). Structurally new electron donors designed for development of organic conductors (I. Murata, K.
Nakasuji). Synthesis of electrically conducting compounds in a polymeric matrix (J. Bargon). Functional aspect of organic compounds
related to the storage of photoenergy (K. Itch, K. Honda). Synthesis of organic metals: highly functionalized molecules (F. Wudl,
K.A. Williams). One-two- and three-dimensional approaches to conducting and superconducting molecular solids (K. Bechgaard et al.).
``Superparamagnetic'' polycabenes (H. Iwamura). IV. Biomimetic Systems. Directed catalytic functionalization reactions (R.
Breslow). Index.
Edited by Z.-I.Yoshida
SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry25
Out of print
xiv + 442 pages
Hardbound
0-444-98996-X
030302
524512
BK
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Molecular Biology,
Neurochemistry
Neurotransmitter Receptors and Intracellular Signaling
Proceedings of the Ninth Workshop on Neurotransmitters and Diseases, Yokohama, June 13, 1992
1993
EXCERPTA MEDICA
Recently, reports on how information is transmitted to the cell following the activation of transmitter receptors by transmitters
themselves have accumulated rapidly; thus research in this area has made remarkable progress. This volume presents current
developments in the field of signal transduction, covering such topics as: membrane receptors with internal ion channels receiving
extracellular signals delivered to the cell by neurotransmitters; GTP-binding proteins functioning as signal transducers in
membranes; phospholipase C as one of the effectors responsible for the intracellular (or second) messenger generation; and
mobilization of intracellular Ca2+ by the representative second messenger, inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate.
The new
findings presented during this workshop are of great significance, and will contribute to further advances by providing exciting
scientific stimuli to scientists in this field of research.
Preface. Introduction. Session I. Molecular diversity of the glutamate receptor channel (M. Mishina et al..)
Discussion. Modulation of GABAA response by intracellular ATP in rat CNS neurons (N. Akaike). Discussion. Activation of
GTP-binding proteins and bacterial toxin-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation (T. Katada et al.). Discussion. Role of phospholipase C
in signal transduction (T. Takenawa, Y. Homma, K. Matuoka). Discussion. Session II. Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate receptor (K.
Mikoshiba et al.). Discussion. Signal transduction pathways from bradykinin receptors (H. Higashida et al.).
Discussion. Protein kinase C family in neurons (N. Saito et al.). Discussion. General Discussion. Author Index.
Edited by H.Yoshida,
M.Ui
ICSInternational Congress Series1027
Out of print
104 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89954-5
096965
523497
BK
Out of print
Genetics,
Cellular Immunology
Molecular Approaches to the Study and Treatment of Human Diseases
Proceedings of the International Symposium on Genetic Intervention in Diseases with Unknown Etiology, Tokyo, Japan, 30 November - 1 December 1990
1992
EXCERPTA MEDICA
Enormous technical advances in the field of eukaryotic genetics have provided the opportunity to study human biology as intensively
as previous studies of prokaryotic biology. However, despite spectacular progress in our understanding of the molecular basis of
human genetic diseases, they usually remain difficult to cure, and often fatal in the pediatric age group. This volume is timely in
addressing new genetic approaches to studying and treating intractable diseases with known and unknown etiology.
A first step
in many experiments is the isolation of genes responsible for disease. The function and regulation of these genes can then be studied
in vivo using the powerful techniques of mouse genetics described here so eloquently. Mouse models are invaluable in the study of
immunological disorders, neuropathy, enzyme deficiency and metabolic diseases. Technology used for developing animal models of human
diseases has tremendous potential for the definition of gene function and the study of developmental processes. This volume addresses
possible clinical applications of gene manipulation at present and in the future. Ultimately these studies aim to increase
understanding of the disease process and lead to more rational approaches to drug therapy, and secondly to refine therapies based on
somatic gene transfer.
Molecular Regulation in Health and Disease. Disease Genes in Humans (14 papers). Immunology (9 papers). Cell and Gene
Regulation (10 papers). Animal Models. Disease Genes in Animals (9 papers). Gene Targeting (4 papers). Transgenic Mice (4
papers). New Therapies (3 papers). Summary Statement (J.M. Wilson). Index of Authors.
Edited by T.O.Yoshida,
J.M.Wilson
ICSInternational Congress Series966
Out of print
xvi + 456 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81455-8
096965
503927
BK
Out of print
Clinical Immunology,
Cellular Biology,
Genetics
Basic Mechanisms of Granulomatous Inflammation
Proceedings of the International Symposium, Fukuoka, Japan, 28-29 November 1988
1989
EXCERPTA MEDICA
Recombinant cytokines have recently become available for the treatment of cancer, and the study of granuloma formation should provide
an excellent opportunity for analysing the underlying mechanisms of cytokine functions in vivo. An investigation of granulomas will
also advance understanding of macrophage differentiation in vivo. Research into macrophage differentiation is one of the key issues
in immunobiology. However, an examination of macrophage-like cell lines to establish processes of macrophage differentiation has only
achieved limited results due to the abnormal distinction of cell lines from tissue macrophages. Studies of granuloma formation would
facilitate research and offer a more in-depth understanding of the exact mechanism of macrophage differentiation in vivo. Research
progress has been somewhat gradual, but with the recent advent of biological and molecular technologies, more rapid advances are on
the horizon.
(Section headings only: please contact Publisher for full content listings). Preface. Acknowledgements. List of Participants.
SECTION I: Induction and Triggering Mechanisms (4 papers). SECTION II: Genetic Controls (2 papers). SECTION III:
Cellular and Molecular Dynamics-1 (4 papers). SECTION IV: Cellular and Molecular Dynamics-2 (3 papers). SECTION V:
Mechanisms of Granulomatous Diseases (4 papers). Exerpta Medica Imprint
Edited by T.Yoshida,
M.Torisu
ICSInternational Congress Series851
Out of print
346 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81349-7
096965
500297
BK
Out of print
Agricultural Engineering and Technology,
Civil Engineering (General),
Mechanical Engineering,
Soil and Rock Mechanics,
Transportation Engineering
Vehicle Traction Mechanics
1984
ELSEVIER
The fundamental problem in the study of vehicle mobility is the development of traction between the vehicle and the supporting
terrain. The mechanics of energy transfer will essentially control the final performance of the surficial machine. Determining and
predicting the capability of a particular piece of machinery to traverse successfully a specific piece of terrain is very complex,
particularly as the characteristics and properties of different types of terrain cover vary considerably, as do the many types of
vehicle and their running gear. The material that forms the basis of this book has been gathered over many years of study both in
the laboratory and in the field. It studies vehicle traction mechanics from the viewpoint of the interaction between the vehicle and
the ground surface. The types of machines covered include earth-moving, forestry, agricultural, and construction machines. In
addition, the mechanisms involved in the development of traction and the working of the terrain through cultivation, construction and
surface disturbances are examined. The book also addresses the problems of off-road mobility and terrain trafficability, especially
from the terrain-support and terrain interaction points of view. It is the authors' aim that the book will provide the reader with
the ability to both analyze and predict the traction capability of his proposed machinery, and also to anticipate the kinds of
reactions that will occur in the ground and at the ground surface.
1. Introduction. 2. Terrain Material and Interface Reaction. 3. Mobility Elements and Requirements. 4. Analytical Methods. 5.
Mechanics of Energy Transfer. 6. Finite Element Modelling. 7. Application of Finite Modelling. 8. Compaction. 9. Trafficability.
Author Index. Subject Index.
By R.N.Yong,
E.A.Fattah,
N.Skiadas
DAEDevelopments in Agricultural Engineering3
Out of print
xii + 308 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42378-8
070707
524132
BK
Geotechnical Engineering / Engineering Geology,
Chemical Kinetics,
Environmental Bioscience and Technology,
Environmental Geology,
Geochemistry and Petrology,
Hydrology,
Soil Biology
Principles of Contaminant Transport in Soils
1992
ELSEVIER
In landfilling technology, it is accepted that the soil substrate underlying the landfill can be used as a physical and chemical
buffer (i.e. to accumulate and attenuate contaminant leachates emanating from the waste pile). This places a great responsiblity on
the landfill constructor to determine correctly the capability of the soil substrate to perform its buffering funtions. This book
covers the physico-chemical processes which control the transport of aqueous and nonaqueous phase liquids in soils, and aims to
provide a viable and reliable transport model for accurate forecasting of transport performance of contaminant plume for the time
period of concern.
Preface. 1. Waste Generation and Disposal. Waste and waste management. Hazardous waste classification. Waste, and its
lethality. Regulated, non-regulated waste and 4 R's. Requirements and problems in land disposal. Concluding remarks. 2. Soil
Composition. Soil material. Soil surfaces. Electric charge. Soil organics. Concluding remarks. 3. Wastes and Contaminants.
Introduction. Hazardous wastes and toxic substances. Sources of wastes. Chemically reactive groups. Contaminant characteristics
and properties. Some typical wastes. Concluding remarks. 4. Soil-Water Interaction and Relations. Introduction. Interaction
with water. Energies of interaction. Bonding and interactions. Soil-water potential. Water movement in clay soils. Summary and
general observations. 5. Contaminant-Soil Interaction. Introduction. Interaction by chemically reactive groups.
Contaminant-soil interaction mechanisms. Sorption of contaminants. Sorption by soil constituents. Soil interaction with organic
chemicals. Concluding remarks. 6. Soil Permeability: Characteristics and Laboratory Measurements. Introduction. Laboratory
methods for permeability testing. Clay soil permeability. Influence of contaminants on clay permeability. Summary and concluding
remarks. 7. Evaluation of Adsorption and Diffusion. Introduction. Batch equilibrium and column leaching tests. Selective
sequential extraction. Estimation of transport parameters. Field evaluation. Concluding remarks. 8. Contaminant Transport
Modelling: Solute Transport. Nature of the problem. Contaminant transport models. Modelling for physico-chemical forces.
Calibration and validation of models. Concluding remarks. 9. Contaminant Transport Modelling: Transport of Non-Aqueous Phase
Liquids. Introduction. NAPL pathways in substrate soil. NAPL fate and transport. Model development. Concluding remarks.
References and Suggested Reading. Index.
By R.N.Yong,
A.M.O.Mohamed,
B.P.Warkentin
DGEDevelopments in Geotechnical Engineering73
Out of print
xiv + 328 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88293-6
070706
699435
BK
ISBN/1556644019
Nursing: Leadership and Management
Leading and Managing in Nursing
Second Edition
1999
MOSBY
LEADING AND MANAGING IN NURSING offers comprehensive coverage of nursing leadership and management concepts. This second edition
helps students learn more successfully and ensures a smooth transition to practice by portraying contemporary, real-world examples
throughout the text. New and expanded content addresses delegation, communication and collaboration, budgeting, and staff
development. Includes a full-color design and more than 100 illustrations to hold students' interest.
PART I: MANAGING AND LEADING: THE CONCEPTS · Managing and Leading · Role Development · Legal and Ethical Issues
· Strategic Planning, Goal Setting, and Marketing · Leading Change · Problem Solving and Decision Making
· PART II: MANAGING THE ORGANIZATION · Healthcare Organizations · Cultural Diversity in Healthcare ·
Understanding and Designing Organizational Structures · Collective Action · PART III: MANAGING RESOURCES ·
Managing Quality and Risk · Managing Time and Stress · Managing Information and Technology: Caring and Communicating
with Computers · Managing Costs and Budgets · PART IV: LEADING AND MANAGING PEOPLE · Communicating and
Partnership · Selecting, Developing, and Evaluating Staff · Team Building: Creating Effective Work Groups ·
Delegating: An Art of Professional Practice · Conflict: The Cutting Edge of Change · Managing Personal and Personnel
Problems · PART V: MANAGING CONSUMER CARE · Consumer Relationships · Care Delivery Systems · Patient
Classification, Staffing, and Scheduling · PART VI: MANAGING PERSONAL RESOURCES · Role Transition · Power,
Politics, and Influence · Career Management: Putting Yourself in Charge · Epilogue: Thriving in the Future ·
Workbook Section · Glossary
By PatriciaYoder-Wise
Out of print
768 pages
Paperback
1-55664-401-9
999999
692463
BK
ISBN/0815197780
Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
Imaging of CNS Disease: A CT and MRI Teaching File
Current Therapy Series
Second Edition
1991
MOSBY
By DouglasYock
Out of print
526 pages
Hardbound
0-8151-9778-0
999999
521538
BK
Out of print
Information Systems (General)
Can Information Technology Result in Benevolent Bureaucracies?
Proceedings of the IFIP TC9 Working Conference, Namur, Belgium, 3-6 January 1985
1985
NORTH-HOLLAND
Edited by L.Yngström,
R.Sizer,
J.Berleur,
R.Laufer
Out of print
x + 238 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87873-4
050503
692479
BK
ISBN/0750697210
Speech and Hearing
Community Re-Entry-Head-Injured Adults
First Edition
1987
BUTTERWORTH HEINEMANN
By MarkYlvisaker
Out of print
Paperback
0-7506-9721-0
999999
31067
RJ
Out of print
Urban and Regional Planning (General),
Cultural Geography,
Development,
Political Sociology,
Public Policy
Planning as Control: Policy and Resistance in a Deeply Divided Society
1995
PERGAMON
This paper focuses on the links between planning policy and the problems of ethnic minorities, by examining in detail the planning
and development of Majd el Krum - an urbanizing Arab village in Israel's Galilee region. It proposes a theoretical framework
to analyse the way in which spatial planning can be used as a tool for controlling disadvantaged groups, primarily for the purpose of
advancing majority interests and preserving a hierarchical social and political order. It then traces the use of planning in Israel
to control the growth and development of a typical large (and urbanizing) Arab village. The analysis demonstrates in detail how
planning policies, which were conceived by the early founders of planning as tools for reform and modernization, can be
systematically used for the opposite purpose of controlling a minority population. The paper then examines the consequences
of Israel's control policies in the village, focusing on Arab protest, electoral behaviour and extra-parliamentary activity. The
evidence shows that state policies of control have spawned Arab resistance which has fluctuated broadly in accordance with the level
of control embedded in Israel's policies. The role of spatial (planning) policies in triggering resistance has been significant.
Finally, the implications of the findings to planning theory and policy are discussed.
Abstract. Acknowledgements. Introduction. Aims and rationale. Structure. Methodology and data. Definitions. Planning and
the Control of Minorities: Some Theoretical Observations. Planning as reform. Planning in deeply divided societies. The three
dimensions of planning control. The territorial dimension. The procedural dimension. The socioeconomic dimension. Background:
Arabs in Israel, the Planning System and the Case Study. Arabs in the Galilee region and in Israel. Israel's planning system.
Majd el Krum: historical context. Majd el Krum: planning context. The Planning of Majd el Krum: the Practice of Control.
Territorial policies. Land seizure by the state. Land exchange. Jewish settlement programmes. Administative boundaries and building
lines. Procedural policies. The formal planning process. Informal influences on planning divisions. Socioeconomic policies. The
Consequences of Planning Control: Popular Resistance. Protest. Voting. Expressions of regime illegitimacy. Resistance and policy
change. Territorial policies. Procedural policies. Socioeconomic policies. Conclusions and Implications. Arab-Jewish relations
in Israel. Planning theory and future research. Appendix. Bibliography.
By O.Yiftachel
PRPLProgress in Planning44/2
Out of print
186 pages
Paperback
0-08-042656-5
080801
500999
BK
Out of print
Catalysis,
Industrial Chemistry,
Surfaces-Interfaces-Colloids
Catalysis by Supported Complexes
1981
ELSEVIER
By Y.I.Yermakov,
B.N.Kuznetsov,
V.A.Zakharov
SSCStudies in Surface Science and Catalysis8
Out of print
xx + 522 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42014-2
030304
521854
BK
Out of print
Telecommunications,
Optics and Lasers
Communication Systems: Towards Global Integration
Proceedings of the ICCS '90 Conference, Singapore, 5-9 November 1990
1990
ELSEVIER
Consisting of a total of 290 technical papers from 32 countries, the present two volumes record the recent proceedings of the second
conference in the series, Singapore ICCS '90. There is a deliberate blend of diversity in the material covered - ranging from the
practical implementation aspects of Telecommunication Networks to the abstruse mathematical manipulations of Adaptive Signal
Processing, as well as spanning national boundaries to examine common communication problems encountered in far-flung countries like
Brazil and New Zealand. The proceedings will prove to be a useful reference source for communication engineers, be they in research
or in design, in management or in practice.
Volume 1. Sessions: Metropolitan area networks. OSI Conformance testing. Distributed systems. Satellite packet radio. Coding
1. Optical fibre communications. Computer communication protocols. ISDN. Packet radio. Image processing I. Next generation switching
& networks. Osi protocols. Speech processing. Mobile communication systems. Spread spectrum I. Satellite communications.
Volume 2. Telecommunication networks. Adaptive signal processing. Fading channels. Coding II. Voice/data integration. Signal
processing I. Optical components & devices. Radar. Spread spectrum II. Local area networks. Signal processing II. Modulation.
Antennas and propagation. Image processing II.
Edited by S.PYeo
Out of print
xliv + 1352 pages (in 2 vols.)
Hardbound
0-444-88953-1
060601
692461
BK
ISBN/0750632496
Anesthesiology
Anaesthesia and Intensive Care A-Z
Second Edition
2000
BUTTERWORTH HEINEMANN
The book is intended to be a standard text for those preparing for examinations, as well as an essential purchase for the practising
anaesthetist who wants a quick reference to current knowledge. The previous Anaesthesia A-Z proved to fill a niche in the available
literature and this new edition has built on that success.
Entries arranged alphabetically, with some related subjects grouped together to make coverage of these easier.
By StevenYentis,
NicholasHirsch,
GarySmith
Out of print
592 pages
Paperback
0-7506-3249-6
999999
697155
BK
ISBN/0721668976
Reproductive Medicine
Reproductive Endocrinology
Physiology, Pathophysiology, and Clinical Management
Fourth Edition
1999
SAUNDERS
This updated and revised edition offers the latest information and many new tables and illustrations. Now includes information on
endocrinology of the breast, infertility and new technology in the field of endocrinology from over 25 leading contributors.
Part I: Endocrine Regulation of the Reproductive System
Chapter 1 Molecular Biology in Reproductive Endocrinology
Chapter 2 The
Hypothalamic Control of Pituitary Hormone Secretion
Chapter 3 Gonadotropic Hormones: Biosynthesis, Secretion, Receptors, And
Actions
Chapter 4 Steroid Hormones: Metabolism and Mechanism of Action
Chapter 5 Prostaglandins and Prostaglandin-Like Products
in Reproduction: Elcosanoids, Peroxides, And Oxygen Radicals
Chapter 6 The Ovarian Cycle
Chapter 7 The Human Menstrual Cycle:
Neuroendocrine Regulation
Chapter 8 The Endometrium and Myometrium: Regulation and Dysfunction
Chapter 9 Prolactin in Human
Reproduction
Chapter 10 The Breast
Chapter 11 Menopause and Aging
Part Two: Pathophysiology
Chapter 12 Cytogenetics
in Reproduction
Chapter 13 Reproductive Immunology and Its Disorders
Chapter 14 Disorders of Sexual Development
Chapter 15
Disorders of Puberty
Chapter 16 The Thyroid Gland and Reproduction
Chapter 17 Hyperandrogenic Chronic Anovulation (Polycystic
Ovary Syndrome)
Chapter 18 Chronic Anovulation Caused By Peripheral Endocrine Disorders
Chapter 19 Chronic Anovulation Due to
Hypothalamic-Pituitary Dysfunction
Chapter 20 Infertility
Chapter 21 Assisted Reproductive Technology
Chapter 22 Male
Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Gonadal Axis
Chapter 23 The Testis: Function and Dysfunction
Chapter 24 Inhibin, Activin and
Neoplasia
Chapter 25 Contraception
Chapter 26 Practical Evaluation of Hormonal Status (Common Procedure Vs
Uncommon)
Part Three: Endocrinology of Pregnancy
Chapter 27 Neuroendocrine-Metabolic Regulation of Pregnancy
Chapter 28
Endocrine Disorders During Pregnancy
Index
By SamuelYen,
RobertJaffe,
RobertBarbieri
Out of print
851 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-6897-6
999999
502487
BK
Out of print
Petroleum Geology and Engineering,
Mining Geology and Engineering,
Petroleum and Fuel Technology
Oil Shale
1976
ELSEVIER
Edited by T.F.Yen,
G.V.Chilingarian
DPSDevelopments in Petroleum Science5
Out of print
xii + 292 pages
Hardbound
0-444-41408-8
070705
503902
BK
Out of print
Ceramics,
General Materials Science,
Materials Analysis and Characterization,
Materials Physics,
Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology
Microstructure and Properties of Ceramic Materials
Proceedings of the 1st China-US Bilateral Seminar on Inorganic Materials Research, Shanghai, China, 17-21 May 1983
1985
NORTH-HOLLAND
Opening welcome. Introduction and overview of ceramic science and engineering. An overview of chinese research on processing,
microstructure and properties of new ceramic materials (T.S. Yen). Ceramic materials: processing - character - properties (J.A.
Pask). Sections: Processing science and technology. Mechanical properties. Electrical properties. Poster session.
Edited by T.S.Yen,
J.A.Pask
Out of print
viii + 525 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86930-1
060657
680062
BK
ISBN/0884151905
Chemistry - General,
Chemical Engineering,
Mathematics (General)
Handbook of Vapor Pressure: Volume 2:
Organic Compounds C5 to C7
1993
GULF PROFESSIONAL PUBLISHING
This series provides engineers with vapor pressure data for process design, production, and environmental applications.
By Carl L.Yaws
Out of print
348 pages
Hardbound
0-88415-190-5
999999
26429
BK
Out of print
Mathematics (General)
Pursuit-Evasion Differential Games
I.S. in Modern Applied Mathematics and Computer Science.
Previously published in Computers and Mathematics with Applications, Volume 13 Numbers 1-3
1987
PERGAMON
Twenty papers are devoted to the treatment of a wide spectrum of problems in the theory and applications of dynamic games with the
emphasis on pursuit-evasion differential games. The problem of capturability is thoroughly investigated, also the problem of
noise-corrupted (state) measurements. Attention is given to aerial combat problems and their attendant modelling issues, such as
variable speed of the combatants, the three-dimensionality of physical space, and the combat problem, i.e. problems related to 'role
determination'.
Adaptive Control for avoidance or evasion in an uncertain environment, M Corless et al. The geometric approach to the
construction of the barrier surface in differential games, M Pachter & T Miloh. An approach to three-dimensional aircraft
pursuit-evasion, M D Ardema & N Rajan. Stochastic guidance laws in satellite pursuit-evasion, A W Merz. On closed-loop controls
in pursuit-evasion, B Jarmark. Partially observable linear-quadratic stochastic pursuit-evasion games, W L Chan & S K Ng.
Edited by Y.Yavin,
M.Pachter
MMCSInternational Series in Modern Applied Mathematics and Computer Science14
Out of print
250 pages
Hardbound
0-08-034862-9
050500
524459
BK
Out of print
Clinical Biochemistry,
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine,
Diabetes,
Lipids and Lipid Metabolism,
Molecular Immunology,
Neurochemistry,
Nutrition,
Oncology
Advances in Polyunsaturated Fatty Acid Research
Proceedings of the 5th Scientific Meeting of the Society for Research on Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids (PUFA), Tokyo, 11-14 November 1992
1993
EXCERPTA MEDICA
This volume contains the proceedings of the Fifth Scientific Meeting of the Society for Research on Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids, held
in Tokyo in November 1992. The meeting integrated current knowledge from both fundamental research, and studies in humans.
The chapters in this volume are organised around 11 sessions: Lectures; PUFA metabolism; Cancer; Inflammation/Immune System; Lipid Peroxidation; Hyperlipidemia/Lipoproteins; Cardiovascular diseases, Hypertension; Diabetes Mellitus; Nutrition, and Central Nervous System. It is believed that this publication on PUFA and related compounds will serve as a reference work for medical researchers and clinicians. Owing to a limitation of space, a number of papers have been omitted from the contents list. LECTURES Gamma-linolenic acid in human diabetic neuropathy and cancer (D.F. Horrobin). Mammalian lipoxygenases with special reference to arachidonate 12-lipoxygenase (S. Yamamoto et al.). Measurement of eicosanoids: An overview (E. Granström)
PUFA METABOLISM
The regulation of 20- and 22-carbon polyunsaturated fatty acid biosynthesis (H. Sprecher). Possible participation of type II phospholipase A2 in arachidonate metabolism (I. Kudo et al.). Bifunctional roles of leukotriene A4 hydrolase (T. Shimizu et al.). The capability of the microsomal synthesis of docosahexaenoic acid in livers and brains of suckling and weaning rats (A. Kanazawa, K. Fujimoto). Effect of sesamin and curcumin on 5-desaturation of n-6 and n-3 fatty acids in rat primary cultured hepatocytes (Y. Fujiwara, R. Umeda, O. Igarashi). Properties of HODE generation in mouse epidermis (T. Hidaka, T. Inokuchi).
CANCER
Polyunsaturated fatty acids of human hepatocellular carcinoma tissues (E. Araki et al.). Effects of methyl deficient diets on the fatty acid compositions, lipid peroxidation, and glutathione S-transferase activities of murine hepatocellular carcinogenesis (H. Kim et al.). Dietary factors and colon cancer (B.S. Reddy). 7-PGA1 lipidmicrospheres - Pharmaceutical properties and preclinical evaluations (S. Fukushima et al.).
INFLAMMATION/IMMUNE SYSTEM
Regulation of immune system functions by dietary essential fatty acid balance (H. Okuyama et al.). Regulation by dietary essential fatty acid balance of tumor necrosis factor production in mouse macrophages (S. Watanabe et al.). Multiple effects of eicosapentaenoic acid on the arachidonic acid metabolism in human platelets (M. Katori, M. Kawamura). Anti-inflammatory effect of eicosapentaenoic acid - Treatment of psoriasis by EPA (T. Terano et al.). Anti-inflammatory effect of eicosapentaenoic acid on the skin (K. Ikai et al.).
LIPID PEROXIDATION
Lipid peroxidation and benzo(a)pyrene cooxygenation (J.Z. Byczkowski). Effects of leukotriene and PAF inhibitors on hyperbaric oxygen toxicity (Y. Lin, D. Jamieson). Thiobarbituric acid reactive substances (TBARS) level in healthy mice and B16 melanoma-bearing mice (Z. Zbytniewski, B. Wozniak, G. Drewa). Effect of the type of dietary fats on lipid peroxidation status in N-methyl-N'-nitrosoguanidine(MNNG)- treated rats (J. Song, E.S. Seo, H.S. Park).
HYPERLIPIDEMIA/LIPOPROTEINS
Serum fatty acid composition in hyperlipidemic females (M. Tsushima et al.). Interaction between LDL and vascular endothelial cells. Reciprocal regulation of EDRF release and lysolecithin acyltransferase activity by LDL in thrombin-stimulated endothelial cells (T. Tomita et al.). The effect of dietary n-3 fatty acids on the atherogenic properties of low density lipoproteins (LDL) and atherosclerosis in nonhuman primates (J.S. Parks).
CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE
Fish oil supplements for prevention of restenosis after coronary angioplasty (U. Kaul et al.). Fish and fish oils in the prevention of restenosis after coronary angioplasty (F. Meyer). Protective effect of purified eicosapentaeonic acid ethyl ester on acute myocardial ischemia in rats (K. Satoh et al.).
HYPERTENSION
Biological role of hydroxylated fatty acids in platelet and vascular smooth muscle function (J.W. Karanian, N. Salem, Jr.). Influence of eicosapentaenoic acid and docosahexaenoic acid loading in stroke-prone spontaneously hypertensive rats (E. Saito et al.). Effects of docosahexaenoic acid on blood pressure, fatty acid composition of kidney and renal prostaglandins in Dahl salt sensitive rats (M. Matsuoka et al.).
DIABETES MELLITUS
Effect of dietary polyunsaturated fat on gene expression in liver (S.K. Cheema, M.T. Clandinin). Dietary modulation of membrane content of very long chain fatty acids (VLCFA Cg) in photoreceptors of normal and diabetic rats (M. Suh, A.A. Wierzbicki, M.T. Clandinin). Fatty acid composition of adipose tissue in Korean diabetics (B.S. Tchai, H.K. Lee). Effects of eicosapentaenoic acid on diabetic complications - Basic (I) and clinical (II) study (Y. Okuda et al.).
NUTRITION
Effect of maternal dietary fats on fatty acid compositions in brain and liver glycerophospholipids of lactating mice and their suckling pups (Y.-S. Huang, P.E. Wainwright). The effect of dietary habits of mothers on the fatty acid compositions of breast milks from Japanese lactating mothers (F. Tanaka et al.). Effect of polyunsaturated fatty acid on absorption and micellar solubility of cholesterol (Y. Yamane et al.). Study on the metabolism of à-linolenic acid in humans (M. Sekine et al.). Metabolism of a n-3 PUFAs of a long term TPN patient (N. Tsuboyama et al.). Improvement of polyunsaturated fatty acid deficiency in decompensated cirrhotic patients by arachidonic acid-rich oil capsules (M. Okita et al.). Effects of dietary oil and fat on gluconeogenic enzyme activities of exercised rat livers (Y. Katayama, G. Tanaka). Peroxisome proliferation effect of heated n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid esters on mouse liver (S. Mineo et al.). Effect of eicosanoids of lipoxygenase pathway on testicular androgenesis (G.P.R. Reddy et al.).
CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
Effects of n-3 fatty acid
deficiency during pregnancy and lactation on learning ability of rats (K. Fujimoto et al.). Ultrastructural study of hippocampus
synapse in perilla and safflower oil-fed rats (S. Yoshida et al.). Plasma phospholipid eicosapentaenoic and docosahexaenoic acid
concentrations are divergently associated with plasma lipids in adults as well as with mental development in preterm infants (K.S.
Bjerve). Dietary w3/w6 fatty acids and neurotransmitters in rat brain (E.J. Chung et al.). Membrane status and antiperoxidative
defense in the brain correlate with the extent of iron-induced CNS hyperexcitability (P.S. Alov, D.S. Rangelova). Multiple sclerosis
(MS); A target for elimination? (E.J. Field, G. Joyce).
Edited by T.Yasugi,
H.Nakamura,
M.Soma
ICSInternational Congress Series1025
Out of print
308 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89898-0
096965
523706
BK
Out of print
Electric Power,
Electromagnetics, Signal Processing and Communications,
Standardization and Verification,
Telecommunications
Signal Processing of HDTV III
Proceedings of the Fourth International Workshop on HDTV and beyond, Turin, Italy, 4-6 September 1991
1992
ELSEVIER
The HDTV workshops were established with the aim of aiding definition and fostering the introduction of HDTV. Their fundamental
principle is the separation of the standardisation process from the technological development, with the workshops concentrating
mainly on the latter. Over the past few years important steps towards actual implementation of HDTV have been made in the major
countries. HDTV is now considered to be a strategic piece of applied research in virtually all countries of the world and in many
environments there is mounting pressure to start up service and equipment manufacturing. The papers presented in this volume
constitute a key contribution to the establishment of this giant step towards a fully fledged information society. Due to the
extensive length of the contents, only the number of papers presented per session is listed below.
Opening remarks (L. Chiariglione). Invited Papers (F. Fedi): Media and system conversion - The key to HDTV (K. Barratt). Development
in multichannel sound for HDTV (D.J. Meares). B-ISDN standardisation progress report (A. Day). Recording (D. Westerkamp). Coding
Trends (K. Davies). VLSI 1 (T. Nishitani). Subband coding 1 (M. Annegarn). VLSI 2 (J. Chatel). Subband coding 2 (D. Anastassiou).
Motion Compensation & Estimation 1 (M. Annegarn). Hardware (H. Yasuda). Beyond HDTV (A. Day). Motion Compensation &
Estimation 2 (D. Nasse). Coding 1 (H. Gaggioni). Broadcasting (Y. Ninomiya). Coding 2 (L. Stenger). System Experiments (T. Aoyama).
Program Production (Y. Hashimoto). Coding 3 (M. Barbero). System Concept (M.C. Kennedy). Processing (R. Poluzzi). Panel discussion on
"The multipurpose HDTV system - Requirements from across the industry". Moderator (J.A.Bellisio). Panelists: The present situation
for HDTV in North America (M. Artiglas, K. Davies). The Role of HDTV in Computational Fluid Dynamics (B. Haskell, M. Nagasawa).
Present Status of the Multipurpose Use of HDTV in Japan (M. Vakalopoulou, Y. Sugiura). A universal approach to digital television (C.
Sandbank).
Edited by H.Yasuda,
L.Chiariglione
Out of print
xx + 662 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89491-8
060601
500710
BK
Out of print
Decision Sciences and Computers
Operations Research in Agriculture and Water Resources
Proceedings of the ORAGWA International Conference, Jerusalem, Israel, 25-29 November 1979
1980
NORTH-HOLLAND
Edited by D.Yaron,
C.S.Tapiero
Out of print
xviii + 586 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86044-4
080851
524465
BK
Out of print
Oncology
Molecular Biology for Oncologists
1993
ELSEVIER
Molecular Biology for Oncologists introduces clinicians to the extraordinary power and importance of molecular biology in the
research and treatment of cancer. It explains how new techniques involving the manipulation of genetic material in cells and
organisms provide dramatic insight into how cell behaviour is subverted in common human cancers. The book shows how techniques of
cell and molecular biology improve the understanding and effectiveness of radiation and drug actions, and leads to the development of
gene therapy. Ultimately, techniques of molecular biology will help to identify the specific genetic and environmental factors
predisposing to cancer, offering the means of cancer prevention.
About half of the authors are scientists established in their
fields. The other half are practising oncologists applying the techniques of molecular biology to their own research. They have all
been asked to provide a teaching document rather than a detailed review with emphasis on clear explanations and clinical relevance. A
separate section is included which specifically describes the most common and important techniques in molecular biology. Also a
glossary of terms and a comprehensive index are also provided. The book will be of value to all medical, radiation and surgical
oncologists whether in practice, training or research. It will also be useful for university-based courses for specialists,
particularly those who recognise the need to develop the interface between the clinic and the laboratory.
Section I: Oncogenes. 1. What are cancer genes and how do they upset cell behaviour? (J. Yarnold). 2. Mechanisms of activation
and inactivation of dominant oncogenes and tumour suppressor genes (M. Stratton). 3. Approaches to proto-oncogene and tumour
suppressor gene identification (H. Patterson). 4. Transgenic modelling of dominant and recessive oncogene function (F.S. Pardo, E.V.
Schmidt). 5. The BCL-2 gene in clinical oncology (M. Brada, M. Dyer). 6. Identification and significance of EGFR and erbB2
overexpression (D.P. Hollywood, W.J. Gullick). 7. GTP-binding proteins and cancer (J. Downward). 8. The p53 gene in human cancer (M.
Stratton). 9. Inherited predispositions to cancer: applications of molecular biology (V.A. Murday). 10. Multistage carcinogenesis
(A.H. Wyllie). 11. Human papillomavirus and cervical cancer (R.C. Davies, K.H. Vousden). 12. Cell cycle control and cancer (A.M.
Carr). 13. Differentiation and cancer (M.D. Mason). Section II: Therapeutics. 14. Molecular aspects of radiation sensitivity
(C. Mort, T.J. McMillan). 15. Cells differ in their susceptibility to DNA damage induction and in their ability to repair it (S.J.
Whitaker). 16. How do cells repair DNA damage? (G. Ross). 17. The isolation of DNA repair genes (R. Cartwright, T.J. McMillan). 18.
Radiation-induced cytokines and growth factors: cellular and molecular basis of the modification of radiation damage (R. Weichselbaum
et al.). 19. Chemotherapeutic drug-induced DNA damage and repair (R. Brown, D. Bisset). 20. The molecular biology of drug
resistance (D. Hochhauser). 21. Antibody technology is being transformed (R.E. Hawkins, S.J. Russell). 22. Prospects for gene therapy
of cancer (J.D. Harris, K. Sikora). Section III: Gene Structure and Techniques. 23. Introduction to gene structure and
techniques (R. Wooster). 24. Chromatin structure and nuclear function (A.B. Hassan, D.A. Jackson). 25. The PCR revolution (R.A.
Eeles, W. Warren, A. Stamps). 26. Techniques of molecular biology (P.J. Rocques). Glossary. Index.
Edited by J.Yarnold,
M.Stratton,
T.McMillan
Out of print
364 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81507-4
096965
524300
BK
Electric Power,
Microelectronics
Self-Testing VLSI Design
1993
ELSEVIER
A distinctive feature of modern computer equipment development is the continuous increase in functionality and complexity of computer
components. As a result of these advances, very large-scale integration (VLSI) circuits have found extensive application in the
manufacture of computer products, personal computers included. Among a variety of recently evolved VLSI design technologies, the
self-test VLSI design has gained particular prominence.
The present study provides a current review on the problems of
self-test VLSI design. A summary is given on self-test VLSI design results that have been obtained by scientists in leading
scientific centres for computer integrated circuits. Emphasis is placed on the theoretical fundamentals of designing self-test VLSI
building blocks such as built-in test generators and output response analyzers. Particular attention is paid to: Structural design of
self-test VLSI circuits; design of universal modules for self-test VLSI circuits; and examination of the VLSI circuits for signature
testability. It has been clearly demonstrated that the design-for-testability techniques employed by this method provide ideal
conditions for the straightforward implementation of self-test concepts. The work will prove essential reading for all those
interested in both the basic facts and current research in this field.
(Abbreviated) 1. VLSI Design. Achievements in microelectronics. VLSI design procedure. Self-testing VLSI chips. 2. VLSI
Testability Design Approaches.VLSI testability design feature. Storage element state scan technique. Level sensitive scan design
(LSSD). Random access scan technique. VLSI design by boundary scan technique. 3. Self-Testing VLSI Structured Design.
Self-testing VLSI using scan path. Ring VLSI self-test. Use of general-purpose modules for self-test VLSI design. Self-testing
microcomputers. 4. Pseudorandom Test Pattern Generators. Pseudorandom sequences. Generators of uniformly distributed
pseudorandom test sequences. Pseudorandom test pattern generators. 5. Pseudorandom and Related Sequence Generators. Design of
pseudorandom test sequence generator. 6. Random Testing. Probabilistic analysis techniques for digital circuits. Test sequence
length calculation. Automatic search for optimum probability. 7. Pseudorandom Testing. Pseudorandom sequences as the test
sequences of the circuit. Structured VLSI design with built-in random and pseudorandom tests. 8. Exhaustive Testing.
Complexity of exhaustive test sequence generator design. Iterative algorithm for exhaustive test generation. 9. Signature
Analysis. Signature analysis as a binary polynomial division algorithm. Multifunctional signature analyzer. 10. Signature
Analysis Efficiency. Estimation of signature analysis efficiency. 11. Evaluation Techniques for Regular Binary Sequence
Signatures. Evaluation of regular sequence signatures. A technique for calculating periodic sequence signatures. 12.
Multi-Line Compression Schemes. Design of parallel signature analyzers. State count testing. 13. Analysis of Bilbo-PSA
Efficiency. Equivalent PSA circuits with internal and external XOR gates. PSA efficiency testing by software simulation. 14.
PSA Design for VLSI Self Test. An efficient parallel signature analyzer. Two-stage PSA design. 15. PSA with T-flip-flops
Design and Analysis. Parallel signature analyzer with T-flip-flops as storage elements. 16. Signature Testability.
Signature as a function of multiple variables. Generalized condition for signature testability. 17. Evaluation of Signatures.
Analytical evaluation of Boolean function signatures. Finding signatures for reciprocal polynomials. 18. Signature Testability of
VLSI Chips. Signature testability of faults at primary nodes of combinational circuit. Analytic approach to evaluating signatures
and signature testability of faults by PSA. Appendices. References. Index.
V.N.Yarmolik,
I.V.Kachan
Out of print
xii + 346 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89640-6
060601
504238
BK
Out of print
Orthopedics and Biomechanics,
Internal Medicine,
Surgery
Lower Extremity Salvage and Reconstruction: Orthopedic and Plastic Surgical Management
1989
ELSEVIER
Lower Extremity Salvage and Reconstruction provides a step-by-step description of the surgical care of lower extremity
injuries, from emergency evaluation to rehabilitation. This outstanding volume is the product of experience from the Maryland
Institute for Emergency Medical Services Systems Shock Trauma Center in Baltimore, Maryland - where over 2,500 trauma victims are
treated each year, and describes a protocol that delivers both viable and functional lower extremities. Inherent to this protocol is
early intervention by plastic surgeons working in conjunction with orthopedic surgeons, particularly for the extensive
soft-tissue/bony damage combinations found in open fractures. Featuring over 375 illustrations, (55 of them in two-colours),
including original line drawings, sequential clinical photographs, correlated anatomic illustrations and photographs, and tables,
Lower Extremity Salvage and Reconstruction is dedicated to defining the new teamwork role of orthopedic and plastic surgeons
during both acute and reconstructive stages of injury.
Philosophy and Concepts Perspectives; The Shock Trauma Center: Experience and Policy; Orthopedic Resuscitation;
Conclusions/Summary; References Anatomy of the Leg The Bones; The Muscles; Vasculature of the Leg; Nerve Supply;
Cross-Sectional Anatomy; Conclusions/Summary; References Emergency Evaluation Stage 1: Preliminary Observation, History, and
Physical Examination; Stage 2: Intermediate Observation and Physical Examination; Stage 3: Definitive Observation and Inspection;
Injury Classification; Clinical Experience; Conclusions/Summary; References Special Injuries Avulsion Injuries; Gunshot
Injuries; Vascular Injuries; Nerve Injuries; Amputation; References Compartment Syndrome Diagnosis; Treatment;
Conclusion/Summary; References Wound Debridement Preparation; Debridement; Postdebridement; Conclusion/Summary; References
Fracture Fixation Traction; Casting-Splinting; Intramedullary Rodding; Internal Fixation (Plates and Screws); External
Fixation; Conclusion/Summary; References Concepts in Soft-Tissue Management Wound Healing; Reconstructive Alternatives;
Conclusions/Summary; References Skin Grafting Recipient Site; Harvesting the Graft; Graft Application and Immobilization,
Donor Site Management; Conclusions/Summary; References Local and Free Flap Donor Sites for Lower-Extremity Reconstruction
Local Flaps; Cross-Leg Flaps; Free Flaps; Conclusion/Summary; References Flap Reconstruction of the Open Tibial Fracture
Wound Definition and Surgical Options; Surgical Technique of Muscle Flap Coverage; Clinical Experience; Conclusions/Summary;
References Flap Reconstruction of the Foot Local Flap Reconstruction; Skin-grafted Free Muscle Flaps; Conclusions/Summary;
References Bone Grafting Assessment; Preoperative Planning; Operative Technique; Results; Conclusions/Summary; References
Vascularized Bone Transfers History; Reconstructive Alternatives; The Fibula; Conclusions/Summary; References
Posttraumatic Chronic Osteomyelitis Management Protocol; Surgical Therapy; Clinical Experience; Conclusions/Summary;
References Orthopedic Follow-up Ankle Motion; Weight-Bearing; Radiographic Follow-up; External Fixator Removal; Repeat Bone
Grafting; Conclusions/Summary; References Index
Edited by M.J.Yaremchuk,
A.R.Burgess,
R.J.Brumback
Out of print
242 pages
Hardbound
0-444-01333-4
096965
692457
BK
ISBN/0721644295
Vascular Surgery
Technologies in Vascular Surgery
First Edition
1992
SAUNDERS
Provides comprehensive coverage of both diagnostic and therapeutic vascular surgery methods. The textual material is organized into
six sections, covering molecular biology, radiologic techniques, noninvasive tests, intravascular devices, interventional technology,
and thrombolytic therapy. A team of 105 experts contributed to this volume.
Edited By JamesYao,
WilliamPearce
Out of print
547 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-4429-5
999999
692454
BK
ISBN/0723425000
Ophthalmology
Ophthalmology
First Edition
1998
MOSBY
OPHTHALMOLOGY combines the precise amount and level of practice-oriented information you need with an unrivaled visual source, all in
one incredible volume. An esteemed author team and the contributions of hundreds of top-tier practitioners provide trustworthy
guidance on practically every ophthalmic condition or procedure. Basic science is integrated with the clinical material for fingertip
access to relevant information. You'll find the latest on genetics, diagnostic tips and techniques, proven management strategies,
state-of-the-art surgical approaches, new drugs, and more in this custom-built clinical problem solver. Concepts are further
illustrated by an impressive collection of 2,500 clinical photos and specially commissioned line drawings. Many photos are from the
authors' private collections and most are in brilliant color.
Genetics and Ocular Embryology Optics and Refraction Refractive Surgery The Lens Basic Science of the Lens Cataract Lens Replacement
Lens Surgery Complications and Outcomes Cornea and External Disease Strabismus Evaluation and Diagnosis Ocular Manifestations
Treatment Orbit and Oculoplastics Orbital Anatomy and Imaging Eyelids Orbit and Lacrimal Gland Retina and Vitreous Anatomy and
Physiology Basic Principles of Retinal Surgery Ancillary Tests Systrophies Vascular Disorders Macular Disorders Retinal Detachment
Trauma Vitreous Intraocular Tumors Introduction Malignant Intraocular Tumors Benign Intraocular Tumors Phakomatoses Uveitis and Other
Intraocular Inflammations Basic Principles Anterior Uveitis Intermediate Uveitis Posterior Uveitis Ocular Manifestations of AIDS
Masquerade Syndrome Neuro-ophthalmology The Afferent Visual System The Efferent Visual System The Pupils and Accomodation The Brain
Glaucoma Specific Types of Glaucoma Therapy
By MyronYanoff,
JayDuker
Out of print
1600 pages
Hardbound
0-7234-2500-0
999999
692477
BK
ISBN/0723421994
Ophthalmology
Ocular Pathology
Fourth Edition
1996
MOSBY
The book that long has been the choice for residents in ophthalmology and is now the most colorful pathology text on the market. The
completely updated fourth edition of this text explores many new concepts, including the role of apoptosis in the genesis of diabetic
retinopathy; adds 'new' entities, such as Lyme disease; and enlarges descriptions of AIDS and other entities.
By MyronYanoff
Out of print
744 pages
Hardbound
0-7234-2199-4
999999
692475
BK
ISBN/0815134320
Ophthalmology
The Retina Atlas
First Edition
1996
MOSBY
By LawrenceYannuzzi,
DavidGuyer,
W.Green
Out of print
800 pages
Hardbound
0-8151-3432-0
999999
24839
BK
Out of print
Control Systems
Control Science & Technology For Development
Proceedings of the IFAC/IFORS Symposium, Beijing, China, 20-22 August 1985
1986
PERGAMON
Provides a detailed analysis of the recent developments and practical applications of automatic control. Of particular interest are
control problems related to power systems, water supply systems, pollution, industrial processes, energy economics and production
management systems. Contains over 80 papers.
(partial) Systems science and China's economic reforms, Jian Song. New trends in systems approach by the interactive use of
microcomputers, Y Sawaragi & K Inoue. Engineering-economic systems: a problem-solving discipline, D G Luenberger. Some common
problems in control and signal processing, M Mansour. New trends in identification, P Eykhoff. Invertibility of bilinear
discrete-time systems, U Kotta. Microprocessor-based failure detection of heat pumps, R Shoureshi & K McLaughlin. MINTEST -
expert system for mineral identification, G L Kovacs. A CAD language for linear control systems, M Jamshidi et al.
Computer-aided design of decentralized regulators for industrial processes, G Guardabassi et al. Structural approach applied
to power systems analysis, Liu Hsu & E Kaszkurewicz. Hierarchical control for city water supply systems, Wang Qingyu. A
stochastic model for monthly forecast of hydroelectric energy resources in Italy, R Anelli et al. Energy models as tools for
policy planning in developing countries, J J Luukkanen & U Lehtinen. Dynamic estuary water quality model and its applications, J
Sun et al.
Edited byYang Jiachi
IFPSIFAC Symposia Series8607
Out of print
444 pages
Hardbound
0-08-033473-3
060600
524867
BK
Out of print
Transportation Engineering,
Heat and Mass Transfer,
Machine Tools,
Materials Engineering,
Metals Processing
Transport Phenomena in Manufacturing and Materials Processing
1994
ELSEVIER
Motivated by international competition and an easy access to high-speed computers the manufacturing and materials processing industry
has seen many changes in recent times. New techniques are constantly being devloped based on a broad range of basic sciences
including physics, chemistry and particularly thermal-fluids sciences and kinetics. In order to produce and treat massive products,
the industry is also in need of a very wide range of engineering knowledge and skill for integrating metallurgy, mechanics,
electricity, transport phenomena, instrumentation and computer control.
This monograph covers a part of these demands, namely by
presenting the available knowledge on transport phenomena in manufacturing and materials processing. It is divided into four parts.
Part I deals with the fundamentals of transport phenomena, including the transfer of momentum, energy, mass, electric and magnetic
properties. Parts II and III are concerned with applications of the fundamentals in transport phenomena occurring in manufacturing
and materials processing, respectively. Emphasis has been placed on common aspects of both discciplines, such as forming, machining,
welding, casting, injection molding, surface processes, heating and cooling, solidification, crystal growth and diffusion. Part IV
deals with beam technology and microgravity, two topics of current importance.
Preface. Table of Contents. Fundamentals. Flow, heat and mass transfer. Electromagnetism. Dimensional analysis and
dimensionless parameters. Transport Phenomena in Manufacturing. Machining and machine tool thermal deformation. Welding.
Casting. Injection molding. Surface processes. Transport Phenomena in Materials Processing. Heating and cooling. Melting and
solidification. Crystal growth. Diffusion. Special Topics. Beam technology. Microgravity. Nomenclature. Author index. Subject
index.
W.-J.Yang,
S.Mochizuki,
N.Nishiwaki
TPETransport Processes in Engineering6
Out of print
192 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89358-X
060602
620024
BK
Out of print
Plant Science,
Agricultural Chemistry,
Biochemistry / Biophysics,
Carbohydrates,
Cellular Biology,
Herbs and Spices,
Nutraceuticals, Functional and Medical Foods,
Organic Chemistry,
Phytochemistry,
Plant Physiology and Biochemistry,
Sugar Technology,
Sugar, Syrups and Sweeteners
Advances in Plant Glycosides, Chemistry and Biology
Proceedings of the International Symposium on Plant Glycosides, Kunming, China, August 12-15, 1997
1999
ELSEVIER
In the plant kingdom a variety of chemical constituents occur in a glycoside form (conjugation with sugar). Glycosides are important,
secondary metabolites. The structural diversity is a result of the vast amount of varieties and stereochemical configurations of the
sugar component. Aglycones belong to terpenoid, steroid, flavonoid, quinonoid, lignan, other simple phenolics, and isothiocyanate.
However, biological activities of glycosides are, in many cases, susceptible to the nature of sugar moieties, even though their
aglycone is the same.
Since the 80s, plant glycosides have been attracting an increasing volume of interest from botanists and phytochemists world-wide for the following reasons:
The first International Symposium on Plant Glycosides (ISPG), held
in Kunming, China was attended by more than 150 scientists from 17 countries. During the four day meeting, 96 reports on plant
glycosides, including structure elucidation, ethnobotany, pharmacology, quantitative evaluation, synthesis, pharmacology and
biotechnology were presented. 54 of these papers are given in this volume. All these papers review recent research results on plant
glycosides.
Selected Papers. Significance of glycosides in food materials (O. Tanaka). Cancer chemopreventive activities of Panax
notoginseng and Ginsenoside Rg1 (T. Konoshima). NMR studies on sugar moieties of some new triterpenoid saponins from Aralia
spinifolia and Nothopanax davidii (S.-S. Yu et al.). Formation of Ginsenoside-protein conjugates (H. Park
et al.). Biological test on Schefflera glycosides and Ginseng glycosides by radio-ligand receptor binding assays (M. Zhu,
R.C. Li). Leguminous glycosides effective for hepatitis (T. Nohara, J. Kinjo). Review of studies on biological activities of
soyasaponins (Z.-Z. Qian et al.). Synthesis of steroid saponins from Chinese herbs (B. Yu et al.). Rapid
determination on plant glycosides by LC/MS and LC/NMR (K. Hostettmann, J.-L. Wolfender). Separation of three major isoflavonoids from
the root of Fueraria Lobata by high speed centrifugal partition chromatography (Y.-H. Pei et al.). Structural
analyses of glycolipids from edible mushroom by fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry (A. Sawabe et al.). Contributors.
Latin Name Index.
Edited by Chong-RenYang,
OsamuTanaka
SPLSStudies in Plant Science6
Out of print
458 pages
Hardbound
0-444-50180-0
090922
524838
BK
Out of print
Microelectronics,
Arithmetic and Logic Structures,
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Control of Electrical Systems,
Logic Design,
Processor Architectures
VLSI 93
Proceedings of the IFIP TC10/WG10.5 International Conference, Grenoble, France, 7-10 September 1993
1994
NORTH-HOLLAND
VLSI (Very Large Scale Integration) results from the optimum integration of a broad range of technologies and disciplines, including
architectures, software, circuits and semiconductor physics. VLSI is fundamentally interdisciplinary in nature and this will become
increasingly so in the future as the requirements for greater complexity and performance grow. With the general tendency for
specialisation of human skills, the goal of encompassing all the knowledge necessary to make such progress is indeed challenging.
This volume provides a broad ranging interdisciplinary exploration of VLSI by specialists and aims to stimulate further research in
this exciting area.
Keynote. The single chip system era (J. Borel, J. Monnier, G. Matheron). Layout Synthesis. Post-placement technology
mapping (D. Brasen, A. Ginetti). Optimal layout recycling based on graph theoretic linear programming approach (Y. Shigehiro, T.
Nagata, I. Shirakawa, T. Kambe). A family of module generators for the layout synthesis of I/O buffers (K.M. Nguyen, M.C. Lefebvre).
A 45° compaction algorithm handling overconstraints (L. Ladage, G. Lodde). Special Purpose Architectures. Invited paper:
Personal communicators: a better way to stay in touch (H.M. Hauser). Design of a GaAs redundant divider (I. Moussa, A. Skaf, A.
Guyot). An ASIC array architecture for the DITPOS algorithm (P.M.R. Jensen). Performance of object caching for object-oriented
systems (J.M. Chang, E.F. Gehringer). A VLSI circuit for on-line polynomial computing: application to exponential, trigonometric and
hyperbolic functions (A. Skaf, J.-C. Bajard, A. Guyot, J.-M. Muller). Design for Testability. Self-parity combinational
circuits for self-testing, concurrent fault detection and parity scan design (M. Gössel, E.S. Sogomonyan). Partitioning and
hierarchical description of self-testable designs (A.P. Stroele). Test of single fault tolerant controllers in VLSI circuits (R.
Leveugle). A C-testable parallel multiplier using differential cascode voltage switch (DCVS) logic (W.A. Waller, S.M. Aziz). Image
Processing. Invited paper: Opportunities for integrating early-vision computation algorithms and VLSI technology to the
development of smart sensors (D. Poussart). Single board image processing unit for vehicle guidance (J. Schönfeld, P. Pirsch).
Implementation of the volume rendering algorithm using a low-power design-style (J. Smit, M.J. Bentum, M.M. Samsom). Design of a
dedicated neural network on silicon: application to optical character recognition (D. Jacquet, G. Saucier). High Performance
Processors. Invited paper: ARM6: processor design for high performance at low power (M. Muller). A new method for retiming
multi-functional processing units (A. Van der Werf, E.H.L. Aarts, E.W. Heijnen, J.L. Van Meerbergen, W.F.J. Verhaegh, P.E.R.
Lippens). A transformational approach to asynchronous high-level synthesis (G. Gopalakrishnan, V. Akella). A micropipelined ARM (S.B.
Furber, P. Day, J.D. Garside, N.C. Paver, J.V. Woods). A high performance RISC microprocessor (F. Poirier, J.C. Heudin, M.
Belleville, C. Jaffard). Low Level Models. Probabilistic power consumption estimation in digital circuits (W. Röthig, E.
Melcher, M. Dana). Solving the partial differential equations of transmission lines with wave digital filters (M. Erbar, I.
Könenkamp, E.-H. Horneber). Parallel harmonic balance (M. Schneider, U. Wever, Q. Zheng). Estimating lower hardware bounds in
high-level synthesis (N. Wehn, M. Glesner, C. Vielhauer). Multichip Modules. Invited paper: Ultra high speed CMOS design (C.
Svensson, J. Yuan). The implementation of a MCM associative string processor (C.M. Habiger, I.P. Jalowiecki). Superconductive
interconnections in multi-chip modules (B. Cabon, T.V. Dinh, J. Chilo). Routing. A multilayer channel router based on optimal
multilayer net assignment (M.S. Tanaka, M. Ishikawa). The chaos router chip: design and implementation of an adaptive router (K.
Bolding, S.-C. Cheung, S.-E. Choi, C. Ebeling, S. Hassoun, T.A. Ngo, R. Wille). A new performance-driven global routing algorithm for
gate array (T. Xue, T. Fujii, E.S. Kuh). Simulation. Circuit simulation for large interconnected IC networks (S. Lin, E.S.
Kuh). Bondgraph execution as a new algorithm for circuit simulation (M. Müller). Adaptive checkpoint intervals in an
optimistically synchronised parallel digital system simulator (A.C. Palaniswamy, P.A. Wilsey).
Edited by T.Yanagawa,
P.A.Ivey
IFIPTAIFIP Transactions A: Computer Science and TechnologyA-42
Out of print
374 pages
Paperback
0-444-89911-1
050504
25808
BK
Out of print
Materials Engineering
Mechanical Behaviour of Materials V
Proceedings of the 5th International Conference, Beijing, China, 3-6 June 1987
1988
PERGAMON
Provides a thorough up-to-date account of the latest developments in materials science and engineering research and applications.
The contributed papers cover all aspects of this important field, including material aspects of fracture in engineering practice,
fatigue criteria and material characterisation, environmental effects on fracture, high temperature deformation and failure and
mechanical properties and engineering applications of composite and non-metallic materials. Contains approximately 200 papers from
acknowledged experts.
(partial) Mechanistic and continuum aspects of toughness in heterogeneous polymers, A S Argon. Unique contributions to understanding
fatigue fracture from studies of cyclic deformation, C Laird & F L Liang. A new concept and energetical model of fracture using
acoustic emission, L I Maslov. The behaviour of short fatigue cracks and their initiation, K J Miller. Study of the process zone at
the crack tip (behavior of the voids at the crack tip of aluminum alloy specimen), H Miyamoto. Predicting the growth of small and
large cracks using a crack-closure model, J C Newman et al. Mechanisms and controlling factors in creep fracture, W D Nix.
Fatigue analysis for variable amplitude loading: fundamental aspects and engineering applications, H Nowack & R Marissen. Global
and local approaches to creep crack initiation and growth, A Pineau. Crack tip shielding in fracture and fatigue: intrinsic vs.
extrinsic toughening, R O Ritchie. Engineering problems and engineering solutions to stress corrosion cracking, M O Spiedel.
Quantifying creep-corrosion interactions, D M R Taplin et al. Simplified design of composite materials, S W Tsai et
al. Electrochemical reactions and corrosion fatigue crack growth, R P Wei. Elucidation of the mechanism of HIC and SCC with the
aid of stress analyses and fracture mechanics, C M Hsiao.
2000 lit. refs., 1000 illus.
Edited by M. G.Yan,
S. H.Zhang,
Z. M.Zheng
SFMSInternational Series on the Strength and Fracture of Materials and Structures
Out of print
1505 pages
Hardbound
0-08-034912-9
060600
504057
BK
Out of print
Cardiology and Cardiovascular Medicine
New Horizons in Preventing Cardiovascular Diseases
Proceedings of the Symposium on New Horizons in Preventing Cardiovascular Diseases - WHO CARDIAC and Related Studies, Kyoto, Japan, 27 May 1988
1989
EXCERPTA MEDICA
A need to establish dietary goals for health and long life has come to light, using as a basis the recently advanced scientific
knowledge concerning diets and cardiovascular diseases which accelerate the pathological ageing process in mankind. The first report
of the International Cooperataive Study on Cardiovascular Diseases and Alimentary Comparison (WHO CARDIAC Study) was included in the
contributions for the above mentioned symposium. This report is a scientific attempt to analyse dietary conditions and cardiovascular
diseases in 40 communities of 20 countries in the world. Together with the other valuable presentations from Kyoto, this proceedings
will no doubt contribute to an improved understanding of how cardiovascular diseases can best be prevented, at the same time
communicating the main message from this symposium of hope for a healthier long life to mankind.
Preface (Y. Yamori and T. Strasser). Section 1. Dietary prevention of cardiovascular diseases - progress in experimental
studies (6 papers). Section 2. Dietary prevention of cardiovascular diseases - progress in clinical studies (4 papers).
Section 3. Diets and cardiovascular diseases - epidemiological analysis of dietary risk factors and descriptive epidemiology
of populations (6 papers). Section 4. Diets and cardiovascular diseases - on-going multicenter studies (2 papers).
Section 5. Nonpharmacological intervention - epidemiological and clinical studies (6 papers). Section 6. Progress in
pharmacological prevention (3 papers). Section 7. Optimizing intervention (contributions to a panel discussion) (5 papers).
Section 8. Community control of cardiovascular diseases (1 paper)
Edited by Y.Yamori,
T.Strasser
ICSInternational Congress Series815
Out of print
x + 300 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81083-8
096965
524582
BK
Out of print
Analytical Chemistry,
Biochemical Engineering,
Biotechnology (General),
Chemical Health and Safety,
Industrial Chemistry,
Materials Analysis and Characterization,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry,
Pollution Control,
Process Design, Simulation, Control
Chemical Sensor Technology, Volume 3
1991
ELSEVIER
The present volume is the third in a series of annual reviews reporting the latest progress being made in research and technology,
both basic and applied, in the area of chemical sensors. Chemical sensors continue to grow rapidly in importance encompassing a broad
spectrum of technologies covering safety, pollution, fuel economy, medical engineering and industrial processes. Various types of
chemical sensors have been devised for detection and monitoring of chemical substances in gases, solutions and organisms, and much
work is being done to produce sensitive, selective, reliable and inexpensive sensors.
The series aims at contributing to the
progress of research and development of chemical sensors. Contributors to the individual volumes are carefully selected by an
international editorial board. Each article, written by an expert active in the front lines of chemical sensor research, describes a
specific topic. Not only the academic or technological essence of the subject is provided, but also the background and philosophy,
evaluation and achievements and future problems. In this way, each topic is described in sufficient depth so as to be useful and
stimulating to researchers worldwide.
Gas-Sensing Characteristics of Oxide Whiskers (M. Egashira and Y. Shimizu). Tin Dioxide Gas Sensor - A New Approach to Odor Sensing
(T. Nakahara and H. Koda). Theory and Practice of Dielectric-Supported Thin Film Chemiresistors (E.S. Kolesar, Jr.). Multicomponent
Analysis in Chemical Sensing (U. Weimar, S. Vaihinger, K.D. Schierbaum and W. Göpel). Automotive Oxygen Sensors (E.M.
Logothetis). Principles and Fabrication Materials of Electrochemical Sensors (T.C. Tan and C.C. Liu). Use of High Temperature Proton
Conductor for Gas Sensors (H. Iwahara). Development of an SO2 Sensor Based on Metal Sulfates (G. Adachi and N. Imanaka).
Polymer-Based Capacitive Hygrometers (H. Grange and G. Delapierre). Development and Applications of Fiber Optic Sensors (S.M. Angel,
T.J. Kulp, M.L. Myrick and K.C. Langry). In-site Fiber Optic Sensing Technique for Chemical Composition and Temperature of
Gas at Elevated Temperatures by Infrared Spectroscopy (M. Maeda). The Development and Scope of Ion-Selective Electrodes (J.D.R.
Thomas). Microstructured ISFETs (N.F. de Rooij and H.H. van den Vlekkert). Interfacial Electrochemistry of Flavoenzymes and Its
Potential Application to the Preparation of a New Enzyme Sensor (I. Taniguchi, H. Eguchi and S. Tomimura). Microvoltammetry and Brain
Dialysis (J.B. Justice, Jr. and L.H. Parsons). Ultramicroelectrodes as Sensing Devices for Biological Molecules (T. Matsue and I.
Uchida). Recent Development of Immunochemical Sensors and Immunological Assays Using Monoclonal Antibodies Against Small Molecules
(T. Uda). Index.
Edited by N.Yamazoe
CHSTChemical Sensor Technology3
Out of print
320 pages
Hardbound
0-444-98701-0
030303
521304
BK
Out of print
Nuclear Physics (General),
High Energy Physics (General)
Perspectives of Meson Science
1992
NORTH-HOLLAND
Unstable particles such as mesons and muons are now used in various research domains of physics, chemistry, engineering, and life
sciences. This book is aimed at summarizing the present exploratory activities and giving future perspectives from a very broad
scope. It contains 27 contributions in a wide range of subjects, such as muSR studies of superconductivities, magnetism, muon beam
and muSR methodology, theoretical accounts of muon hyperfine interactions, muon catalyzed fusion processes, metastable exotic
atoms, medical diagnostics, strangeness nuclear physics, mesons in nuclei, meson-related nuclear reactions and structure, and exotic
decays of mesons.
Preface. 1. Evolution of meson science in Japan - personal reminiscence of helical movements (T. Yamazaki). 2. Studies of
high-Tc superconductor systems by positive and negative muons (N. Nishida). 3. muSR studies on
superconductivity: penetration depth and Knight shift (Y.J. Uemura). 4. Progress in experimental studies of muon diffusion (R.
Kadono). 5. Quantum diffusion of positive muons in solids (J. Kondo). 6. Hyperfine interactions of mu+, muonium and
mu- in solids (H. Akai, K. Terakura and J. Kanamori). 7. Muon spin resonance spectroscopy (K. Nishiyama). 8. Recent
results in gas phase muSR and muonium chemistry (at TRIUMF) (D. Fleming and M. Senba). 9. Muon level-crossing resonance (R.F.
Kiefl and S.R. Kreitzman). 10. mu+SR in magnetically ordered metals (A. Seeger and L. Schimmele). 11. Experiments on
muon catalyzed fusion (K. Nagamine). 12. Coupled-rearrangement-channel calculations of muon catalyzed fusion processes (M. Kamimura).
13. Metastable exotic helium atoms (R.S. Hayano, M. Iwasaki and T. Yamazaki). 14. Towards advanced muon-beam production (K. Nagamine
and K. Ishida). 15. Low-energy muon science at the turn of the millenium (J.H. Brewer). 16. New diagnostic methods using muonic
X-rays (K. Sakamoto, Y. Hosoi and K. Nagamine). 17. Hypernuclear spectroscopy with stopped K- (R.S. Hayano and T.
Yamazaki). 18. Sigma-hypernuclear systems (Y. Akaishi). 19. Future experimental projects with the superconducting kaon spectrometer
(O. Hashimoto). 20. Strangeness nuclear physics (H. Bando, T. Motoba and J. Zofka). 21. Nuclei with double strangeness and H dibaryon
(K. Imai). 22. Studies of hadron-induced reactions with the FANCY spectrometer (K. Nakai). 23. Pion transfer reactions for the study
of deeply bound pionic atoms and deltas in nuclei (H. Toki). 24. Strange meson production in relativistic heavy-ion collisions at the
BNL-AGS (S. Nagamiya). 25. Strangeness production in high-energy nuclear collisions (M. Sano and M. Wakai). 26. Quark-meson hybrid
model for baryon-baryon interaction (K. Yazaki). 27. Search for exotic phenomena in kaon decay - muon polarization in
Kmu2 decay, etc. (J. Imazato). Subject index.
Edited by T.Yamazaki,
K.Nakai,
K.Nagamine
Out of print
xviii + 844 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89555-8
040401
524584
BK
Out of print
Analytical Chemistry,
Biochemical Engineering,
Biotechnology (General),
Chemical Health and Safety,
Industrial Chemistry,
Materials Analysis and Characterization,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry,
Pollution Control,
Process Design, Simulation, Control
Chemical Sensor Technology, Volume 4
1992
ELSEVIER
This volume is the fourth in a series of annual reviews on progress in the research and technology, both basic and applied, of
chemical sensors. New principles, new devices, and the detailed mechanism of various chemical sensors are described. Chemical sensors
continue to grow rapidly in importance encompassing a broad spectrum of technologies covering safety, pollution, fuel economy,
medical engineering and industrial processes. More than half the papers in this volume are relevant to biosensing, a strategic field
for medical and health care equipment, especially in geriatric medicine. Frequent health checks at home will be increasingly
necessary as the proportion of the aged in the population steadily grows. In some cases health conditions will have to be monitored
constantly to give warnings or provide emergency assistance at the right time. Because biochemical substances play major roles in
physiological processes such as metabolism, excitation and contraction of skeletal muscle and neurotransmission, chemical sensing of
the related biochemical substances will eventually become indispensable.
Each chapter is written by an expert active in the front
lines of chemical sensor research. Not only is the technological essence of the subject provided, but also the background and
philosophy, an evaluation of achievements to date and problems to be dealt with. Each topic is described in sufficient depth to be
useful to researchers worldwide.
Development of the TGS Gas Sensor (A. Chiba). Invention of the Gas Sensor. Establishment of Figaro Engineering Inc. Some
Basic Aspects of Semiconductor Gas Sensors (N. Yamazoe and N. Miura). Microstructure of SnO2 Particles. Influence of
Microstructure on Gas Sensitivity. Modifications of SnO2 Surface. Concluding Remarks. Silicon Technologies for Sensor
Fabrication (W. Mokwa). Basic Processing Steps. Silicon on Insulator Technology. Silicon Micromechanics. Thin Film Chemical
Sensors on Silicon Substrates. Chemical Sensors Based on Silicon Devices. Micromachined Chemical Sensors. Conclusion.
Characterization of Oxygen Adsorbates on Semiconductive Oxides (M. Iwamoto). Oxygen Species Adsorbed on Oxides. Adsorption
States of Oxygen Species on Oxides. Reactivity of Oxygen Species Adsorbed on Metal Oxides. Conclusions. Miniaturization of
Catalytic Combustion Sensors (H. Futata). Conventional Catalytic Combustion Sensors. Improvement for Selective CO Detection.
Development of Low-power Sensors. Conclusion. Solid Electrolyte Potentiometric Oxygen Gas Sensors (C.M. Mari and G.B. Barbi).
Operating Principles. Precision of Oxygen Partial Pressure Determination. Accuracy and Reliability. Response Time. Materials.
Conclusions. NASICON: a Sensitive Membrane for Ion Analysis (P. Fabry and E. Siebert). Structure and Properties of NASICON.
NASICON Preparation Processes. ISE Improvements with NASICON. Conclusion. Characterization of Poly(dimethyldiallylammonium
chloride) and its Application to Electrochemical Sensors (R.S. Tieman, K.L. Rauen, W.R. Heineman and E.W. Huber). NMR Studies of
Irradiated DMDAAC. Electrochemistry of Poly(DMDAAC) Networks on Platinum and Graphite. Solid-state Electrochemical Measurements Using
Poly(DMDAAC). Humidity Sensor. Conclusions. Biosensors with Microvolume Reaction Chambers (L. Bousse, J.C. Owicki and J.W.
Parce). LAPS Devices. Kinetics of pH Change in Microvolumes. Application to Enzyme-linked Immunoassays. The Measurement of the
Metabolism of Living Cells. Conclusion. Enzyme Sensor Utilizing an Immobilized Mediator (F. Mizutani and S. Yabuki). The Use
of Conducting Support. The Use of Water-soluble Macromolecular Mediators. Future Prospects. Piezoelectric Biosensors (G.J.
Bastiaans). Principles of Piezoelectric Acoustic Sensors. Bioactive Surfaces. Experimental Piezoelectric Biosensors. Future Trends.
Sensitization of Dielectric Surfaces by Chemical Grafting Application to ISFETs and ENFETs (P. Clechet, N.J. Renault and C.
Martelet). Chemical Sensitization of ISFETs. Surface Silanization of Silica Thin Layer. Conclusion. High Sensitive Immunosensor
Employing Surface Photovoltage Technique (T. Katsube and H. Uchida). Surface Photovoltage (SPV) Technique. Experimental Details.
Experimental Results. Discussion. Conclusion. Non-invasive Monitoring of Glucose in Blood (J. Kimura, T. Kuriyama, M. Kikuchi
and T. Arai). Suction Effusion Fluid as a Bio-chemical Constituent Sensing Sample. ISFET Biosensor for Body Fluid. Feasibility Study
by Animal Experiments. SEF Technology Applied to Humans. Conclusion. Biosensing System for Odor Compounds Using Plants (H.
Matsuoka). Biosensor and Biosensing. Strategy for the Development of an Odor-sensing System Using Plants. Response Properties of
Plant Leaf to CO2 Gas. Mechanism and Significance of Leaf Responsiveness to High Concentrations of CO2 Gas.
Responsive Properties of Plant Leaf to Odor Compounds. Quantitative Experiments on Odor Compounds. Concluding Remarks. Index.
Edited by S.Yamauchi
CHSTChemical Sensor Technology4
Out of print
288 pages
Hardbound
0-444-98680-4
030303
525608
BK
Out of print
Gastroenterology and Hepatology
Progress in Hepatology Volume 1
Cellular and Molecular Biology
Proceedings of the Takahashi Memorial Forum, Tokyo, Japan, 5 November 1994
1995
EXCERPTA MEDICA
This volume, entitled Progress in Hepatology, is a reflection upon the most recent experiences in Japanese research. Most of
the work was presented at a meeting, held in Tokyo, in memory of Tadao Takahashi M.D., Professor Emeritus of the Jikei University
School of Medicine and a founder of the Japanese Association for the Study of the Liver.
This book is intended to cover recent
advances of hepatology in Japan. Other volumes, focusing on different subject areas in hepatology, particularly in Japan are expected
to be published on an annual basis.
Molecular structure and pathophysiological roles of interceullular junctions in the liver (M. Mori et al.). Transport in the
liver and its abnormalities (H. Takikawa and M. Yamanaka). Hepatocyte growth factor: Pleiotrophic roles for liver regeneration and
possible clinical applications (H. Amaike et al.). Acute liver failure. Possible mechanisms of massive hepatic necrosis and
impaired liver regeneration (K. Fujiwara et al.). The effect of HGF on coagulation and fibrinolysis in
dimethylnitrosoamine-induced liver injury (K. Okabe et al.). Mechanism of liver cell injury induced by hepatitis C virus (N.
Hayashi et al.). Molecular mechanisms of persistent infection and interferon resistance of hepatitis C virus (N. Enomoto
et al.). The present status of autoimmune hepatitis and its heterogeneity (M. Zeniya et al.). Risk factors for
development of alcoholic liver cirrhosis (M. Yamauchi et al.). Molecular pathogenesis of hepatocellular carcinoma in
hepatitis B virus infection (K. Koike et al.). Index of authors. Keyword index.
Edited by M.Y.Yamanaka,
K.Okabe
,
G.Toda
ICSInternational Congress Series1086
Out of print
154 pages
Hardbound
0-444-82099-X
096965
504056
BK
Out of print
Cellular Biology,
Oncology
Molecular and Cellular Networks for Cancer Therapy
Proceedings of the International Symposium on Molecular and Cellular Networks for Cancer Therapy, May 20, 1988, Osaka, Japan
1989
EXCERPTA MEDICA
The symposium on which this book is based summarized the experimental and clinical results accumulated in the past decade on the
effect of immunostimulants and cytokines as cancer therapy. The scientific committee consisting of Drs Y. Yamamura, I. Azuma, T.
Ogura and F. Takaku organised the symposium, which took place on May 20, 1988 with 250 delegates. Ten speakers, including 5 from
overseas, reviewed their special areas of experience in immunostimulants and cytokines as cancer therapy. This volume has been
specially edited to reflect the discussions which took place, as well as the reviews presented. It is also intended to provide a
better understanding of the knowledge obtained in recent years and future research prospects in this area.
Preface. SECTION 1: CYTOKINES AND THEIR ROLE IN CANCER THERAPY. Pleiotropisms and pleiomorphisms of cytokines - Immunostimulated and
endogenous ways of hematopoiesis? (F. Melchers). Hemopoietic regulators in the treatment of cancer and myeloid leukemia (D. Metcalf).
Effectiveness of cytokines in cancer therapy (F. Takaku). Regulation of immune and inflammatory responses by T cell-derived
lymphokines (K. Hatake, A. Miyajima, K. Arai). Biomolecular mechanisms of macrophage activation for tumor cell killing (S.W.
Russell). Successful therapy of melanoma with a regimen of low-dose cyclophosphamide and interleukin 2 (M.S. Mitchell, R.A. Kempf, W.
Harel et al.). Immunomodulation by tumor necrosis factor (K. Hori, M.J. Ehrke, E. Mihich). SECTION 2: NOCARDIA RUBRA CELL WALL
SKELETON AND ITS CLINICAL APPLICATION. Immunologic and biochemical properties of bacterial fractions and related compounds with
special reference to BCG cell wall skeleton and Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton (I. Azuma). Molecular and cellular multihit attack
against tumor cells with immunostimulants (T.O. Yoshida, S. Haraguchi, T. Matsuo). Chemical structure of Nocardia rubra cell wall
skeleton (S. Koda, M. Fujioka, Y. Morimoto). Activation of cellular networks and cytokine cascade with Nocardia rubra cell wall
skeleton (H. Aoki). Immunopharmacological effect of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton on host defense against cancer in an
experimental system (T. Masuno). Experimental immunotherapy with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton in tumor-bearing animals (I.
Kawase). Prevention of carcinogenesis with BCG cell wall skeleton and Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton in experimental models (T.
Yoshimoto, M. Namba, F. Hirao). Immunological rationale for immunotherapy of lung cancer and clinical effect of surgical adjuvant
immunotherapy with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton (K. Yasumoto, H. Nakahashi). Clinical application of Nocardia rubra cell wall
skeleton in inoperable lung cancers (T. Ogura, M. Sakatani). Long-term results of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton immunotherapy in
gastric cancer patients (T. Ochiai, K. Isono). Clinical application of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for immunotherapy of gastric
carcinoma based on the function of effector T cells against tumors (S. Koyama, T. Ebihara). Randomized controlled study of
chemoimmunotherapy for acute myelogenous leukemia with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton and irradiated allogeneic leukemic cells (H.
Nakamura, R. Ohno, K. Yamada et al.). Clinical application of Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for acute nonlymphatic leukemia (S.
Kishimoto, K. Yunoki, T. Yamaguchi et al.). Adjuvant immunotherapy by Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for head and neck
malignancies: a randomized, controlled study (S. Sakai). Preliminary results of a trial with Nocardia rubra cell wall skeleton for
the prevention of respiratory tract cancer in a high-risk group (Y. Nishimoto, M. Yamakido, S. Ishioka). Author index. Subject index.
Edited by Y.Yamamura,
I.Azuma
ICSInternational Congress Series857
Out of print
x + 270 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81076-5
096965
504055
BK
Out of print
Dentistry and Oral Surgery
Lasers in Dentistry
Proceedings of the International Congress, Tokyo, Japan, 5-6 August 1988
1989
EXCERPTA MEDICA
The International Congress of Laser in Dentistry was held in Tokyo, Japan on August 5th and 6th, 1988, hosted by Professor Hajime
Yamamoto. There were 400 participants, including 60 foreign attendants. The main theme of the Congress was "Application of laser to
oral and maxillofacial region". The scientific program consisted of 4 special lectures, 1 symposium, 3 workshops and 44 free papers.
This volume includes the most important papers of those presented at the Congress, and will provide clinicians and researchers with
the opportunity to learn much about the extensive, up-to-date information on several new therapeutic and diagnostic strategies in
laser dentistry.
LECTURES (4 papers). SYMPOSIUM (6 papers). BASIC RESEARCH (5 papers). INSTRUMENTATION (5 papers). MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSIS (4
papers). ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY (9 papers). DENTAL CARIES AND DENTAL PULP (5 papers). PERIODONTOLOGY (1 paper). ANALGESIC
EFFECT (3 papers). TREATMENT OF MALIGNANT TUMOR (3 papers). Author index.
Edited by H.Yamamoto,
K.Atsumi,
H.Kusakari
ICSInternational Congress Series850
Out of print
xii + 304 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81092-7
096965
503745
BK
Out of print
Electromagnetics, Signal Processing and Communications,
Electric Power,
Magnetic Properties and Materials,
Waveguides and Antennas
Electromagnetomechanical Interactions in Deformable Solids and Structures
Proceedings of the IUTAM Symposium, Tokyo, Japan, 12-17 Oct. 1986
1987
NORTH-HOLLAND
The basic aim of the symposium was to stimulate the exchange of creative ideas and to promote advanced investigations of the
electromagnetomechnical interaction phenomena. The importance of research in this field has been well recognized due to the rapid
developments which have recently been made. These developments are particularly evident in both nuclear fusion reactor technology and
electroacoustic device technology in the light of electromagnetoelasticity. A wide range of theoretical, experimental and numerical
research was reported on and discussed. The new and up-to-date information presented here should help contribute to the progress of
the related subjects.
Electromagnetic Buckling and Stability (6 papers). Deformation and Vibrations due to an Electromagnetic Force (11 papers).
Electromagnetic Fracture and Stress Analysis of Magnets (5 papers). Eddy Current Analysis (11 papers). Magnetic Field Analysis (3
papers). Electromagnetomechanical Interaction (6 papers). Electromagnetoelastic Wave (11 papers). Electromagnetic Material (10
papers) Invited Papers: Chaotic Dynamics in Magnetic and Magneto-Mechanical Systems (F.C. Moon and G.-X. Li). The Bending and
Vibration of Piezoelectric Ceramic Plates (S.A. Ambartsumian and M.V. Belubekian). Recent Developments in the Computation of Eddy
Current Effects (C.W. Trowbridge and C. Emson). Eddy Current Methods of Flaw Detection and Their Modeling (W. Lord). Coupled
Magnetomechanical Hysteresis Effects: Application to Non-Destructive Testing (G.A. Maugin, M. Sabir and P. Chambon). Multipole
Electrodynamics of Deformable Solids (R.K.T. Hsieh).
Edited by Y.Yamamoto,
K.Miya
Out of print
xvi + 434 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70231-8
060601
523494
BK
Out of print
Numerical Analysis,
Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages,
Physical Sciences and Engineering,
Simulation and Modeling
Advances in Computational Mathematics
Proceedings of the International Symposium on Computational Mathematics, Matsuyama, Japan, 30 August-4 September 1990
Reprinted from the Journal of Computational and Applied Mathematics
1992
NORTH-HOLLAND
This is a book edition of the symposium proceedings previously published in the Journal of Computational and Applied
Mathematics. Twenty-one invited and 11 contributed talks given by such authors as E.L. Allgower, O. Axelesson, C. Brezinski,
H.W. Engl, C.W. Gear, J.W. Jerome, D.K. Kahaner and B.N. Parlett are included. Contributions cover a wide variety of current topics
in computational mathematics including: numerical linear algebra, nonlinear equations and optimization, numerical approximation and
integration, ill-posed problems, numerical solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, numerical solution of algebraic
equations, and computation with validation.
Preface (T. Yamamoto). Conjugate gradient methods for continuation problems (E.L. Allgower, C.-S. Chien, K. Georg and C.-F. Wang).
Volume integrals for boundary element methods (E.L. Allgower, K. Georg and R. Widmann). The method of diagonal compensation of
reduced matrix entries and multilevel iteration (O. Axelsson). Optimal linear contractive sequence transformations (C. Brezinski and
S. Paszkowski). PCG methods applied to a system of nonlinear equations (X. Chen and T. Yamamoto). A bidimensional stability result
for aluminium electrolytic cells (J. Descloux, Y. Jaccard and M.V. Romerio). Uniform convergence of regularization methods for linear
ill-posed problems (H.W. Engl and G. Hodina). Generalized nonlinear diagonal dominance and applications to asynchronous iterative
methods (A. Frommer). Performance of hyperplane ordering on vector computers (S. Fujino, M. Mori and T. Takeuchi). Waveform methods
for space and time parallelism (C.W. Gear). A simple numerical model for nonlinear warming of a slab (C.W. Groetsch). Application of
a modified FFT to product type integration (T. Hasegawa and T. Torii). Computing zeros and orders of Bessel functions (Y. Ikebe, Y.
Kikuchi and I. Fujishiro). Projected successive overrelaxation method for finite-element solutions to the Dirichlet problem for a
system of nonlinear elliptic equations (K. Ishihara). On the stability of the boundary element collocation method applied to the
linear heat equation (Y. Iso and K. Onishi). Numerical approximation of PDE system fixed-point maps via Newton's method (J.W.
Jerome). Experiments with an ordinary differential equation solver in the parallel solution of method of lines problems on a
shared-memory parallel computer (D.K. Kahaner, E.Ng, W.E. Schiesser and S. Thompson). On counting functions of self-similar sequences
(Y. Kametaka). Asymptotic stability of the fundamental solution method (T. Kitagawa). On bivariate osculatory interpolation (X.-Z.
Liang and L.-Q. Li). Multilevel adaptive methods for incompressible flow in grooved channels (C. Liu, Z. Liu and S. McCormick).
Trencs in systolic and cellular computation (G. Miel). Solving nonlinear parabolic problems with result verification. Part I:
One-space dimensional case (M.T. Nakao). Approximate GCD and its application to ill-conditioned algebraic equations (M.-T. Noda and
T. Sasaki). The double exponential formula for oscillatory functions over the half infinite interval (T. Ooura and M. Mori).
Acceleration methods for vector sequences (N. Osada). Symmetric matrix pencils (B.N. Parlett). A high-order iterative formula for
simultaneous determination of zeros of a polynomial (T. Sakurai, T. Torii and H. Sugiura). A method for constructing generalized
Runge-Kutta methods (H. Sugiura and T. Torii). Finite-element analysis of high Reynolds number flows past a circular cylinder (M.
Tabata and S. Fujima). Computational aspect of linear water wave problem (T. Ushijima). On the determination of the safe initial
approximation for the Durand-Kerner algorithm (D. Wang and F. Zhao). Ball algorithms for constructing solutions of nonlinear operator
equations (Z. You and Z. Xu).
Edited by T.Yamamoto
Out of print
viii + 478 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89421-7
050502
503744
BK
Out of print
Solid Mechanics,
Elasticity,
Mechanical Engineering,
Structural Engineering,
Structural Mechanics
Elastic Stability of Circular Cylindrical Shells
1984
NORTH-HOLLAND
The object of this book is to clarify the whole aspect of the basic problems concerning the elastic stability of of circular
cylindrical shells under typical loading conditions. The book deals with buckling, postbuckling and initial postbuckling problems
under one of the three fundamental loads, that is, torsion, pressure and compression. The emphases are placed on the accurate
analysis and comprehensive numeral results for the buckling problem, experimental verification of the theoretical analysis for the
postbuckling problem and clarification of the range of applicability of the perturbation method for the analysis of initial
postbuckling behaviors and imperfection sensitivity. The problems under typical combined loads as well as the influence of the
contained liquid are also clarified.
Introduction. Preface. 1. Nonlinear Theory of Circular Cylindrical Shells. 2. Buckling of Circular Shells Under Fundamental Loads. 3.
Postbuckling Behavior of Circular Cylindrical Shells Under Fundamental Loads. 4. Initial Postbuckling and Imperfection Sensitivity
Under Fundamental Loads. 5. Buckling and Postbuckling of Circular Cylindrical Shells Under Combined Loads. 6. Buckling and
Postbuckling of Partially Liquid-Filled Circular Cylindrical Shells Under Fundamental Loads. References.
By N.Yamaki
NHAMNorth-Holland Series in Applied Mathematics and Mechanics27
Out of print
xiv + 558 pages
Hardbound
0-444-86857-7
040402
600007
BK
Out of print
Materials Mechanics,
Corrosion of Metals,
Transportation Engineering
Recent Advances in Coated Steels Used for Automobile
1996
ELSEVIER
In recent years, the demand for steel sheets with higher corrosion resistance has increased dramatically, and the Japanese steel and
car industries have been cooperating to develop new coated steel to be used for the body of automobiles. The papers in this volume
highlight the recent developments of Japanese studies such as:
All the articles, which have been contributed by authors from the steel and
car industries, provide definitive conclusions and constructive suggestions for this field.
Foreword. Preface. List of Contributors. Pre-coated steel sheet for automotive body in Japan (A. Shibuya). Application of
galvannealed steel sheet (H. Kawaguchi, S. Sudo, A. Tanaka). Zn-Ni alloy plated steel sheet applied to automobile body (T. Sakauchi,
H. Itoh). Automotive corrosion prevention and testing (K. Okazaki). Alloying reaction controlin production of galvannealed steel (T.
Kanamura, M. Nakayama, T. Fujiwara). Organic composite coated steel sheet (M. Yamashita, T. Kubota). Zinc- and zinc alloy-based
dispersion-coated steel sheets (N. Morito). Corrosion resistance of vapor deposited zinc alloy coated steel sheets (J. Katoh, J.
Kawafuku). Amorphous Al-Mn alloy pre-coated steel sheet by morten salt electrolytes (J. Uchida et al.). Ceramic coatings on
aluminized steel sheets by the sol-gel method (K. Izumi, Y. Uchida). Index.
Edited by K.Yamakawa,
H.Fujikawa
CJMRCurrent Japanese Materials Research16
Out of print
192 pages
Hardbound
0-444-82513-4
060657
525037
BK
Out of print
Numerical Methods in Engineering,
Mathematical Methods in Physics,
Mechanical Engineering
Towards the Harnessing of Chaos
A Collection of Contributions Based on Lectures Presented at the Seventh TOYOTA Conference, Mikkabi, Shizuoka, Japan, 31 October- 3 November 1993
1994
ELSEVIER
Since the findings of R. May in 1974, chaos has become a popular subject of research in many science fields such as mathematics,
physics, biology and chemistry. Recently it has been suggested that chaos may provide some applications in engineering fields. The
word "harnessing" chosen in the title of this book is meant to suggest the taming of chaos, which seems to act like a living thing.
This collection of papers presents a unique up-to-date review of the various applications of chaos in different fields.
Preface. Sessions I: Using nonlinear dynamics to make a new world atlas (M.J. Feigenbaum). A theory of computation and
complexity over the real numbers (L. Blum). II: Critical computation, phase transitions and hierarchical learning (J.P.
Crutchfield). How can chaos be a cognitive processor? (I. Tsuda, G. Barna). Chaos and evolution of cooperative behavior in a
host-parasite game (T. Ikegami, E.S. Yoshikawa). III: Some thoughts on chaos in engineering (R.S. MacKay). Chaos in neural
response and dynamical neural network models: toward a new generation of analog computing (K. Aihara). Solution of the optimization
problem using the neural network model as a globally coupled map (H. Nozawa). IV: Chaos and metapopulation persistence (D.J.
Rosko, W.M. Schaffer, J.C. Allen). Mesoscopic modeling of complex dynamics in heart and other excitable media (H. Ito). Entrainment
of chaotic systems with resonant driving forces (K. Chang, A. Hübler). V: Controlling transient chaos in dynamical
systems (Y. Lai, C. Grebogi, T. Tél). Functional optical chaos (P. Davis). VI: The engineering design of nonlinear
dynamical systems (F.A. McRobie). Instability and controllability of quantum systems (P. Gaspard, P. van Ede van der Pals).
Complicated behavior of a clarinet artificially blown (T. Idogawa, T. Kobata). VII: Indirect time series analysis of 1-D chaos
and its applications to designs of noise generators and to evaluations of randomness of pseudorandom number generator (T. Kohda).
Bifurcation equations and standard forms of continuous piecewise-linear vector fields (M. Komuro). VIII: Fractal distribution
and Fick's law in a reversible chaotic system (S. Tasaki, P. Gaspard). On the structure of the parameter space of the Hénon
map (A. Sannami). IX: Reconstructing chaotic systems in the presence of noise (A.I. Mees). Chaos - the surprises of smooth
flows (O.E. Rössler). Poster Session. Papers by: M. Adachi and K. Aihara, K. Aoki, S. Arita and M. Yoneda, L. Chen
and K. Aihara, N. Ichinose and K. Aihara, T. Ikeguchi and K. Aihara, T. Ishii and K. Kyuma, M. Kan and H. Taguchi, Y. Kato, S.
Nakata, Y. Yonezawa and K. Yoshikawa, S. Kimoto, T. Ikeugchi, T. Matozaki and K. Aihara, H. Mori, T. Nagashima, J. Kawashima and Y.
Takahashi, S. Nara and P. Davis, H. Oka, K. Sakai and K. Aihara, M. Sen and H. Chang, A. Shimizu, E. Simiu and M. Frey, K. Tanikawa
and Y. Yamaguchi, I. Tokuda, R. Tokunaga and K. Aihara, K. Yagasaki, T. Yamada and K. Aihara, Y. Yonezawa. Author index. Subject
index.
Edited by M.Yamaguti
Out of print
454 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81934-7
040402
522471
BK
Out of print
Control Systems,
Mechanical Engineering
Tribology of Plastic Materials
Their Characteristics and Applications to Sliding Components
1990
ELSEVIER
This book presents a thorough overview on workable theories and reliable experimental data on the use of plastic materials for
sliding parts.
Divided into four parts. Chapters 1 and 2 deal with current theories of friction and wear, and include discussion of
various hypotheses based upon experimental studies. Chapter 3 details experiments designed to improve tribological performance via
polymer blending and composite production, whilst Chapter 4 explains how the data obtained from these experiemnts can be applied to
sliding machine parts. The work will prove useful in the design of plastic materials and components and will also provide a
stepping-stone toward future innovations in this field.
1. Friction. 2. Wear. 3. Improvement of Lubricity. 4. Application to Sliding Machine Parts. (References are included at the end of each chapter.)
By Y.Yamaguchi
Out of print
xii + 362 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87445-3
060607
500158
BK
Out of print
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry,
Biochemical Engineering,
Carbohydrate Chemistry,
Natural Products Chemistry
Polysaccharides
Syntheses, Modifications and Structure/Property Relations
1988
ELSEVIER
This book provides the most up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the structures and properties of polysaccharides, methods for
their characterization, de novo synthesis, and modification, as well as advances in structure/function correlations. Many of these
topics are summarized for the first time. A brief survey of polysaccharide structures is given highlighting the most significant
advances in analytical and spectroscopic technology (NMR, MS, etc.). A chapter is devoted to glycan properties, including
conformational aspects, rheological and compatibility characteristics, etc. There is a comprehensive overview of the de novo
synthesis of carbohydrate polymers, the transformation of glycans into novel types of polymers, and the preparation of linear and
branched polysaccharide analogues and conjugates with synthetic polymers via chemical and enzymatic approaches. The book also details
the factors controlling the uniformity of substitutions in homogeneous and heterogeneous derivatization processes and the elucidation
of the substitution patterns of partially modified polysaccharides, through combined spectroscopic and statistical methods. One of
the important developments in the glycan field is based on the increasing demand for greater control of the functional properties of
these biopolymers. The book provides a very extensive account of various types of modifications, including selective and
non-selective chemical techniques, biological methods that facilitate alterations or specific functional groups and properties
through the application of synthetic or degradative enzymes, and mutational or recombinant DNA techniques. The coverage extends to
the control of glycan integrity and molecular weight through chemical enzymatic, physical or other methods. Electrochemical
modification techniques are also discussed. A particularly up-to-date and comprehensive review is given of polysaccharide
structure/property relations. Here, the effects of primary structural parameters (composition, molecular size, branching,
polyelectrolyte character and non-carbohydrate substituents) are discussed, as are factors which affect glycan solubility, viscosity
and gel-forming capacity. Also included are the phenomena resulting from the interactions of polysaccharides with solvents, salts,
polyols, surfactants, synthetic and biological polymers. The impact of glycan structural parameters on various biological activities,
such as immunological, anticoagulant, and antitumour properties, is surveyed. The book features a foreword by Dr. R.H. Marchessault,
and contains almost 2,000 references to the state-of-the-art in the field, as well as an extensive subject index, over 40 tables, and
130 schemes and illustrations. It provides a wealth of valuable information for specialists in polysaccharides, biochemists,
biotechnologists, enzymologists, microbiologists, organic chemists, polymer scientists, and others whose work involves these
biopolymers.
Chapter 1. Introduction. 2. Structures. 3. General Polysaccharide Methods. 4. Properties. 5. Synthesis of New Carbohydrate Polymers,
Polysaccharide Analogues and Conjugates. 6. Substitution Patterns of Polysaccharide Derivatives. 7. Chemical Modifications. 8.
Enzymatic Modifications. 9. Alterations of Polysaccharide Integrity and Electrochemical Modifications. 10. Structure/Property
Relationships. References. Subject Index.
By M.Yalpani
SOCStudies in Organic Chemistry36
Out of print
xxii + 500 pages
Hardbound
0-444-43022-9
030302
500043
BK
Out of print
Biochemical Engineering,
Carbohydrate Chemistry,
Natural Products Chemistry,
Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry
Industrial Polysaccharides
Genetic Engineering, Structure/Property Relations and Applications
Proceedings of the Symposium on the Applications and Modifications of Industrial Polysaccharides held during the 193rd American Chemical Society National Meeting, Denver, CO, USA, 5-10 April 1987
1987
ELSEVIER
This volume contains over 30 scientific contributions and several review chapters on important research topics involving carbohydrate
polymers. The book is based on recent developments in industrial polysaccharides in such areas as genetic engineering, chemistry,
spectroscopy, and industrial applications. A number of significant scientific and technological breakthroughs are included.
Extensive coverage is given on various chemical and enzymatic methodologies for systematic structural manipulations of
polysaccharides, e.g. controlled manipulation of the biosynthetic pathways of industrial biopolymers such as PMB and xanthan gum, the
effects of systematic enzymatic post-modification of galactomannans and molecular conformation studies of glycans. An important part
of the volume is devoted to progress in the understanding of the important polysaccharide structure/property relations. Powerful
chemical and enzymatic methodologies have advanced the prospects for the design of products with desired properties much closer to
realization than ever before. The work also contains a number of contributions on emerging commercial applications ranging from oil
field chemicals, to waste treatment, pesticides, cosmetics, foods, controlled drug delivery, wound treatment and other therapeutics.
Several reviews on selected topics have been included in order to provide readers unfamiliar to these areas with background
information. The volume will be of interest to specialists in polysaccharides, as well as to non-specialists whose work involves
these materials.
Introduction: Synthesis and Characterization of Polysaccharides (M. Yalpani). Part 1. Genetic Engineering and Enzymatic
Modifications. Developments and prospects in enzymatic biopolymer modifications (M. Yalpani, M.J. Desrochers). Genetically
engineered polymers: Manipulation of xanthan biosynthesis (M.R. Betlach et al.). Polyhydroxybutyrate (PHB): A model system for
biopolymer engineering (O.P. Peoples, A.J. Sinskey). Controlled biosynthesis of yeast glucan particles (S. Jamas et al.).
Polysaccharide modification - A physiological approach (I.W. Sutherland). Production and characterization of a thermostable bacterial
cyclodextrin glycosyltransferase (H. Aoki et al.). Bacterial degradation of xanthan gum (M.C. Cadmus, M.E. Slodki). Hydrolysis
products of Pichia (Hansenula) holstii O-phosphomannan and uses in phosphomannosyl receptor characterization (M.E. Slodki). Part
2. Chemical Modifications. Progress in chemical modifications of polysaccharides (M. Yalpani). Glycol-modified polysaccharides
(G.L. Brode et al.). Natural and synthetic derivatives of agarose and their use in biochemical separations (K.B. Guisely).
Chemically-modified group B meningococcal polysaccharides as human vaccines (H.J. Jennings et al.). Calcium complexation by oxidized
maltodextrins in water (M.S. Nieuwenhuizen et al.). Part 3. Structure/Property Relations. Effect of mono-O-acetyl groups on
the conformation and interaction of microbial polysaccharides (E.T. Atkins). Structure/property relations of a family of microbial
polysaccharides (R. Moorehouse). The role of structural modification in controlling polysaccharide functionality (I.C.M. Dea). On the
properties of polysaccharides: Relation between chemical structure and physical properties (M. Rinaudo, M. Milas). Organoleptic
properties of food polysaccharides in thickened systems (E.R. Morris). Part 4. Characterization. Rheological characterization
of high viscosity polysaccharides (B.-D. Kwon et al.). Conformations of chitosan, its metal complexes, and acid salts revealed by
high-resolution solid-state 13C-NMR (H. Saitô et al.). CP/MAS 13C-NMR studies on aqueous polysaccharide
gels (A.J. Stipanovic, P.J. Giammatteo). Polysaccharide structure from circular dichroism (I. Tobias). Part 5. Novel
Applications. Commercial polysaccharides: Recent trends and developments (M. Yalpani, P.A. Sandford). Binding of metal cations by
chitin derivatives: Improvement of adsorption ability through chemical modifications (K. Kurita). Immunological aspects of chitin
derivatives (S. Tokura et al.). Chitosan-A natural, cationic biopolymer: Commercial applications (P.A. Sandford, G.P. Hutchings).
Modification of dextran and application in prodrug design (E.H. Schacht). Author Index. Subject Index.
Edited by M.Yalpani
PBTProgress in Biotechnology3
Out of print
xx + 408 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42906-9
070710
692473
BK
ISBN/0801679621
Dentistry
Pharmacology and Therapeutics for Dentistry
Fourth Edition
1998
MOSBY
This comprehensive resource covers the entire spectrum of pharmacology for dental students and practitioners from the basic
principles of drugs and their actions on the body to detailed clinical applications of drugs in dental treatment. Special attention
is given to drugs that are used in dentistry, such as antibiotics for the treatment and prophylaxis of acute infection or treatment
of periodontal disease and anesthetic and analgesic agents for the management of pain. Every chapter ends with vital information on
"Dental Implications," even for drugs that are not directly dental-related.
Section One: Principles Of Pharmacology 1. Pharmacodynamics: mechanisms of drug action 2. Pharmacokinetics: the absorption,
distribution and fate of drugs 3. Pharmacotherapeutics: the clinical use of drugs 4. General mechanisms of drug interactions Section
Two: Pharmacology Of Specific Drug Groups 5. Introduction to autonomic nervous system drugs 6. Adrenergic drugs 7. Adrenergic
blocking drugs 8. Cholinergic drugs 9. Antimuscarinic drugs 10. Agents affecting ganglionic and neuromuscular transmission 11.
Introduction to central nervous systems drugs 12. Psychopharmacology: antipsychotics and antidepressants 13. Antianxiety drugs and
centrally acting muscle relaxants 14. Sedative-hypnotics and central nervous system stimulants 15. Anticonvulsants 16. Antiparkinson
agents 17. Local anesthetics 18. Principles of general anesthesia 19. Agents used in general anesthesia, deep sedation, and conscious
sedation 20. Opioid analgesics and antagonists 21. Peripherally acting (nonlipid) analgesics 22. Antiinflammatory drugs 23. Histamine
and histamine antagonists 24. Introduction to cardiovascular pharmacology: antiarrhythmic drugs 25. Cardiac glycosides and other
drugs used in heart failure 26. Antianginal drugs 27. Diuretic drugs 28. Antihypertensive drugs 29. Lipid-lowering drugs 30.
Antianemic drugs 31. Hemostasis, homostatics, and anticoagulants 32. Drugs acting on the respiratory system 33. Drugs acting on the
gastrointestinal tract 34. Hormones of hemostasis 35. Hormones of reproduction and sexual development 36. Principles and mechanisms
of antibiotic therapy 37. Antibacterial antibiotics 38. Antifungal and antiviral agents 39. Immunotherapy 40. Antineoplastic drugs
41. Aliphatic alcohols 42. Anticaries agents 43. Antiplaque/antigingivitis agents 44. Antiseptics and disinfectants Section Three:
Special Subjects In Pharmacology And Therapeutics 45. Management of pain 46. Management of anxiety 47. Antimicrobial agents in the
prevention and treatment of infection 48. Treatment of oral complications of cancer therapy 49. Drug abuse 50. Toxicology 51.
Geriatric pharmacology 52. Drugs for medical emergencies 53. Prescription writing and drug regulations Appendix I. Drug interactions
in clinical dentistry Appendix II. Glossary of abbreviations
By JohnYagiela,
EnidNeidle,
FrankDowd
Out of print
752 pages
Hardbound
0-8016-7962-1
999999
524105
BK
Out of print
Clinical Biochemistry,
Clinical Immunology,
Food Biotechnology,
Histochemistry, Cytochemistry,
Internal Medicine,
Lipids and Lipid Metabolism,
Molecular Biology,
Physiology
Oxygen Radicals
Proceedings of the 5th International Congress on Oxygen Radicals: Active Oxygen, Lipid Peroxides and Antioxidants, Kyoto, Japan, 17-21 November 1991
1992
EXCERPTA MEDICA
There is an increasing number of reports that suggest that oxygen radicals play a role in a wide variety of pathological conditions
such as atherosclerosis, cancer, ischemia, inflammation, radiation injury, and environmental stress and that they may be important in
the aging process.
This publication comprises of poster presentations given at the 5th International Congress on Oxygen
Radicals which was held on November 17-21, in Kyoto, Japan. Contributions to this volume describe the generation and reaction of
oxygen radicals and lipid peroxides, and the pathophysiological effects of various radical species. Furthermore, presentations on the
effect of antioxidants in preventing free radical injury were given. A summarized version of the contents is provided hereunder.
Active oxygens and free radicals: Generation, reaction and detection (57 papers). Lipid peroxides: Generation, reaction and
detection (25 papers). Pathological implications (55 papers). Defence systems (61 papers). Food and
nutrition (7 papers). Index of authors.
Edited by K.Yagi,
M.Kondo,
E.Niki,
T.Yoshikawa
ICSInternational Congress Series998
Out of print
xx + 846 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89485-3
090900
25805
TB
Out of print
Intergroup Relations
An Arrogant Oppressive Spirit
Anti-Zionism as Anti-Judaism in Egypt
1989
PERGAMON
A unique contribution to our knowledge of attitudes toward Jews on the part of important individuals and organizations within
contemporary Egypt. The author examines the content and ideological context of attitudes toward Jews and explores how these
attitudes and value judgements have been combined with European antisemitic concepts into a new mix. Most of the views analyzed are
by no means those of right- or left-wing extremists but of people of the center, highlighting the contradiction between the rise of
potentially genocidal antisemitism and Egypt's peaceful relations with Israel. In addition, the impact of radical Muslim
fundamentalism is explored. This thoroughly researched book is an important contribution to the study of antisemitism and, more
generally, to the study of other group hatreds as well.
(Section Headings): Introduction: Separating the threads of hostile attitudes. The cultural assault on the Egyptian mind. The Islamic
Left: political potential of religious consciousness. "Who will destroy whom?": a Jewish-Arab religious confrontation. Conclusion:
Anti-Zionism as anti-Judaism. Index.
RivkaYadlin
SIASStudies in Antisemitism Series3
Out of print
145 pages
Hardbound
0-08-034973-0
080809
503979
BK
Out of print
Genetics
The Carcinoembryonic Antigen Gene Family
Proceedings of the International Conference on the CEA Gene Family, Sapporo, Japan, 15 October 1988
1989
EXCERPTA MEDICA
Since its discovery in 1965, CEA has become the most intensely studied tumor marker for colon cancer. This volume reflects the need
to update our current knowledge of the CEA gene family and the explosion of information that has taken place in the last two years.
CEA has long been recognised as one member of a gene family consisting of a number of closely related cell surface glycoproteins,
although the exact details of their interralationships has been unclear owing to the difficulties in purifying and characterizing
these glycoproteins which are usually present in complex mixtures. In the last five years, advances have been made by analysing
these antigens with monoclonal antibodies, although structural details remained lacking. This book is a comprehensive collection of
the latest findings and updates on protein and carbohydrate structural studies on CEA, together with the latest analysis of its
antigenic determinants by synthetic peptide and anti-idiotypic analysis. Perhaps the most exciting finding presented here, is the
extent of the CEA gene family and its relationship to the immunoglobulin gene superfamily. Through a combination of new approaches
and findings, knowledge of the structure and function of the CEA gene family has grown substantially in the last two years. It is
now possible to place this family of glycoproteins within the context of other genes and normal cell functions, which in turn should
aid our understanding of the role of CEA in cancer. A valuable resource book and an excellent aid in keeping abreast of the latest
developments.
Preface. Dr Akira Yachi's Opening Remarks. Preparation of monoclonal antibodies to synthetic CEA peptide (K. Imai, M. Tsujisaki, N.
Hishikawa, S. Tokuchi, T. Higashide, J. Itoh, Y. Sato, A. Ono, T. Sugiyama & A. Yachi). Comparative study of the sugar chains of
carcinoembryonic antigen and its crossreacting antigen purified from meconium (A. Kobata, K. Totani, T. Endo, M. Kuroki, Y. Matsuoka
& K. Yamashita). Structural studies of the carcinoembryonic antigen gene family: sequence analysis and posttranslational
modifications (R.J. Paxton, S.A. Hefta, L.J.F. Hefta, Y. Hinoda, T.D. Lee & J.E. Shively). Membrane anchoring of
carcinoembryonic antigen and demonstration of its active production in normal colon mucosa (Y. Matsuoka, M. Kuroki, N. Takami &
Y. Ikehara). Studies on the function of carcinoembryonic antigen (N. Beauchemin, C. Turbide, J.Q. Huang, S. Benchimol, S. Jothy, K.
Shirota, A. Fuks & C.P. Stanners). Structure, expression and evolution of the human and rat carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) gene
families (J. Thompson, S. Barnert, B. Berling, S. von Kleist, V. Kodelja, K. Lucas, E.-M. Mauch, F. Rudert, H.J. Schrewe, M. Weiss
& W. Zimmermann). Gene and deduced primary structures of pregnancy-specific beta1-glycoproteins, subfamily members
within CEA family within immunoglobulin superfamily (H. Nakazato, S. Oikawa, M. Kuroki, Y. Matsuoka & G. Kosaki). Molecular
cloning and expression of cDNA for carcinoembryonic antigen-related glycoproteins: the pregnancy-specific beta-glycoprotein/fetal
liver NCA subfamily (W.N. Khan, A. Osterman, F. Zoubir & S. Hammarström). Molecular cloning of members of the
carcinoembryonic antigen gene family (J.E. Shively, Y. Hinoda, L.J.F. Hefta, M. Neumaier, S.A. Hefta, L. Shively, R.J. Paxton &
A.D. Riggs). In situ localization of CEA gene transcripts and products (T. Monden, M. Murotani, M. Higashiyama, Y. Kawasaki, T.
Shimano & T. Mori). Idiotype analysis and immune response with use of anti-idiotypic monoclonal antibody to anti-CEA antibody
(M. Tsujisaki, K. Imai, S. Tokuchi, A. Ono, Y. Takai, M. Nakata, T. Sugiyama & A. Yachi). Author Index. Subject Index.
Edited by A.Yachi,
J.E.Shively
Out of print
136 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81089-7
096965
524365
BK
Structure of Liquids and Solids, Crystallography,
Lattice Dynamics and Crystal Statistics
Crystal-Quasicrystal Transitions
1993
NORTH-HOLLAND
The discovery of five-fold diffraction symmetry by D. Schechtman in 1985 shocked crystallography to its roots. Incommensurable
modulation of a crystal changes former identical unit cells into different ones. This radical revolution has given rise to the study
of an entirely new class of matter, the quasicrystalline materials. The study of these quasi-periodic crystals brings a unique
elucidation of the fundaments of crystallography and the relationship between lattice structure and macroscopic properties.
This book covers the transitions between the crystalline and the quasicrystalline state. A thorough understanding of the transition from quasiperiodic to periodic lattices is essential in order to investigate the uniqueness of quasicrystals.
In this well-written volume, an overview is given of the most important problems in quasicrystallography today. Leading experts provide insight into recent experimental advances achieved by studying the phase transitions between crystalline and quasicrystalline states. In the theoretical chapters one is introduced to the depth of insight into the nature of crystallography which has arisen through a rigorous understanding of the quasicrystal structure.
This book is an essential source of reference for crystallographers, crystal growers
and solid state physicists working in the field.
Preface. Continuous transformation of Al-Mn-Si and A1-Cr-Si decagonal quasicrystals to a new approximant (H. Zhang, X.Z. Li, K.H.
Kuo). Relation between icosahedral quasicrystal and its (1/1) cubic approximant (F.H. Li). Phason defect and phase transition (Z.-H.
Mai and L. Xu). Twinning of quasicrystals and related crystals (S. Ranganathan, A. Singh, R.K. Mandal, S. Lele). The structural
relations between amorphous, icosahedral, and crystalline phases (J.C. Holzer, K.F. Kelton). Structural aspects of alloys with
quasicrystallines phases (R. Perez, J.A. Juarez-Islas, J. Reyes Gasga, M.J. Yacamán). Transitions between quasiperiodic and
periodic phases by one-parameter Schur rotations (M. Baake, D. Joseph, P. Kramer). Quasicrystals and their approximants. A unified
view (D. Romeu, J.L. Aragón). Acoustic quasicrystals to analogically study quasicrystal-crystal transitions (M. Torres et
al.). Author index.
Edited by M.J.Yacamán,
M.Torres
NHDSNorth-Holland Delta Series
Out of print
x + 238 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89827-1
050509
522475
BK
Out of print
Chemical Kinetics,
Catalysis,
Chemical Physics,
Industrial Chemistry,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Kinetic Models of Catalytic Reactions
1991
ELSEVIER
This book has been written by a group of mathematicians and chemists whose common interest is in the complex dynamics of catalytic
reactions. Based on developments in mathematical chemistry, a general theory is described that allows the investigation of the
relationships between the kinetic characteristics of complex reactions and their detailed reaction mechanism. Furthermore, a
comprehensive analysis is made of some typical mechanism of catalytic reactions, in particular for the oxidation of carbon monoxide
on platinum metals.
In fact, the book presents "three kinetics": (a) detailed, oriented to the elucidation of a detailed
reaction mechanism according to its kinetic laws; (b) applied, with the aim of obtaining kinetic relationships for the further design
of chemical reactors; and (c) mathematical kinetics whose purpose is the analysis of mathematical models for heterogeneous catalytic
reactions taking place under steady- or unsteady-state conditions.
1. Minimum minimorum. 2. The development of basic concepts of chemical kinetics in heterogeneous catalysis. 3. Formalism of chemical
kinetics. 4. Graphs in chemical kinetics. 5. Simplest non-linear mechanisms of catalytic reactions producing critical phenomena. 6.
Studies of kinetic models for oxidation reactions over metals (exemplified by CO oxidation). 7. Critical retardation effects and slow
relaxations. 8. Conclusions. Index.
By G.S.Yablonskii,
V.I.Bykov,
V.I.Elokhin,
A.N.Gorban
CCKComprehensive Chemical Kinetics32
Out of print
xiv + 392 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88802-0
030300
525760
BK
Out of print
Obstetrics and Gynecology,
Pediatrics,
Radiology, Nuclear Medicine and Medical Imaging
Increasingly Safe and Successful Pregnancies - Focus: EPH Gestosis
Proceedings of the 27th International Congress on Pathophysiology of Pregnancy, Manila, Philippines, 5-7 November 1995
1996
EXCERPTA MEDICA
This book is a compilation of the papers presented during the 27th International congress of the Pathophysiology of Pregnancy held in
Manila, Philippines, on November 5-7, 1995.
The aim of the congress was to collate the different points of view of eminent participants coming from different countries. In addition it served as a venue for dissemination of new thinking and approaches to the management of EPH gestosis, geared for all subspecialties involved in managing pregnancies with complication.
The multidisciplinary consensus appended to these proceedings is a compromise arrived at by Filipino obstetricians, paediatricians, anesthesiologists, cardiologists, neurologists, nephrologists, psychologists, nurses, midwives and nutritionists participating in a workshop.
This book deals with issues not only on the maternal aspect but includes that of the fetus, the newborn and the child hence not only obstetricians but paediatricians, internists, developmental psychologists, nurses and midwives would be interested. Due to limited space only a number of papers have been listed, full contents list available upon request.
Nomenclature and
classification (E.T. Rippmann). Epidimology. Retrospective study of the arterial hypertension impact on mothers above 40 years
in the perinatal period (I. Munteanu, V. Trandafirescu, Gh. Gluhovschi). Epidemology of EPH gestosis in the Philippines (C.
Yabes-Almirante). Pathophysiology of EPH gestosis. Cytokines and fibrinolysis in pre-eclampsia (M. Nakabayashi et
al.). Receptors in human placenta (B. Patricio, E-R. Patricio, P. Ribeiro). Chemical marker of EPH gestosis. Lipid
peroxidation in pre-eclampsia (H. El Zeneiny et al.). Differing approaches in the prevention of EPH gestosis.
Prediction and prevention of pregnancy-induced hypertension (S. Dasgupta). Use of aspirin in the prevention of EPH gestosis (B.P.
Sachs). Identification of the fetus at risk. Technical advances in the management of EPH-gestosis (J.J. Walker). Color Doppler
assessment of the IUGR fetus (A. Kurjak et al.). Management options in EPH gestosis. Outpatient management of EPH
gestosis (J.J. Walker). Treatment of IUGR in pre-eclampsia (Y. Takeda). Resuscitation of the infant of the hypertensive mother (A.
Coughlan). Outcome of EPH gestosis. Fetal outcome of maternal hypertension (E.M. Ostrea Jr.). Developmental outcome in
extremely low birth weight infants in Japan: method of assessing long term prognosis (S. Takada et al.). Concomitant
medical problems. Neurological emergencies in hypertensive pregnant patients (A. Aquino). Immunology. Pitfalls in
interpreting the relationship between antiphospholipid antibodies and pregnancy (H.J.A. Carp). Intravenous immunoglobin to prevent
miscarriage in woman with five or more recurrent abortions (H.J.A. Carp et al.). Strategies. Nursing strategies (L.
Layo Danao). The low Cesarean rate in Sweden (N.O. Sjöberg). Index of authors. Keyword index.
Edited by C.Yabes-Almirante,
M.B.de Luna
ICSInternational Congress Series1107
Out of print
432 pages
Hardbound
0-444-82296-8
096961
500485
BK
Out of print
Data Collection and Data Estimation Methodology; Computer Programs,
Statistics
Statistical Analysis for Business and Economics
1989
ELSEVIER
Designed as an introductory business and economic statistics text for MBAs and MAs in economics, this book shows students the
usefulness of statistical methods in economic analysis and in the control function of management. It covers fundamental topics in
statistics, including: measuring, collecting and presenting statistical data; arrays and frequency distributions; probability theory;
special discrete and continuous probability models; classical theory of estimation; experimental design and analysis of variance;
index numbers; time series analysis; Bayesian inferences and design theory; and nonparametric statistics. All concepts and methods
are accompanied by numerical illustrations, and require only a fundamental knowledge of mathematics.
The Significance and Scope of Statistics. Measuring, Collecting, and Presenting Statistical Data. Arrays and Frequency Distributions.
Measures of Central Tendency: Averages. Measures of Dispersion, Skewness, and Kurtosis. Probability Theory. Random Variables and
Probability Distributions. Special Discrete Probability Models. Special Continuous Probability Models. Sampling Distributions.
Classical Theory of Estimation. Classical Theory of Testing I: The Fixed Sample-Size Case. Classical Theory of Testing. II: The
Varying Sample-Size Case. Statistical Quality Control. Inferences with t, x2, and F Distributions. Experimental Design and
the Analysis of Variance. Linear Bivariate Analyses. Linear Multivariate Analyses. Further Regression Studies. Index Numbers. The
Nature and Trends of Time Series. Measures of Short-Run Fluctuations and Forecasting Techniques. Bayesian Inference. Bayesian
Decision Theory: Prior and Posterior Analyses. Bayesian Decision Theory: Preposterior and Sequential Analyses. Nonparametric
Statistics. Appendices.
ByYa-lun Chou
Out of print
xxiv + 1158 pages
Hardbound
0-444-01301-6
080850
524774
BK
Out of print
Clinical Immunology,
Cellular Biology,
Cellular Immunology,
Developmental Biology,
Hematology,
Human Physiology,
Infection and Immunity,
Molecular Biology,
Pediatrics,
Physiology
Neonatal Haematology and Immunology II
Proceedings of the International Symposium, Göttingen, Germany, 13-15 May 1993
1993
EXCERPTA MEDICA
This book outlines main topics on foetal and neonatal haematology and immunology, based on the most recent knowledge available.
According to their most recent research findings the authors propose methods to prevent and treat important neonatal illnesses, like
severe infections. This proceedings is an invaluable reference guide for those dealing with haematologic and immunologic deficiencies
during the perinatal period. Haematologists, immunologists and neonatologists will find this book an excellent reference for their
work, while paediatricians, obstetricians, microbiologists, gastroenterologists, virologists, neurologists and physiologists will
also find it of great value.
Blood Coagulation in the Pre-Term Infant. Ontogenesis and maturation of blood clotting factors (D. Del Principe, A.
Menichelli). Pathogenesis of disordered proteolysis in the neonate (R.P.A. Rivers). Coagulation problems in the very low birth weight
infant (F. Schettini et al.). Management and treatment of disseminated intravascular coagulation in premature infants (S.
Aronis). Cytokines in Pre-Term and Full-Term Infants and in Breast Milk. Effects of bacterial toxins on cytokine production by
mononuclear blood cells from newborns and adults (U. Andersson et al.). Cytokines-interleukins in human milk (A.S. Goldman
et al.). Severe congenital neutropenia: Pathophysiology and treatment (K. Welte et al.). Erythropoiesis in the
Fetus and Newborn. Ontogeny and regulation of erythropoiesis in the very low birth weight infant (E. Carapella de Luca, R.
Pascone). Unique properties of the neonatal red cell (B.H. Lubin et al.). The anemias of prematurity (C.M. Niemeyer).
Recombinant human erythropoietin (rhEPO): A therapeutic option in anemia of prematurity (M. Obladen, R.F. Maier). The Development
of the Immune System. Special immunologic features in term and pre-term neonates (M. Xanthou). The ontogeny of the pulmonary
immune system and pulmonary infections in the pre-term and very low birth weight infant (J.A. Bellanti, B.J. Zeligs). Cell mediated
cytotoxicity in the neonate (R. Maccario, A.G. Ugazio). Involvement of the mannose receptor in the phagocytosis and killing of
Candida by human neonatal macrophages (L. Maródi et al.). Neonatal Infections. New methods of
treating neonatal sepsis (M. Stegagno et al.). Oxygen Radicals. Oxygen radicals: Their effects on immunologic and
hematologic factors in the neonatal period (R. Bracci, G. Buoncore). Fetal Hematopoietic Stem Cells. The ontogeny of the
hemato-lymphopoietic system including the mucosa associated lymphatic tissues (MALT) in human embryonal development (G. Prindull).
Cord blood banking for hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (E. Gluckman). Bone marrow transplantation for correction of immune
deficiency and genetic disorders (J. Kapelushnik et al.). Congenital Neoplasms. The embryology of pediatric neoplasms
(G. Prindull). Index of authors.
Edited by M.Xanthou,
R.Bracci,
G.Prindull
ICSInternational Congress Series1038
Out of print
220 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81656-9
096965
505345
BK
Out of print
Pediatrics,
Basic Immunology,
Hematology
Neonatal Haematology and Immunology
Proceedings of the International Congress, Siena, Italy, 22-24 April 1990
1990
EXCERPTA MEDICA
This book outlines main topics on foetal and neonatal haematology and immunology, based on the most recent knowledge available.
Top-specialists from all around the world describe the ontogeny of haemopoiesis and host-defence mechanisms as well as their
development during the neonatal period. According to their most recent research findings the authors propose methods to prevent and
treat important neonatal illnesses, like severe infections. This proceedings is an invaluable reference guide for those dealing with
haematologic and immunologic deficiences during the perinatal period.
Extensive photographs, tables and figures are included.
Haematologists, immunologists and neonatologists will find this book an excellent reference for their work, while paediatricians,
obstetricians, microbiologists, gastroenterologists, virologists, intensivistes neurologists and physiologists will also find it of
great value.
Neonatal Haematology. (9 papers).
Neonatal Immunology. (14 papers).
Index of Authors.
Edited by M.Xanthou,
R.Bracci
ICSInternational Congress Series952
Out of print
xiv + 228 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81400-0
096965
697165
BK
ISBN/0815194994
Nursing: Leadership and Management
Managing Client Care
Second Edition
1997
MOSBY
MANAGING CLIENT CARE is a practical introductory management text that helps nursing students make the transition from the classroom
to clinical nursing practice. Emphasizing essential clinical management concepts and focusing on practical applications, this concise
text is organized around the key competencies that entry-level staff nurses need most. It discusses understanding the work
environment, working effectively within the organization, managing resources cost effectively, managing time, prioritizing
responsibilities, resolving conflicts, delegating client care activities, supervising and evaluating the work of others, receiving
and giving change of shift reports, transcribing physician's "orders," conducting client care conferences, and managing one's own
career.
UNDERSTANDING THE CLIENT CARE ENVIRONMENT * Introduction to Client Care Management * Understanding the Health Care System *
Supporting the Organization * Managing Time Purposefully * MANAGING CLIENT CARE * Managing Resources Cost Effectively * Developing
Management Skills * Identifying and Resolving Conflicts * Receiving and Giving Change-of-Shift Reports * Transcribing Physician's
"Orders" * MANAGING OTHERS * Using Personal Strengths to Manage Others Creatively * Coordinating Care Provided by Interdisciplinary
Groups * Supervising and Evaluating the Work of Others * Assigning and Delegating Client Care Activities * Conducting Client Care
Conferences * PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT * Addressing Ethical and Legal Issues * Nurturing Professional Integrity * Epilogue: Managing
Your Career
By ElizabethWywialowski
Out of print
384 pages
Paperback
0-8151-9499-4
999999
420975
BK
Out of print
CIM / CAM
Effective CAD Management
A Manager's Guide
1986
ELSEVIER ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY
By R.L.Wysack
Out of print
350 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70080-3
999999
505187
BK
Out of print
Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Polyvinyl Chloride Stabilization
1986
ELSEVIER
For several decades, the position of PVC has been established in the processing industry and in everyday use. Nonetheless, there are
still many difficulties as far as its stability is concerned. The two main aspects of PVC stabilization are a theoretical
understanding of the thermal and photolytic processes polymers may undergo, and the technical ability to process polymers
economically and efficiently. This monograph summarizes technological achievement in polymer stabilization from the point of view of
practical application, although theoretical findings are also included. Stabilizers divided into groups are discussed in separate
chapters. These groups include metal soaps, organotins, lead-containing stabilizers, secondary stabilizers, UV absorbers, lubricants,
and biological corrosion inhibitors. Such chapters contain a discussion on the mechanisms of their action and a review on industrial
products based on data included in appendices giving chemical composition, and UV and IR spectra of stabilizers. A valuable feature
of the work is the exhaustive overview on experimental data of over 150 industrial PVC stabilizers. Together with the previous volume
by the same author, Polyvinyl Chloride Degradation, a detailed survey is given on PVC stability. The book is aimed at chemists,
chemical engineers and materials scientists in industry and universities.
Introduction. 1. The Causes of PVC Instability. 2. General Characteristic of Stabilizers. 3. Metal Soap Stabilizers. 4. Organotin
Stabilizers. 5. Organic Stabilizers. 6. Lead-Containing Stabilizers. 7. Inhibitors of Photolytic Processes. 8. Lubricants. 9.
Biological Corrosion Inhibitors. 10. PVC Processing Methods. 11. PVC Stabilization for Various Processing Methods. 12. Laboratory
Tests in PVC Processing Technology. 13. Toxicity in PVC Compounding, Degradation and Stabilization. Appendices: IR Spectra of Some
Metal Soaps. Metal Soap Stabilizers. UV and IR Spectra of Some Organotins. Industrial Tin Stabilizers. Some Organic Stabilizers.
Index of Industrial Products. Index.
By J.Wypych
PSLPolymer Science Library4
Out of print
x + 416 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42638-8
030302
500202
BK
Out of print
Polymer, Ceramic and Composite Materials Technology,
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Polyvinyl Chloride Degradation
1985
ELSEVIER
The volume provides a detailed survey of the thermal, photolytic and chemical degradation of PVC together with the analytical methods
for studying these problems. The mechanisms of the reactions relevant to the degradative processes are treated and the effect of
stabilizers on the kinetics is given. One chapter is devoted to a discussion of diffusion-controlled processes presenting a new
approach to PVC degradation studies. The book presents an integrated review of the degradation process in PVC and is aimed at
chemists, chemical engineers and materials scientists in industry and universities.
1. The Chemistry and the Structure of the Polymer Chain. 2. The Chemical Aspects of the PVC Thermal Degradation Process. 3.
Photolysis, Irradiation and Chemical Degradation. 4. PVC Thermal Stabilization. 5. The Chemistry of State in PVC Degradation and
Stabilization. 6. Analytical Methods Used in PVC Degradation Studies. Index.
By J.Wypych
PSLPolymer Science Library3
Out of print
x + 264 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42549-7
030302
500108
BK
Out of print
Physical and Theoretical Chemistry
Aggregation Processes in Solution
1983
ELSEVIER
Edited by E.Wyn-Jones,
J.Gormally
SPTCStudies in Physical and Theoretical Chemistry26
Out of print
x + 632 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42187-4
030300
420685
BK
Out of print
Paleontology
The Palaeolithic Sites of East Anglia
1985
ELSEVIER
By J.Wymer
Out of print
x + 450 pages
Hardbound
0-86094-178-7
070700
502364
BK
Out of print
Mining Geology and Engineering,
Applied Geophysics,
Economic Geology,
Seismic Exploration
Nuclear Assaying of Mining Boreholes
An Introduction
1984
ELSEVIER
By A.W.Wylie
MGGMethods in Geochemistry and Geophysics21
Out of print
xiv + 344 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42357-5
070705
692470
BK
ISBN/0443059985
Nursing: Maternity and Women's Health
Essential Anatomy and Physiology for Maternity Care
First Edition
2001
CHURCHILL LIVINGSTONE
This new book fills the urgent need for an anatomy and physiology text relevant to the practice of midwifery. ESSENTIAL ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY FOR MATERNITY CARE is a straightforward, basic anatomy and physiology textbook aimed at midwives. It focuses on systems of
the body and refers the reader to other sources for background reading in more specialized areas such as cell biology or genetics. In
addition to basic anatomy and physiology, each chapter includes a separate section on associated disorders of pregnancy for that
system.
THE HUMAN BODY THROUGH THE CHILDBEARING YEAR · Cells and Tissues · The Nervous System · The Endocrine System
· The Special Senses · The Integumentary System · The Cardiovascular System · The Lymphatic System
· The Respiratory System · The Musculoskeletal System · The Digestive System · The Renal System ·
REPRODUCTION · The Male Reproductive System · The Female Reproductive System · Fertilisation, the Embryo and the
Fetus · The Pregnant Uterus · The Placenta, Cord and Fetal Membranes · The Fetus · The Female Pelvis
· The Female Breast · Glossary
By LindaWylie
Out of print
256 pages
Paperback
0-443-05998-5
999999
697163
BK
ISBN/0750694165
Neurosurgery
Surgical Management of Epilepsy
First Edition
1993
BUTTERWORTH HEINEMANN
The Surgical Management of Epilepsy if a 420-page refence on all aspects of epilepsy surgery. The coverage is comprehensive,
including epidemiology, neuropathology, neurochemistry, neuroimaging, surgical procedures, and psychiatric assessment. Over the past
decade there has been an explosion in interest in epilepsy surgery. Although other books have been published in this area, most have
been proceedings of international meetings. This is an edited text providing a detailed approach to the subject by selected experts
in the field. '..I would thoroughly recommend this excellent book to those who wish to acquire or re-inforce their knowledge in this
rapidly expanding field.' William Harkness, British Journal of Neurosurgery, 1994. - British Journal of Neurosurgery, January 1994
CONCISE CONTENTS: The prognosis of epilepsy; Preoperative evaluation; Surgical procedures; Outcome
By AllenWyler,
BruceHermann
Out of print
Paperback
0-7506-9416-5
999999
697164
BK
ISBN/0815192762
Review and Reference,
Pathology
USMLE Step 1 Review, Pathology
Ace The Boards Series
First Edition
1997
MOSBY
An easy-to-use outline format, numerous charts, and lists make the Ace the Boards series an invaluable review tool for students. Each
book in the series contains 100-150 clinically oriented review questions and answers. And, an accompanying 3.5" diskette offers
hundreds of questions and answers in a self-test.
By JohnWurzel,
JamesCaya,
RobertCoupland,
BruceGoldman
Out of print
624 pages
Diskette
0-8151-9276-2
999999
692469
BK
ISBN/0815194285
Pathology
Ace the Boards
USMLE Step 1 Review, Pathology, MAC
First Edition
1997
MOSBY
By JohnWurzel,
JamesCaya,
RobertCoupland,
BruceGoldman
Out of print
Diskette
0-8151-9428-5
999999
504468
BK
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Neuroanatomy,
Neurophysiology,
Ophthalmology
The Neurobiology of Saccadic Eye Movements
1989
ELSEVIER
Saccadic eye movements shift the direction of the eye rapidly from one part of the visual field to another. The system within the
brain controlling this eye movement is probably the best understood sensory motor system in the brain of primates. The
Neurobiology of Saccadic Eye Movements presents a series of state-of-the-art reviews of this system including the behavior,
neuronal mechanisms, and systems engineering characterization. The successful interaction of systems modelling with the
neurophysiological approaches described in this book provide a potential blueprint for future study of more complicated systems
within the brain.
Prologue. I. Saccadic Eye Movements as a Control System. I. History and Methodology (G. Westheimer). 2. Metrics (W. Becker).
3. Models (J.A.M. van Gisbergen and J. van Opstal). II. The Neural Structures for Saccadic Eye Movements. 4. Brainstem (K.
Hepp, V. Henn, T. Vilis and B. Cohen). 5. Deep Layers of the Superior Colliculus (D.L. Sparks and R. Hartwich-Young). 6. Basal
Ganglia (O. Hikosaka and R.H. Wurtz). 7. Visual and Frontal Cortices (M.E. Goldberg and M.A. Segraves). 8. Posterior Parietal Cortex
(R.A. Andersen and J.W. Gnadt). 9. Visual Superior Colliculus and Pulvinar (D.L. Robinson and J. W. McClurkin). 10. Central Thalamus
(M. Schlag-Rey and J. Schlag). 11. Cerebellum (E.L. Keller). Epilogue.
Edited by R.H.Wurtz,
M.E.Goldberg
RORReviews of Oculomotor Research3
Out of print
472 pages
Hardbound
0-444-81017-X
091910
500387
BK
Out of print
Plant Physiology and Biochemistry,
Crop Microbiology,
Food Biotechnology,
Horticulture,
Mycology,
Range and Pasture Grasslands
Cultivating Edible Fungi
Proceedings of the International Symposium on Scientific and Technical Aspects of Cultivating Edible Fungi IMS '86, Pennsylvania State University, PA, USA, 15-17 July 1986
1987
ELSEVIER
(Abbreviated Titles): Biology & Microbiology. Antitumor activities of edible mushrooms by oral administration. La France
disease of Agaricus bisporus. Variability of fluorescent Pseudomonas populations in composts and casing soils for mushroom culture.
Influence of microorganisms and fungistasis on sporophore initiation in A. brunnescens. Nutritional influences on Volvariella
volvacea growth in Puerto Rico. Kratovirulence determinant of wood-decay fungi in transfer of Mycelia to, and Basidiocarp formation
on, wooden raw substrates. Spent compost as a carrier for bacterial inoculant production. Studies on spore germination of Pholiota
destruens (Brond) Gillet. Physiology & Nutrition. Effects of growth regulator compounds on yield and size of commercial
mushroom, A. bisporus. Indoor static composting for mushroom (A. bisporus Lge Sing) cultivation. Nutrient supplementation for A.
bisporus cultivation. Effect of benomyl application and SpawnMate supplementation on yield and size of selected genotypes of
Pleurotus spp. Changes in free amino acid content of compost during growth and development of A. bisporus. Preliminary studies on
effect of plant extracts on mycelial growth and yield of A. bisporus and fungal flora in compost. Physiological studies on P.
destruens: carbon and nitrogen utilization. Genetics & Cytology. The chaetaceous case of the Chaste Champignon.
Basidiospore number variation in Agaricus. Nuclear number of heterocaryotic fungal cells. Genetic diversity between isolates of
Pleurotus ostreatus as revealed by isozyme analysis. Strategies for conservation of genetic resources. Germplasm preservation of
edible fungi in culture through cryogenic storage. Collection and conservation of genes of Lentinus. Evidence for involvement of
plasmids in sporophore initiation and development in A. bisporus. Food Science & Mushroom Quality. Evaluation of textural
changes related to postharvest quality and shelf life of fresh mushrooms. Influence of reduced cropping temperature and addition of
chalk to casing layer on yield, quality and shelf life of fresh mushrooms. Effects of growing temperature on first break mushrooms.
Effect of type of peat casing layer and addition of calcium chloride to watering treatments on quality and shelf life of fresh
mushrooms. Evaluation of bacterial populations associated with fresh mushrooms A. bisporus. Cultural aspects affecting the consistent
production of good quality closed hybrid mushrooms. Mushroom pest complex: effect on yield and quality. Some developments of mushroom
processing. Pathology & Entomology. Recent experience in detecting viral double-stranded RNA in commercial mushroom crops
and effect on yield. Physiology and morphology of Sepedonium niveum. Assessment of Chinese straw mushroom (Volvariella volvacea)
fungal competitors on sugarcane bagasse. Evolution of phytopathological situation in the French caves. Bacterial diseases of edible
mushrooms and their control. Computer model to simulate occurrence and increase of insect and mite pests of cultivated mushrooms in
Australia. Nematode parasites of mushroom flies. Biology of Phorid fly, Megaselia sandhui Disney (Diptera: Phoridae) on temperate
mushroom. Spore germination behaviour of Verticillium fungicola (Preuss) Hassebr. under different environmental conditions.
Physiochemical changes in A. bisporus due to infection of V. fungicola. Mushroom Production Systems. Commercial cultivation of
Shiitake in sawdust filled plastic bags. Conceptualization and development of an efficient tropical mushroom house. Use of
polyethylene film to control the fructification of Pleurotus spp. grown on horizontal trays. Artificial cultivation of Veiled Lady
mushroom, Dictyophora indusiata. Cultivation of Oyster Mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus) in Italy. Educating mushroom farmers in The
Netherlands. Cultivated mushrooms in Japan. Role of the Duna Cooperative in Hungarian mushroom growing. Mushroom growing in Hungary.
Mushroom Husbandry. Watering beds with porous tubing. Energy requirements for A. bisporus production in bed culture. Air
filled pores. Cultural and environmental factors influencing commercial mushroom production in Pennsylvania. Evaluating strains of
Paddy Straw mushroom (Volvariella spp.) in India. Cultivation of Pleurotus mushrooms on aspen wood shavings with cheese whey
supplementation. Use of 1 year old canes of deciduous trees for inoculation material of P. ostreatus. Mushroom culture utilizing
tobacco waste. Pleurotus mushroom grows well in tobacco medium. Pest Management & Control. Development of pest control
programme for Australian mushroom farms. Strategies and realities of pest control at commercial mushroom farms. Control of adult
Lycoriella mali and Megaselia halterata. Laboratory and cropping tests with cyromazine for mushroom sciarid control in compost.
Location of pest foci in Pennsylvania mushroom houses. Hygiene in mushroom growing. Survey of pesticide usage in the Pennsylvania
commercial mushroom industry. Historical perspective on arthropod pest control. Status of pests in the cultivated mushroom in India.
Integrated control of pests and diseases in mushroom cultivation.
Edited by P.J.Wuest,
D.J.Royse,
R.B.Beelman
Out of print
xvi + 678 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42747-3
070707
523296
BK
Out of print
Regulation and Industrial Policy,
General Economics
Strategic Aspects of Oligopolistic Vertical Integration
1992
NORTH-HOLLAND
In this text some fundamental issues concerning the strategic impact of vertical structures of firms are discussed in a successive
oligopoly model. Vertical integration strategy has been identified as one of the key strategies which determine the success or
failure of enterprises. Many studies on vertical integration are based on business experiences and interviews with managers. However,
the extensive application of game theory in business economics allows this study on vertical integration to be based on sound
theoretic ground. Moreover, the significance of public enterprises in some Western European economies and the trends of economic
transition in Eastern Europe justify the efforts to analyse vertical integration issues in the mixed market, which is created by the
participation of a public firm into an industry otherwise characterised as a successive oligopoly.
INTRODUCTION. The Subject and Objectives of the Research. Refinement of concepts. The State of the Art. The Research Outline.
The Methodology. OLIGOPOLISTIC VERTICAL INTEGRATION WITH SYMMETRIC OBJECTIVES. Vertical Integration in a Successive Duopoly with
Fixed Proportions of Inputs. A Basic Successive Duopoly Model. The Analytical Framework. Some Preliminary Results. Vertical
Integration in a Cournot Successive Oligopoly. Horizontal Market Structure and Generic Vertical Industrial Structures. The Degree
of Vertical Integration and Equilibria in Mixed Integration Games. Profit Incentives and Endogeneity of Vertical Industrial
Structure. Vertical Integration in a Differentiated Duopoly. A Model of Successive Cournot Duopoly with Product
Differentiation. Equilibrium Analysis. Product Differentiation and Equilibrium Vertical Structure. Vertical Integration in a
Successive Oligopoly with Variable Proportions of Intermediate Inputs. A Basic Framework. Equilibrium Analysis. Pre-Integration
Vertical Structure and the Consequence of Vertical Integration. OLIGOPOLISTIC VERTICAL INTEGRATION WITH ASYMMETRIC OBJECTIVES.
Vertical Integration in a Successive Oligopoly with Asymmetric Objectives. A Model of Mixed Successive Oligopoly. Equilibrium
Analysis. Major Findings. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS. References. Index.
By C.Wu
SMMEStudies in Mathematical and Managerial Economics36
Out of print
xvi + 228 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89451-9
080850
692467
BK
ISBN/0721666914
Ophthalmology
Retina
The Fundamentals
First Edition
1995
SAUNDERS
This book is designed to aid the reader in the diagnosis and management of common retinal diseases. It provides succinct, practical
coverage of the most frequently encountered problems seen in practice. Topics covered include congenital anomalies, diabetic
retinopathy, acquired macular disease, AIDS, tumors and more.
By GloriaWu
Out of print
288 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-6691-4
999999
697161
BK
ISBN/0721650783
Family Practice
Ophthalmology for Primary Care
First Edition
1998
SAUNDERS
A concise, practical guide to the evaluation and management of eye disorders and injuries as encountered by primary care physicians.
Includes specific recommendations regarding when a patient should be referred to an ophthalmic specialist, and when definitive
treatment should be administered by the primary care physician.
By GloriaWu
Out of print
216 pages
Paperback
0-7216-5078-3
999999
522169
BK
Out of print
General Materials Science,
Materials Analysis and Characterization,
Materials Selection
Mechanical Properties/Materials Design
Proceedings of Symposia J: Fatigue and Fracture Behavior in Materials, K: Recent Advances of Tribomaterials, and M: Microstructures
and Materials Design of the C-MRS International Conference, Beijing, China, 18-22 June 1990
1991
NORTH-HOLLAND
This volume is one of the five-volume proceedings of the Chinese Materials Research Society International '90 Conference. The
five-volume set provides a comprehensive review on the actual trends in basic and applied materials science research in China, as
well as its consequences for both industry and society.
The present work contains contributions presented at Symposia J: on
Fatigue and Fracture Behavior in Materials; K: on Recent Advances in Tribomaterials; and M: on Microstructure and Materials Design.
The 143 papers, including five invited papers, cover all the topics of current interest in these three closely related fields as well
as providing valuable pointers for future research.
A selection: I. Fatigue and Fracture Behaviour in Materials. Path and propagation kinetics of branch fractures formed in
brittle materials in mode II conditions (M. Barquins, J.P. Petit). A study on the dislocation-free zone ahead of the crack tip in
bulk Al single crystals (X. Wang et al.). Cyclic deformation and fracture behaviour in dual-phase steels (Z.G. Wang et al.). Creep
crack growth mechanism of alloy 718 (C.D. Liu et al.). Investigations on deformation and fracture at high temperatures by the method
of internal friction (Q. Kong et al.). Infrared thermographic technique for monitoring fatigue damage of metals (Y. Huang et al.).
The analysis of the toughening mechanism of rubber-toughened epoxy (H. Lu et al.). The effect of overload interval on crack growth of
a 537 cl.1 steel in 3.5% sodium chloride (Q. Zang et al.). Fatigue crack propagation behaviour of CMSX-2 single crystal superalloy
(S. Ai et al.). Fatigue crack propagation behaviours of aircraft materials under variable amplitude loading (M.G. Yan et al.). The
effects of dynamic precipitation on the high temperature embrittlement of hot work tool steels (X. Qiao et al.). A new material
parameter of malleable iron tearing modulus (X.S. Guo, Z. Su). Study of static and cyclic fatigue behaviour of a polycrystalline
alumina (T. Qiu). Fracture of solids with layered structure (C. Feng, T. Decheng). II. Recent Advances of Tribomaterials.
Influence of composition and structures on wear resistance of high chromium cast irons (Q.C. Rao, Q.D. Zhou). Fatigue mechanism in
abrasive wear (N.P. Chen et al.). Wear transition phenomenon in alumina during sliding (S.J. Cho et al.). Fretting fatigue of some
high strength aluminium alloys and steels (Y. Deng et al.). The abrasive-corrosive wear of high chromium cast iron and carbon steel
(X.G. Ruan, A. Luo). A study on the property of brush electroplated amorphous alloy coating (W.G. Jin et al.). Friction and wear of
plasma sprayed oxide coatings (C. ding et al.). Tribological characteristics of boron-containing compounds (Q. Xue, W. Liu). Study on
the wear process for boride layers (Z. Maoren, S. Xitai). Study on mechanism of thermal expansion of polymer friction materials (F.
Lu et al.). Study on non-abrasive lubricant oil for gear running-in (W. Yang et al.). Laser remelting of thermal sprayed coatings
(Y.M. Zhu et al.) III. Micro-Structures and Materials Design. The formation mechanism, atomic and molecular design of diamond
film (Q. Gou et al.). Magnetoexcitons in quantum wells (J.J. Xiong et al.). Interfacial segregation and intergranular fracture of
nickel (Y. Zhang et al.). Formation and crystallization of Cu-Ge amorphous alloys (H. Yan, F. Gan). Fractal aggregates in
vapour-deposited molybdena films (J. Zhang, H. Li). Magnetotransport properties on germanium bicrystal (Y. Xia, G. Zheng).
Edited by B.Wu
CMRSIC-MRS International 1990 Symposia Proceedings5
Out of print
xvi + 866 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89012-2
060657
525317
DY
isbn/0444821821
Agronomy and Crop Science,
Horticulture,
Weeds and Weed Control
Elsevier's Dictionary of Plant Names
In Latin, English, French, German and Italian
1996
ELSEVIER
This comprehensive overview of plant names includes over 12,500 terms covering 298 families, 2,787 genera and 9,427 species which are
listed in the alphabetical order of their botanical names. In addition, 2,109 of the more common synonyms are given and referred to
their current, preferred names.
The presentation of the common names in the four languages of this dictionary is unusual in that
as many as twelve names in one language are given. There are more than 17,250 English names including over 3,000 North American and
775 from Australia and New Zealand, whilst the nearly 400 Québecois and a sprinkling of West African and Mauritian names are
included among the 13,300 French. More than 13,000 German and 8,600 Italian names are presented.
This dictionary will be of value
to translators of scientific and general literature; scientific and botanical authors; environmentalists and ecologists; and
scientific and lay readers of foreign literature.
By M.Wrobel,
G.Creber
Out of print
CD-ROM version
0-444-50449-4
081866
600384
DY
isbn/0444827749
Crop Diseases and Phytopathology
Elsevier's Dictionary of Fungi and Fungal Plant Diseases
In Latin, English, German, French and Italian
1998
ELSEVIER
This dictionary contains the Latin names of families, genera, species and many of their synonyms, of edible and poisonous mushrooms,
other fungi and pathogens of fungal plant diseases, together with their identified English, German, French and Italian
equivalents.
Particular attention has been given to the different common names in the English-speaking world - North America, South Africa, Australia and New Zealand, as well as those used in French-speaking Canada and Mauritius. This is of importance for host plants where the common name used in a particular region may not be that used in Britain or France and could possibly be that of another species or even of a different genus.
The synonyms are those the authors found in their sources and not intended to be a complete listing. The taxonomy is that used by the different authors of the sources.
The Basic Table gives the entries in
alphabetic order of the Latin names. The English, German, French and Italian equivalents are, again in alphabetical order, listed in
the respective indices and keyed to the Basic Table by reference numbers.
By M.Wrobel,
G.Creber
Out of print
CD-ROM version
0-444-50450-8
081866
29352
BK
Out of print
Polymer Science and Technology,
Flight Materials and Structures
Polymers in Aerospace Applications
1992
PERGAMON
Wright
RRRRAPRA REVIEW REPORTS37
Out of print
Paperback
0-08-041731-0
060650
697160
BK
ISBN/0721640079
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Laser Surgery in Gynecology
A Clinical Guide
First Edition
1993
SAUNDERS
Written by recognized leaders within the field, this practical text is useful primarily to the clinical gynecologist who performs
laser surgery in the lower female genital tract and intra abdominally where applicable. The initial chapters pertain to the basic
understanding and applications of laser physics and safety for the clinician. The next section focuses on "how to do it", and the
final chapters deal with photodynamic therapy in gynecology, credentialing, and how to establish a laser program. A glossary in the
back of the book contains laser terminology as well as scientific notation.
By V. CecilWright,
JohnFisher
Out of print
334 pages
Hardbound
0-7216-4007-9
999999
524257
BK
Out of print
Experimental and Cognitive Psychology (General),
Biomedical Engineering,
Clinical Neuropsychology,
General Psychology,
Neuroscience,
Neuroscience and Physiological Psychology (General),
Ophthalmology,
Physiology
Facets of Dyslexia and its Remediation
Edited Proceedings of the 18th Rodin Remediation Conference on Reading and Reading Disorders, University of Bern Children's Hospital, Switzerland, 27-29 August 1991
1993
NORTH-HOLLAND
Developmental Dyslexia has been a subject of interest to practitioners for more than a century. Despite its long research history,
however, dyslexia (the terms "specific reading disability", "reading disability" and "learning disability" are also
used interchangeably in this volume) still provides a challenge for contemporary cognitive psychology, education, neurology and
physiology. By bringing together contributions from researchers and scholars working in a wide range of fields and perspectives, it
is hoped that this publication will offer a means of considering different facets of dyslexia, and enable a greater understanding of
reading disorders and their remediation to emerge.
The book is divided into eight major sections, the focus in each section being
on a different facet of dyslexia. It is hoped this framework enables the reader to assimilate the wide range of pure and applied
research and even give rise to a new perspective for the understanding of dyslexia.
Introduction. Visual Processing. Texture Segregation Based on Line Orientation Develops Late in Childhood. The Roles of
Sustained and Transient Channels in Reading and Reading Disability. Do Dyslexics Have a Visual Deficit? Manifesto on Dyslexia. One
Word at a Time: a Solution to the Visual Deficit in the Specific Reading Disabled? The Effects of Wavelength on Visual Processing and
Reading Performance in Normal and Disabled Readers. The Role of Visual Processing in Good and Poor Readers' Utilization of
Orthographic Information in Letter Strings. The Optimal Viewing Position for Children with Normal and Poor Reading Abilities. Vision
in Dyslexics: Letter Recognition Acuity, Visual Crowding, Contrast Sensitivity, Accommodation, Convergence and Sight Reading Music.
Fixation, Contrast Sensitivity and Children's Reading. Perceptual and Cognitive Factors in Disabled and Normal Readers' Perception
and Memory of Unfamiliar Visual Symbols. Linking the Sensory and Motor Visual Correlates of Dyslexia. Toward an Ecologically Valid
Analysis of Visual Processes in Dyslexic Readers. Some Reflections on Psychophysical Measurement with Dyslexic Children. Eye
Movements. Saccadic Eye Movements of Dyslexic Children in Non-Cognitive Tasks. Saccadic Eye Movements in Dyslexics, Low Achievers
and Competent Readers. Eye Movements in Reading Chinese: Paragraphs, Single Characters and Pinyin. Reading Vertically Without a
Fovea. Eye and Head Reading Paths in Hemianopic Patients. Language Processing. A New Theoretical Framework for Understanding
Reading and Spelling Tasks. Information Integration and Reading Disabilities. Visuospatial Ability and Language Processing in Reading
Disabled and Normal Children. Rate of Elementary Symbol Processing in Dyslexics. The Development of Symbolic-Motor Performance in
Minimal Brain Dysfunction Boys. Attentional Correlates of Dyslexia. Possible Attentional Origins of Word Decoding Deficits in
Dyslexia. Toward the Origins of Dyslexia. The Development of the Autonomous Lexicon of Reading Disabled Students. Emotional
Correlates of Dyslexia. Personality Characteristics of Adult Dyslexics. The Emotional Effects of Dyslexia. Definition and
Early Diagnosis of Dyslexia. Dyslexia: Issues of Definition and Subtyping. Patterns of Development in Good and Poor Readers Age
6-11. Development of the DEST Test for the Early Screening for Dyslexia. Remediation: Principles and Techniques. Dyslexia
Therapy: In Search for a Rationale. Reason, Rhythm, Relaxation and the New Literacy: Implications for Curriculum Differentiation to
Meet the Special Educational Needs of Pupils with Specific Learning Difficulties. Systematic Phonology: The Critical Element in
Teaching Reading and Language to Dyslexics. Computer-Based Spelling Remediation for Dyslexic Children Using the Self Spell
Environment. Visual and Linguistic Determinants of Reading Fluency in Dyslexics: a Classroom Study. Ophthalmologic Aspects of
Dyslexia: Binocular Full Correction of Dyslexics with Prismatic Glasses. The Orthoptic Treatment of Dyslexia. Illiteracy in Adults:
Results from a Survey Study of a Reading and Writing Tutorial Program. Reading Acquisition in Analphabetic Adults. Indexes.
Edited by S.F.Wright,
R.Groner
SVIPStudies in Visual Information Processing3
Out of print
xxiv + 646 pages
Hardbound
0-444-89949-9
080805
502570
BK
Out of print
Extractive Metallurgy,
Mineral Processing
Extractive Metallurgy of Tin
Second Revised Edition
1982
ELSEVIER
This book summarizes and correlates information in the fields of mineral processing, smelting and refining. Statistical relations
derived from industrial results are used to unify diverse reports, to give information on process mechanisms and to provide a
standard of reference for discussion of new ideas.
1. Introduction. 2. Chemical and Physical Properties of Tin and its Compounds. 3. Occurrence and Mining. 4. Gravity Concentration.
5. Tin Flotation. 6. Cleaning of Gravity Concentrates. 7. Smelting. 8. Iron Drossing. 9. Volatilization Processes. 10.
Mathematical Models of the Smelting Circuit. 11. Refining. 12. Hydrometallurgy. 13. Recovery of Tin from Secondary Sources. 14.
Sampling and Analysis. Appendixes.
By P.A.Wright
PMProcess Metallurgy2
Out of print
xiv + 330 pages
Hardbound
0-444-42113-0
070700
525275
BK
Out of print
Computing Milieux (General)
Exploring a New Partnership: Children, Teachers and Technology
Proceedings of the IFIP WG3.5 International Working Conference, Rosemont College, Philadelphia, PA, USA, 26 June-1 July 1994
1994
NORTH-HOLLAND
The role of Information Technology (IT) in main stream education is explored by international specialists in this publication. Five
main sections present papers focusing on the following themes: issues associated with the integration of IT into education systems;
IT and pupil learning; interactive learning environments (including Virtual Reality); IT and community/cultural issues; and reports
on developments around the world. A number of the papers consider work undertaken in classrooms, whilst others address either
theoretical/philosophical issues or issues associated with organisation. The publication will be of direct relevance to the work of
lecturers, teachers, education reseachers and education administrators.
Preface. Conference Themes (J. Wright, D. Benzie). Integrating IT (Information Technology) into Education Systems.
Cautionary verses: prospects and problems in achieving the aims of the computer revolution (G. Marshall). Towards the integration of
Information Technology in compulsory education? Potentialities and constraints (G.-L. Baron, E. Bruillard). The development of
informatics capability in elementary schools: what to do, and how to make it work (D. Passey, J. Ridgway). The search for a coherent
approach to the development of Information Technology in the school curriculum (W. Burke). A policy for change (A. Chaptal). The
TEAMSS Project: examining the impact of a multi-level staff development model (R.S. Heller, C.D. Martin). Observations on Pupil
Learning. Computer games as motivators for successful computer end-use (Y.J. Katz, B. Offir). How new technologies question
educational practices and learning theories (R. Cohen). The utilisation of "open" courseware for developing an enquiry approach
in the study of non-scientific subjects (B. Offir, Y.J. Katz, D. Passig). Pupils' cognitive development through technological
experiences mediated by the teacher (P. Boero, A. Carlucci, G. Chiappini, E. Ferrero, E. Lemut). Interactive Learning
Environments. Using an aesthetics lens to investigate young children's experiences with educational technology (J. Hanor). A
computer in the classroom: a catalyst for a creative partnership (E. Sendova). Explorative and creative learning using computer
controlled models (G. Futschek, L. Berger). Environment for environments: a new metaphor for Logo (A. Blaho, I. Kalas, M.
Matusova). School 2001-Project in Finland: making advanced multimedia with elementary school children (A. Joutsimaki). Mythology as a
rich and meaningful context for integrated learning of literacy, numeracy and scientific inference: new possibilities (G. Vakanas, Y.
Laouris, M. Symeonidou, E. Loizou, S. Stylianou, P. Kouppe, D. Georgiades). Virtual reality and education (C. Byrne, T. Furness III).
A new role for teachers: software evaluator (W.S Cheung). IT and Community Partnership. Children and electronic media in the
home (T. Downes). Technology to create common ground: opportunities for children with disabilities (J. Kahn, E. Kolodner). Technology
in multi-cultural mathematics classrooms (B.J. Ferrucci, J.A. Carter). Community planning: a computer simulation (M. Teague, G.
Teague). Curriculum, technology and staff development: a college-school partnership (R.J. Siegfried, M. Durkan-Reusche). Reports
from around the World. Firing up Finnish pre-school development through technological learning environments (M.I. Siekkinen).
Computers in a Bulgarian classroom: the influence on children and teachers (B. Gradinarowa). IT in Irish Primary Schools (T.Ó.
Briain). Information technology in Norwegian education (S. Røsvik). The Rosemont Conference. A look back at the
conference (S. Røsvik).
Edited by J.Wright,
D.Benzie
IFIPTAIFIP Transactions A: Computer Science and TechnologyA-58
Out of print
300 pages
Paperback
0-444-82022-1
050503
692465
BK
ISBN/0702024902
Psychiatry
Core Psychiatry
First Edition
2000
BAILLIÈRE TINDALL
This book covers everything in the MRCPsych syllabus that a trainee psychiatrist needs to know in order to pass the exam. Originates
from a successful MTC Psych training course that teaches many exam candidates each year.
By PadraigWright,
JulianStern,
MichaelPhelan
Out of print
704 pages
Paperback
0-7020-2490-2
999999
502132
BK
Out of print
Theory and Mathematics (General)
Aspects of Computation on Asynchronous Parallel Processors
Proceedings of the IFIP WG2.5 Working Conference, Stanford, CA, USA, 22-26 August 1988
1989
NORTH-HOLLAND
The increasing availability of asynchronous parallel processors has provided opportunities for original and useful work in scientific
computing. However, the field of parallel computing is still in a highly volatile state, and researchers display a wide range of
opinion about many fundamental questions such as models of parallelism, approaches for detecting and analyzing parallelism of
algorithms, and tools that allow software developers and users to make effective use of diverse forms of complex hardware. This
volume collects the work of researchers specializing in different aspects of parallel computing, who met to discuss the framework and
the mechanics of numerical computing. The far-reaching impact of high-performance asynchronous systems is reflected in the wide
variety of topics, which include scientific applications (e.g. linear algebra, lattice gauge simulation, ordinary and partial
differential equations), models of parallelism, parallel language features, task scheduling, automatic parallelization techniques,
tools for algorithm development in parallel environments, and system design issues.
Effective Scientific Applications. Languages and Programming Issues. Libraries, Environments and Tools. Language Design Issues. Open
Session. System Design Issues. Contributors: R.C. Agarwal, Arvind, A.P.W. Böhm, P.M. Behr, O. Brewer, N.G. Brown, N.
Carriero, M. Clint, P. de Forcrand, L.M. Delves, J. Demmel, J.B. Dennis, J.J. Dongarra, J. DuCroz, L. Eldén, M.J. Erl, K.V.
Fernando, T. Ferretta, E. Gallapoulos, D. Gelernter, W.K. Giloi, A. Greenbaum, J.R. Gurd, F.G. Gustavson, I.N. Hajj, S.J. Hammarling,
G.S. Hodgson, G. Hunter, S. Hupfer, T.A. Ivanco, C. Jesshope, M.T. Jones, M.C. Kallstrom, A.V. Kalyaev, A. Lin, D.C. Marinescu, J.
Narem, M. Ojstersèk, M.L. Patrick, S.G. Petiton, J.R. Rice, D. Roantree, J.B.G. Roberts, G. Rodrigue, M. Rosing, A. Sameh,
R.B. Schnabel, W. Schröder, P. Simpson, S.K. Skedzielewski, S. Skelboe, B.T. Smith, D.C. Sorensen, L. Steenman-Clark, A.
Stewart, R. Sundaresh, T. Tsuda, R.G. Voigt, J.S. Ward, H.P. Zima, V. Zumer
Edited by M.Wright
Out of print
xii + 272 pages
Hardbound
0-444-87310-4
050502
521924
BK
Out of print
Paleontology
Calcaerous Algae
1977
ELSEVIER
By J.L.Wray
DPASDevelopments in Palaeontology and Stratigraphy4
Out of print
.
070700
524892
BK
Out of print
Applications (General),
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Processor Architectures
Towards World Class Manufacturing 1993
Proceedings of the IFIP TC5/WG5.3 Conference, Litchfield Park, Arizona, USA, 12-16 September 1993
1994
NORTH-HOLLAND
The mounting pressures of global competition have forced manufacturers to develop a broader range of products in short product
development cycles, using more flexible and efficient organizational and technological strategies. The need to communicate
information more effectively among all those who design, manufacture, sell and use the product has led to new examinations of
large-scale communication processes and the methods of optimizing communication.
This publication offers international perspectives on how information needs to be better modelled, communicated, stored and accessed throughout the product life cycle. The scope of the papers is especially broad since contributions have been sourced not only from the academic and research communities but also from industry and commerce. Specifically, the industrial sector explores world class manufacturing as driven business reality, integrated product development and demands for cultural and organizational changes that create new research paradigms focusing on customers and applications. The research faction, on the other hand, presents sophisticated technological solutions to resistant problems, whilst the educators raise questions about how to prepare Renaissance engineers for dealing with integrated enterprises.
In its entirety,
the book provides an excellent reference tool for all concerned with innovative concepts and methods for improving communication in
manufacturing within the present cultural, economic and technological environment.
Design and Product Realization. A synthetic reasoning method for conceptual design (M. Ishii, T. Tomiyama, H. Yoshikawa). A
design for manufacturing aided system based on functional and knowledge aspects (F. Féru, C. Vat, A. Timimoun, E. Cocquebert,
C. Rouchon). Features and algorithms for tooling cost evaluation for stamping (P.V. Mahajan, C. Poli, D.W. Rosen, M. Wozny).
Facilitating rapid product realization with a high-level CAPP system (W.H. ElMaraghy, H. Jack). Procedural CAD models from range data
(V. Koivunen, J.M. Vezien, R. Bajcsy). Concurrent Engineering. Virtual manufacturing as a basis for concurrent engineering (F.
Kimura). Improved competitiveness through concurrent activities and handling of product changes (A. Rolstadås, B. Moseng, D.
Blankenburg). Towards open architecture concurrent engineering frameworks (M. Mäntylä). TIBAS: Concurrent engineering and
cooperative problem solving design tools for interaction between the automotive industry and its suppliers (G. Jacucci, S. Longano,
B. Von Rekowsky, P. Patelli et al.). Architecture and methodology for concurrent engineering (G. Doumeingts, N. Ould Wane,
P. Girard, F. Marcotte). Enterprise Architectures and Integration. Architectures for integrating manufacturing activities and
enterprises (T.J. Williams, P. Bernus, J. Brosvic, et al. CIMOSA: integrating the production (J. Vlietstra). Integration of
the information base: organizational problems and controls (F. Biennier, J. Favrel). Enterprise integration - metrics for improvement
and benchmarking (M. Andersin, M. Reinikka, L.A. Wickstrom). Information based control architecture for CIM (A.L. Osório, L.M.
Camarinha-Matos). Creation of virtual manufacturing devices by means of information system models (E. Rondeau, T. Divoux, F. Lepage,
M. Veron). Product data integration framework for synergetic CAD systems (J.J. Shah, S.D. Urban, S.P. Raghupathy, M.T. Rogers).
Rapid Prototyping and its Integration. Boundary evaluation for solid freeform fabrication (S. Guduri, R.H. Crawford, J.J.
Beaman). Engineering plasma sprayed films by knowledge based simulations (G. Jacucci, M. Marchese, C. Uhrik). Selection and
eveluation of SFM systems (D. Kochan). Integration of rapid prototyping into product development (C.L. Atwood, G.D. McCarty, B.T.
Pardo, E.A. Bryce). Rapid prototyping to support flexible computer integrated manufacturing (J.A. Bachinsky, B.A. Pienkoski).
Manufacturing Planning, Processes, Systems and Education. Parametric fixture layout models for operative process planning (J.
Opas, M. Mäntylä). Evaluation and derivation of process plans in turning (A.F. Barakat, D. Dutta). Model-based performance
measurement of manufacturing logistics (H.P. Wiendahl, W. Ullmann). Development of low-cost flexible manufacturing cell (A.W.
Tredgold, E.R. Fielding). Accounting of tooling costs in optimization of cold forging processes (G. Yang, Y. Maekawa, K. Oka). A
prediction method and in-process monitoring system of die-life in hot forging (Y. Maekawa, S. Hamaya, G. Yang). Manufacturing systems
theory in manufacturing education (K. Wang, Ø. Bjørke).
Edited by M.J.Wozny,
G.Olling
IFIPTBIFIP Transactions B: Computer Applications in TechnologyB-17
Out of print
468 pages
Paperback
0-444-81850-2
050504
502207
BK
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition,
Simulation and Modeling
Geometric Modeling for Product Engineering
Selected and Expanded Papers from the IFIP WG5.2 / NSF Working Conference on Geometric Modeling, Rensselaerville, NY, USA, 18-22 September 1988
1990
NORTH-HOLLAND
The papers in this collection provide an insight into current research issues and directions in geometric modeling. Like many other
fields in the past, geometric modeling is making the transition from the empirical stage to a maturity based on formal theories and
procedures. The data structures and algorithms are also being treated on a more rigorous basis, using the formal procedures of
computer science. Until recently, researchers were concerned more with modeling the basic geometry and topology of individual parts.
However, as in this volume, attention is now focused upon the specification of a complete engineering model of a product. Emphasis is
given to the role of features, and to the modeling of assemblies, tolerances, and processes. Constraints, parametric design and
variational geometry have all become important. Non-manifold topology has become essential for the representation of adjacency
information.
Surfaces and Splines. Solid Modeling. Non-Manifold Topology. Design and Features. Variational and Parametric Methods. Tolerance
Modeling and Analysis. Geometry for Analysis. Feature Recognition. Process Planning. Computational Geometry.
Edited by M.J.Wozny,
J.U.Turner,
K.Preiss
Out of print
x + 498 pages
Hardbound
0-444-88448-3
050504
502116
BK
Out of print
CAD,CAM,CAE,
Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition,
Simulation and Modeling
Geometric Modeling for CAD Applications
Selected and Expanded Papers from the IFIP WG5.2 Working Conference, Rensselaerville, NY, USA, 12-16 May 1986
1988
NORTH-HOLLAND
The objective of this conference was to classify the research sub-areas of geometry and identify the open research issues. The papers
give a good sampling of some of the important research ideas which are emerging in the field of geometric modeling as used in
CAD/CAM.
Non-Manifold Geometry. The Radial Edge Structure: A Topological Representation for Non-Manifold Geometric Modeling (K.
Weiler). Boundary Graph Operators for Non-Manifold Geometric Modeling Representation (K. Weiler). Solid Geometry. Solid
Modeling Research and Applications in the USA (P. Wilson). Notes on the Synthesis of Surface and Volume Modeling (T. Varady).
Multiple Representations of Solid Models (P.R. Wilson). The Role of Multidimensional Models in CAD Systems (T. Takala). Form
Features. A Taxonomy of Features for Solid Modeling (P.R. Wilson, M.J. Pratt). Form Feature Representation and Recognition in a
Hierarchical Boundary Model (S. Ansaldi, B. Falcidieno). Tolerances. A Mathematical Theory of Tolerances (J.U. Turner, M.J.
Wozny). Surface Geometry and Shape Design. The Use of Triangular Patches in CAD (G. Farin). Blends in Geometric Modeling (T.
Varady). Specification of Shape by Dimensions and Other Geometric Constraints (G. Sunde). Standards. Data Transfer and Solid
Modeling (P.R. Wilson). Open Issues and Trends on Graphics and Geometry Standards (J. Encarnacco, J. Rix, J. Schönhut).
Geometry Applications. Geometric Modeling Needs of Finite Element Modeling (M.S. Shephard). Algorithms for Real-Time Tool Path
Generation (G. Hermann). The Use of 3D CAD Models in Robot Vision (F. Tuijnman). Data Management. A Conceptual Framework for
Data Management in Mechanical CAD (D.L. Spooner, M. Hardwick).
Edited by M.J.Wozny,
H.W.McLaughlin,
J.L.Encarnacao
Out of print
xii + 332 pages
Hardbound
0-444-70416-7
050503
525346
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Neurology,
Neuropharmacology,
Neurophysiology,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols, Ringbinder Section 5 - Neuromorphology
1995
ELSEVIER
Separate ringbinder for Section 5 (Neuromorphology) of Neuroscience Protocols.
F.G.Wouterlood
NSPNeuroscience Protocols15
Out of print
Loose-leaf Binder
0-444-82109-0
096930
600217
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols - Module 8
1996
ELSEVIER
Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience.
The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.
NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.
NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioral Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Neurobiology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.
For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher.
SECTION 010 - BEHAVIORAL NEUROBIOLOGY. The elevated body swing test (EBST): a measure of motor behavior asymmetry in animals with
unilateral CNS lesions (C.V. Borlongan, J.R. Jorden, D.W. Cahill, P.R. Sanberg). SECTION 020 - CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY.
Modified nested PCR for the detection of minor molecular variants (A. Sawa, F. Oyama, M. Matsushita, Y. Ihara). Transient
transfection of adult DRG neurons using a modified calcium phosphate method (A. Watson, D. Latchman). Analysis of recombinant
neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors by transient expression in eucaryotic cells in vitro (E.T. Wong, S.G. Holstad, S.J.
Mennerick, S.E. Hong, C.F. Zorumski, K.E. Isenberg). Quantitative in situ hybridization in the brain: a quick protocol with cDNA
probes (J.B. Boone Jr., J.M. Corry, D.A. McMillen). In vito gene transfer system by the HVJ-liposome method (K. Kato). SECTION 030 -
DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY. The use of organotypic tissue culture to investigate the colonization of fetal organs by cells from the
neural crest. (T. Tharakan, A.L. Kirchgessner, M.D. Gershon). SECTION 060 - NEUROPHARMACOLOGY AND NEUROCHEMISTRY. Measurement of
alpha-neoendorphin release in rat pituitary by a combination of microdialysis and radioimmunoassay (H. Konya, H. Masuda, K. Nagai,
E. Kakishita). [3H]Dopamine and [14C]acetylcholine release from rat prefrontal cortex, nucleus accumbens and
caudate-putamen slices. SECTION 070 - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY. A method to evaluate the effects of transcranial stimulation on upper limb
motor units (P.M. Rossini, S. Rossi, F. Tecchio, G. Sciarretta, M.D. Caramia, C. Iani, A. Finazzi-Agrò)
Edited by F.G.Wouterlood
NSPNeuroscience Protocols8
Out of print
156 pages
Loose-leaf Binder
0-444-82512-6
096930
525742
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Neurochemistry,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols - Module 7
1996
ELSEVIER
Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience.
The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.
NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.
NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.
For more detailed information, please contact the Publisher.
The first NS
CD-ROM is scheduled for publication. The electronic version will include most of the protocols published so far. There will be a
single-user version and a network version.
SECTION 020 - CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY. A DIG in situ hybridization method for newcomers. Part 1. Preparation of
DIG-labeled probes (N. Ishida). A DIG in situ hybridization method for newcomers. Part 2. Application of the method to paraffin
brain sections ( M. Matsui, Y. Mitsui, N. Ishida). Measurement of GnRH mRNA levels by Northern blot hybridization assay and
competitive RT-PCR in the rat preoptic area (J.Y. Seong, K. Kim). Isolation of genes associated with brain injury by a differential
display technique (M. Tsuda, K. Imaizumi, A. Wanaka, A., M. Tohyama, T. Takagi). Differential display of mRNA transcripts in the
nervous system: ex vivo and in vivo studies (M. Grifman, E. Lev-Lehman, A. El-Tamer, D. Ginzberg, I. Hanin, H. Soreq). SECTION 030
- DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY. Lineage analysis of beta-galactosidase-positive neurones: postembedding immunohistochemistry and
double immunofluorescence (M.C. Mione, I.S. Pappas, A. Lavdas, J.G. Parnavelas). SECTION 050 - NEUROMORPHOLOGY. Retrograde
double-labeling of retinal ganglion cells in the new-born and adult albino rat ( A.K.M. Farid Ahmed, K. Dong, K. Sugioka, T.
Yamadori). Immunohistochemical localization of biliverdin reductase in rat brain (J.F. Ewing, M.D. Maines). Tracing in living CNS
tissue slices with dextran (G.-F. Tseng, C.-T. Lan, J.-Y. Shieh, C.-Y. Wen, C.-K. Tan, E.-A. Ling). Combination of retrograde
Fluoro-Gold tracing and tyrosine hydroxylase immunohistochemistry (A. Gasbarri, C. Verney, R. Innocenzi, A. Sulli). Double
preembedding immunostaining for the study by electron microscopy of synaptic relationships between immunocytochemically identified
neurons (Q.-P. Wang, Y. Nakai). SECTION 060 - NEUROPHARMACOLOGY AND NEUROCHEMISTRY. A highly sensitive enzyme immunoassay for
neurotrophin-3 (Y. Kaisho, A. Shintani, M. Nishida, H. Fukumoto, K. Igarashi). Extraction of benzodiazepine receptor ligands from
mammalian tissues (J.-H. Ha, L. Pannell, R.C. Drugan, R. Ferland, A.S. Basile). Simultaneous in vitro pharmacological
characterization of transmitter uptake and synthesis in several immunohistochemically identified tissue structures (S. Vanhatalo, S.
Soinila). SECTION 070 - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY. Calcium imaging in neurons of rat brain slices (C. Hansel, W. Singer). Measurement of
transendothelial electrical potential difference in the pial microvessels of the anaesthetized rat (P.A. Revest, H.C. Jones, N.J.
Abbott). SECTION 080 - QUANTITATIVE NEUROBIOLOGY. The construction of straight-line unfolded two-dimensional density maps of
neuroanatomical projections in the monkey cerebral cortex (W.A. Suzuki, D.G. Amaral).
Edited by F.G.Wouterlood
NSPNeuroscience Protocols7
Out of print
250 pages
Loose-leaf Binder
0-444-82466-9
096930
525685
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Neurochemistry,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols - Module 6
1995
ELSEVIER
Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience.
This is the Neuromorphology part of the Protocols. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.
NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.
NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.
For more detailed
information, please contact the Publisher.
Section 010 - Behavioral Neurobiology. A lever-release version of the conditioned avoidance response (CAR) paradigm for
assessing the neuronal mechanisms of action of antipsychotic drugs (I.M. White, G.V. Rebec). A protocol for schedule control of
intracranial self-stimulation (G.J. Schaefer). Section 020 - Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology. Construction of mammalian
brain size-fractionated cDNA expression library and expression cloning of neuropeptide receptor by ligand binding (G.-x. Xie, K.
Maruyama, A. Miyajima). Differential display of gene expression in rat focal brain ischemia (X. Wang, T.-L. Yue, F.C. Barone, R.R.
Ruffolo, G.Z. Feuerstein). A sensitive quantitative RNase protection assay for identifying polyadenylation sites on a neuropeptide
messenger RNA (C.J. Keiger, G. Brewer, M. Sorci-Thomas, J.C. Rose). Section 030 - Developmental Neurobiology. Retrograde and
anterograde axonal tracing with fluorescent dextran-amines in the embryonic nervous system (J.C. Glover). Induction of arhinencephaly
using fetal laser surgery exo utero in mice (I. Naruse, A.G. Sato, H. Keino, M. Taniguchi). Investigation and developmental
changes in protein substrates of Ca2+/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II in the rat forebrain (T. Yamauchi, H.
Sugiura, T. Hirabayashi). Section 040 - Neuroimmunology. Neonatal tolerization and rapid immunization: an immunological
subtraction technique for the generation of monoclonal antibodies (P.C. Kind, S. Hockfield). Section 050 - Neuromorphology.
Staining myelin and myelin-like degradation products: glycol methacrylate resin-embedding combined with Sudan black B staining (P.O.
Gerrits, G. Holstege). Silver staining of traumatized neurons: application of a Gallyas procedure in experimental cerebral
hypoxia/ischemia research (G.J. Ter Horst, S. Knollema, M.F. Knigge, H.J. Krugers, S.V. Van de Witte, F. Postema, H.W. Hom). Mapping
of the human brain in normal and pathological situations: the single cell and fiber level, employing Lucifer yellow microinjection,
carbocyanine dye tracing, immunofluorescence, and 3D confocal laser scanning microscopy reconstruction (P.V. Belichenko, A.
Dahlström). NADPH-diaphorase staining in the central nervous system (J.R. Alonso, R. Arévalo, A. Porteros, J.G.
Brinón, E. García-Ojeda, J. Aijón). Triple staining for parvalbumin, calretinin and carbonic anhydrase in
spinal primary afferent neurons: combination of double immunohistochemistry and enzyme histochemistry (H. Ichikawa, T. Deguchi, D.M.
Jacobowitz, T. Sugimoto). Section 060 - Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry. Intracerebral dialysis in freely moving rats for
the study of changes in monoamine metabolism in the nucleus accumbens correlated with locomotor activity (R. Sugita, K. Terada, Y.
Sekiya, Y. Sawa, S. Nomura, T. Nakazawa). Section 070 - Neurophysiology. Estimation of electroencephalographic potential flow
(T. Inouye, K. Shinosaki, S. Toi, Y. Matsumoto, N. Hosaka).
Edited by F.G.Wouterlood
NSPNeuroscience Protocols6
Out of print
122 pages
Loose-leaf Binder
0-444-82342-5
096930
525366
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Behavioral Neuroscience,
Developmental Neuroscience and Regeneration,
Molecular Neuroscience,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols - Module 5
1995
ELSEVIER
Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience.
This is the Neuromorphology part of the Protocols. The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder.
NP is a compilation of modules. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published.
NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.
For more detailed
information, please contact the Publisher.
Section 020 - Cellular and Molecular Neuromorphology. Construction of mammalian brain size-fractionated cDNA expression
library and expression cloning of neuropeptide receptor by ligand binding (G.-x. Xie, K. Maruyama, A. Miyajima). Section 030 -
Developmental Neurobiology. Retrograde and anterograde axonal tracing with fluorescent dextran-amines in the embryonic nervous
system (J.C. Glover). Induction of arhinencephaly using fetal laser surgery exo utero in mice (I. Naruse, A.G. Sato, H.
Keino, M. Taniguchi). Section 050 - Neuromorphology. Staining myelin and myelin-like degradation products: glycol methacrylate
resin-embedding combined with Sudan black B staining (P.O. Gerrits, G. Holstege). Silver staining of traumatized neurons: application
of a Gallyas procedure in experimental cerebral hypoxia/ischemia research (G.J. Ter Horst, S. Knollema, M.F. Knigge, H.J. Krugers,
S.V. Van de Witte, F. Postema, H.W. Hom). Mapping of the human brain in normal and pathological situations: the single cell and fiber
level, employing Lucifer yellow microinjection, carbocyanine dye tracing, immunofluorescence, and 3D confocal laser scanning
microscopy reconstruction (P.V. Belichenko, A. Dahlström). Section 060 - Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry.
Intracerebral dialysis in freely moving rats for the study of changes in monoamine metabolism in the nucleus accumbens correlated
with locomotor activity (R. Sugita, K. Terada, Y. Sekiya, Y. Sawa, S. Nomura, T. Nakazawa).
Edited by F.G.Wouterlood
NSPNeuroscience Protocols5
Out of print
122 pages
Loose-leaf Binder
0-444-82249-6
096930
525263
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Behavioral Neuroscience,
Developmental Neuroscience and Regeneration,
Molecular Neuroscience,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols - Module 4
1994
ELSEVIER
Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience.
The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder. This makes it easy to remove the protocol you are using, or
replace it with an update.
NP is a compilation of modules. Each module contains about 10-12 new or updated protocols covering several subjects. Module 1 was published in May 1993; Module 2 in December 1993. Initially two modules will be published each year. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published. The contents of the modules are available on request. Definitive contents are not known as yet. A ringbinder with sectional dividers is part of the Module 1 and 2 set and is also available separately.
NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.
The Managing Editor of NP is F.G. Wouterlood who is based at the Department of Anatomy, Free University, Amsterdam,
The Netherlands. The Editorial Board consists of eight neuroscientists who each have different areas of expertise. They are: J.F.
Batty, S.B. Dunnett, S. Hockfield, J.P. Houston, R.R. Mize, O.P. Ottersen, C. Wilson, and L. Winsky. For more detailed information,
please contact the Publisher.
Section 010 - Behavioral Neurobiology. The behavioural adaptation of the collision test: inference of axonal linkage and
estimation of conduction velocity from effects of paired-pulse stimulation (P. Shizgal, B. Murray). Section 020 - Cellular and
Molecular Neurobiology. Analysis of neuronal mRNA levels by quantitative reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (B.J.
Baumgartner, E.M. Barnes, Jr.). Section 030 - Developmental Neurobiology. Organ culture: an in vitro system for the sustained
growth of neonatal olfactory bulb (V.C. Russo, H. Cheesman, G.A. Werther). Combining biotinylated dextran amine neuronal labeling and
lacZ reporter gene labeling to study the relationship between identified neuronal populations and gene expression in the embryonic
mouse nervous system (H.N. Nichols, Y. Echelard, B. Fritzsch, A.P. McMahon). Slice cultures as a tool to study neuronal development
and the formation of specific connections (B. Heimrich, M. Frotscher). Section 050 - Neuromorphology. Dual anterograde axonal
tracing with Phaseolus vulgaris-leucoagglutinin (PHA-L) and biotinylated dextran amine (BDA) (J.L. Lanciego, F.G. Wouterlood). The
Sihler stain: a technique for studying peripheral nerves in whole mount specimens (B.L. Wu, I. Sanders). Section 060 -
Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry. Measurement of pentose phosphate pathway activity by microdialysis in vivo and in a single
incubation in vitro (O. Ben-Yoseph, P.B. Kingsley, D.M. Camp, T.E. Robinson, B.D. Ross). Section 070 - Neurophysiology. Study
on superbond adhesion to the skull for chronic electrode implantation in the rat (I. Limoge-Lendais, C. Robert, M. Degrange, M.
Goldberg, L. Stinus, A. Limoge). Multisite recordings of the brain in the in vivo rat using a voltage-sensitive dye (P. Litaudon, M.
Cattarelli). The combined single cell recording - intracerebral microdialysis method in freely behaving rats (N. Ludvig, P.E. Potter,
S.E. Fox). Multichannel near-infrared optical imaging of brain activity (Y. Hoshi, M. Tamura). Section 080 - Quantitative
Neurobiology. Estimation of the number and size of GABA-containing neurons in the cerebral cortex (C. Beaulieu).
Edited by F.G.Wouterlood
NSPNeuroscience Protocols4
Out of print
196 pages
Loose-leaf Binder
0-444-81804-9
096930
524907
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Behavioral Neuroscience,
Developmental Neuroscience and Regeneration,
Molecular Neuroscience,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols - Module 3
1994
ELSEVIER
Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience.
The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder. This makes it easy to remove the protocol you are using, or
replace it with an update.
NP is a compilation of modules. Each module contains about 10-12 new or updated protocols covering several subjects. Module 1 was published in May 1993; Module 2 in December 1993. Initially two modules will be published each year. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published. The contents of the modules are available on request. Definitive contents are not known as yet. A ringbinder with sectional dividers is part of the Module 1 and 2 set and is also available separately.
NP is divided into the following sections: Behavioural Neurobiology, Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology, Developmental Biology, Neuroimmunology, Neuromorphology, Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry, Neurophysiology, and Quantitative Neurobiology.
The Managing Editor of NP is F.G. Wouterlood who is based at the Department of Anatomy, Free University, Amsterdam,
The Netherlands. The Editorial Board consists of eight neuroscientists who each have different areas of expertise. They are: J.F.
Batty, S.B. Dunnett, S. Hockfield, J.P. Houston, R.R. Mize, O.P. Ottersen, C. Wilson, and L. Winsky. For more detailed information,
please contact the Publisher.
Supplement 3.Foreword. Guide for Using Neuroscience Protocols. Instructions to Authors. Key word Index.Section 010 -
Behavioral Neurobiology. TRH-induced behaviour in rabbits as a simple model for pharmacological studies on the dopamine system.
The shock-probe burying test. Paw reaching in rats: the staircase test. Section 020 - Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology.
Preparation of biotinylated primary antibodies and their application for immunocytochemical dual-label experiments using antibodies
from the same animal species. Section 030 - Developmental Neurobiology. Bromodeoxyuridine as a label for fetal hypothalamic
whole tissue and cell suspension grafts. A device for single-cell transplantation with minimal transfer of suspension fluid.
Section 040 - Neuroimmunology. Section 050 - Neuromorphology. Preparation, staining and examination of nervous tissue in the
confocal scanning laser microscope. Anterograde and retrograde neuroanatomical tract tracing with fluorescent compounds. Combination
of Golgi silver-staining and immunofluorescent techniques. Intracellular injection of transport markers and antibodies into in vitro
cultured nerve cells. Intensification of signals in immunostaining, in situ hybridization, ligand binding and neuroanatomical
tracing. Section 060 - Neuropharmacology and Neurochemistry. Construction and implantation of a chronic intracranial dialytic
delivery system. Section 070 - Neurophysiology. Section 080 - Quantitative Neurobiology. Computerized stereology: quantitative
in situ hybridization.
Edited by F.G.Wouterlood
NSPNeuroscience Protocols3
Out of print
160 pages
Loose-leaf Binder
0-444-81803-0
096930
524855
LB
Out of print
Neuroscience,
Neurophysiology,
Neuroscience Methodology
Neuroscience Protocols - Module 2
1993
Note: Neuroscience Protocols Modules 1 and 2 are available as a set complete with ring-binder and cumulative contents at Dfl.555.00 (317.25 US Dollars).
ELSEVIER
Neuroscience Protocols (NP) is a laboratory manual which provides protocols of new and established techniques used in neuroscience.
The protocols are supplied in a loose-leaf format, with a ring binder. This makes it easy to remove the protocol you are using, or
replace it with an update.
NP is a compilation of modules. Each module contains about 10-12 new or updated protocols covering several subjects. Module 1 was published in May 1993; Module 2 in December 1993. Modules 3 and 4 will be published in the second half or 1994. Initially two modules will be published each year. Each new module contains updated cumulative contents of modules already published. The contents of the modules are available on request. Definitive contents are not known as yet. A ringbinder with sectional dividers is part of the Module 1 and 2 set and is al